sign in sign up
<<
Home , Armrest, Fuel gauge, Grille (car), Sunroof, Vehicle horn, Wheel alignment

20_CAD_XT5_COV_en_US_84290261B_2019OCT29.ai 1 10/15/2019 8:45:13 AM

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K Contents Introduction ...... 2 Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 9 Seats and Restraints ...... 42 Storage ...... 92 Instruments and Controls ...... 99 Lighting ...... 140 Infotainment System ...... 147 Climate Controls ...... 148 Driving and Operating ...... 158 Vehicle Care ...... 247 Service and Maintenance ...... 331 Technical Data ...... 345 Customer Information ...... 349 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 359 OnStar ...... 363 Connected Services ...... 369 Index ...... 372 2 INTRODUCTION Introduction This manual describes features that Helm, Incorporated may or may not be on the vehicle Attention: Customer Service because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive was not purchased on the vehicle, , MI 48170 model variants, country specifications, USA features/applications that may not be available in your region, or changes Using this Manual subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back The names, logos, emblems, slogans, Refer to the purchase documentation of the manual. It is an alphabetical vehicle model names, and vehicle relating to your specific vehicle to list of what is in the manual and the body designs appearing in this manual confirm the features. page number where it can be found. including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, , the CADILLAC Keep this manual in the vehicle for Emblem, and XT5 are trademarks and/ quick reference. Danger, Warning, and or service marks of Caution Canadian Vehicle Owners LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Warning messages found on vehicle or licensors. A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or substitute the name “General Motors www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them. ” of Canada Company for Cadillac Propriétaires Canadiens Motor Division wherever it { Danger appears in this manual. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en français auprès du Danger indicates a hazard with a concessionnaire ou à l'adresse high level of risk which will result suivante: in serious injury or death.

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84290261 B Second Printing © 2019 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. INTRODUCTION 3 Symbols ! : Antilock System (ABS) { Warning The vehicle has components and $ : Brake System Warning Light Warning indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of could result in injury or death. text. Symbols are shown along with 9 : Dispose of Used Components the text describing the operation or Properly information relating to a specific P : Do Not Apply High Pressure component, control, message, gauge, Water Caution or indicator. B : Engine Coolant Temperature Caution indicates a hazard that M : Shown when the owner’s manual could result in property or vehicle has additional instructions or _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited damage. information. H : Flammable * : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions or [ : Forward Collision Alert information. R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location 0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses information on another page — “see page.” j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints Vehicle Symbol Chart A circle with a slash through it is a Here are some additional symbols that Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly safety symbol which means “Do not,” Installed “Do not do this,” or “Do not let this may be found on the vehicle and what happen.” they mean. See the features in this | : Lane Change Alert manual for information. @ : Lane Departure Warning u : Air Conditioning System A : Lane Keep Assist G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp 9 : Readiness Light 4 INTRODUCTION : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert I : Registered Technician / : Remote Vehicle Start > : Belt Reminders I : Side Blind Zone Alert h : Stop/Start 7 : Pressure Monitor d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) a : Under Pressure V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator INTRODUCTION 5 Instrument Panel Overview 6 INTRODUCTION 1. Air Vents 0 156. Automatic Parking Assist (APA) 16. Shift Lever. See Automatic 0 Button. See Assistance Systems 0 184. 2. Exterior Lamp Controls 140. 0 for Parking or Backing 208. 17. Steering Controls 0 100. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 0 Lane-Change Signals 0 143. Stop/Start System 177 Disable Driver Information Center (DIC) Button. IntelliBeam System Button (If Controls. See Driver Information 8. Light Sensor. See Automatic Center (DIC) 0 124. Equipped). See Exterior Lamp 0 Controls 0 140. System 142. 18. Controls 0 100. 0 3. Tap Shift Controls. See Manual 9. Hazard Warning Flashers 143. 19. Horn 0 100. 0 0 Mode 188. 10. Infotainment 147. 20. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 4. Instrument Cluster 0 108. 11. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats System 0 217 (If Equipped). 0 Driver Information Center (DIC) 49 (If Equipped). Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 228 (If Display. See Driver Information 12. MODE Switch. See Driver Mode Equipped). 0 0 Center (DIC) 124. Control 195. Heated Steering Wheel 0 100 (If 5. Wiper/Washer 0 101. Traction Control/Electronic Equipped). 0 Rear Window Wiper/Washer Stability Control 193. 21. 0 196. 0 0 103. All-Wheel Drive 190 (If Adaptive Cruise Control 0 198 (If 6. ENGINE START/STOP Button. Equipped). Equipped). See Ignition Positions 0 174. 13. Dual Automatic Climate Control 0 Phone Button. See Steering Wheel 7. Park Assist Button. See System 148. Controls 0 100. Assistance Systems for Parking or 14. Wireless Charging 0 105 (If 0 0 22. Steering Wheel Adjustment 100 Backing 208. Equipped). (Out of View). 15. Infotainment 0 147. INTRODUCTION 7 23. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 127 (If Equipped). 24. Release. See Hood 0 250. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp () 0 115. 25. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 144. 26. Electric 0 191. 8 INTRODUCTION 2 NOTES KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 9 Power Mirrors ...... 33 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors ...... 34 Windows Heated Mirrors ...... 35 Automatic Dimming Mirror ...... 35 Keys Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 35 Keys and Locks Interior Mirrors { Warning Keys ...... 9 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 35 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with a Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 35 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 10 Automatic Dimming Rearview Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and Mirror ...... 35 children or others could be System Operation ...... 10 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 35 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 17 seriously injured or killed. They Door Locks ...... 19 Windows could operate the power windows ...... 21 Windows ...... 38 or other controls or make the Delayed Locking ...... 21 Power Windows ...... 38 vehicle move. The windows will Automatic Door Locks ...... 22 Sun Visors ...... 40 function with the RKE transmitter Lockout Protection ...... 22 in the vehicle, and children or Roof Safety Locks ...... 22 others could be caught in the path ...... 40 Doors of a closing window. Do not leave Liftgate ...... 23 children in a vehicle with an RKE transmitter. Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 30 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 30 Steering Column Lock ...... 31 Immobilizer ...... 32 Immobilizer Operation ...... 32 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 33 10 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS To remove the key, press the button . Check the location. Other vehicles on the side of the transmitter, near or objects may be blocking the the bottom, and pull the key out. signal. Never pull the key out without . Check the transmitter's battery. pressing the button. See “Battery Replacement” later in If it becomes difficult to turn the key, this section. inspect the key blade for debris. . If the transmitter is still not Periodically, clean with a brush or working correctly, see your dealer a pick. or a qualified technician for See your dealer if a new key is needed. service. Contact Roadside Service if locked out of the vehicle. See Roadside Service Remote Keyless Entry The key, inside the Remote Keyless 0 Entry (RKE) transmitter, can be used 353. (RKE) System Operation for all locks. With an active OnStar or connected The Keyless Access system allows for service plan, an OnStar Advisor may vehicle entry when the Remote remotely unlock the vehicle. See Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is OnStar Overview 0 363. within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” following. Remote Keyless Entry The RKE transmitter functions may (RKE) System work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from See Radio Frequency Statement 0 358. the vehicle. If there is a decrease in the Remote Other conditions can impact the Keyless Entry (RKE) operating range: performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . Check the distance. The 0 10. transmitter may be too far from the vehicle. KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 11 Pressing Q may also arm the If equipped with remote windows, theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle press and hold K until the windows Alarm System 0 30. fully open, if enabled. See Vehicle 0 If equipped with remote folding Personalization 131. mirrors, press and hold Q for / : Press and release Q and then one second to fold the mirrors, immediately press and hold / for at if enabled. See Folding Mirrors 0 34. least four seconds to start the engine K : Press to unlock the driver door from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle and if equipped, the fuel door. Press 0 unlock again within five seconds to Start 17. unlock all doors. The RKE transmitter 7 : Press and release one time to can be programmed to unlock all initiate vehicle locator. The exterior Q : Press to lock all doors and if doors on the first button press. See lamps flash and the horn chirps three 0 equipped, the fuel door. The turn Vehicle Personalization 131. The turn times. Press and hold 7 for signal indicators may flash and/or the signal indicators may flash to indicate three seconds to sound the panic horn may sound on the second press unlocking. See Vehicle Personalization 0 alarm. The horn sounds and the turn to indicate locking. See Vehicle 131. When remotely unlocking the signal lamps flash for 30 seconds, 0 vehicle at night, the lights come on Personalization 131. or until 7 is pressed again or the briefly to light your approach to the If the driver door is open when Q is vehicle. vehicle is started. pressed and Open Door Anti-Lockout Pressing K will disarm the b : Press twice quickly to open or is enabled, all doors will lock and then close the liftgate. the driver door will immediately theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle unlock. See Vehicle Personalization Alarm System 0 30. Press once to stop the liftgate from 0 moving. 131. If the passenger door is open If equipped with remote folding when Q is pressed, all doors lock. mirrors, press and hold K for one second to unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Folding Mirrors 0 34. 12 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS Keyless Access Operation Keyless Unlocking/Locking from Passenger Doors With the Keyless Access system, you can lock and unlock the doors and When the doors are locked and the access the liftgate without removing RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the RKE transmitter from your pocket, the door handle, pressing the lock/ purse, briefcase, etc. The RKE unlock button on that door handle transmitter should be within 1 m (3 ft) will unlock all doors. Pressing the of the liftgate or door being opened. lock/unlock button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur: Keyless Access can be programmed to unlock all doors on the first lock/ . The lock/unlock button was used unlock press from the driver door. See to unlock all doors. 0 Vehicle Personalization 131. Driver Shown, Passenger Similar . Any vehicle door has opened and all doors are now closed. If equipped with memory seats, RKE Pressing the lock/unlock button will transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to cause all doors to lock if any of the Passive Locking seating positions of memory 1 or 2. following occur: See Memory Seats 0 46. This vehicle will lock several seconds . It has been more than five seconds after all doors are closed if the vehicle Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the since the first lock/unlock button is off and at least one RKE transmitter Driver Door press. has been removed or none remain in When the doors are locked and the . Two lock/unlock button presses the interior. RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of were used to unlock all doors. If equipped, the fuel door will lock. the driver door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on the driver door . Any vehicle door has opened and If other electronic devices interfere handle will unlock the driver door. all doors are now closed. with the RKE transmitter signal, the If the lock/unlock button is pressed vehicle may not detect the RKE again within five seconds, all transmitter inside the vehicle. passenger doors will unlock. If passive locking is enabled, the doors may lock with the RKE transmitter KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 13 inside the vehicle. Do not leave the Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert Programming Transmitters to RKE transmitter in an unattended If the vehicle is on with a door open, the Vehicle vehicle. and then all doors are closed, the Only RKE transmitters programmed to To customize the doors to vehicle will check for RKE the vehicle will work. If a transmitter automatically lock when exiting the transmitters inside. If an RKE is lost or stolen, a replacement can be vehicle, see Vehicle Personalization transmitter is not detected, the Driver purchased and programmed through 0 131. Information Center (DIC) will display your dealer. NO REMOTE DETECTED and the horn Temporary Disable of Passive will chirp three times. The vehicle can be reprogrammed so Locking that lost or stolen transmitters no This occurs only once each time the Temporarily disable passive locking by longer work. Each vehicle can have up vehicle is driven. to eight transmitters matched to it. pressing and holding K on the To turn on or off, see Vehicle interior door switch with a door open 0 Programming with Recognized for at least four seconds, or until three Personalization 131. Transmitters chimes are heard. Passive locking will Keyless Liftgate Opening A new transmitter can be programmed then remain disabled until on the Q Press the touch pad on the liftgate to the vehicle when there are two interior door is pressed, or until the handle to open the liftgate if the RKE recognized transmitters. vehicle is turned on. transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). To program, the vehicle must be off Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Key Access and all of the transmitters, both When the vehicle is turned off and an currently recognized and new, must To access a vehicle with a weak RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle, be with you. transmitter battery, see Door Locks the horn will chirp three times after 0 19. 1. Place the two recognized all doors are closed. To turn on or off, transmitters in the cupholder. see Vehicle Personalization 0 131. 2. Remove the key lock cylinder cap on the driver door handle. See Door Locks 0 19. Insert the vehicle key of the transmitter into the key lock cylinder on the 14 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS driver door and turn the key 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. complete. The vehicle must be off and counterclockwise, to the unlock When the transmitter is learned all of the transmitters you wish to position, five times within the DIC display will show that it program must be with you. 10 seconds. is ready to program the next 1. Remove the key lock cylinder cap The DIC displays READY FOR transmitter. on the driver door handle. See REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC. 5. Remove the transmitter from the Door Locks 0 19. Insert the transmitter pocket and press the vehicle key of the transmitter transmitter K or Q button. into the key lock cylinder on the driver door handle and turn the To program additional key counterclockwise, to the transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. unlock position, five times within When all additional transmitters 10 seconds. are programmed, press and hold The DIC displays REMOTE ENGINE START/STOP for LEARN PENDING, 12 seconds to exit PLEASE WAIT. programming mode. 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the 6. Return the key back into the DIC displays PRESS ENGINE transmitter. START BUTTON TO LEARN and 7. Replace the key lock cylinder then press ENGINE 3. Place the new transmitter into cap. See Door Locks 0 19. START/STOP. the transmitter pocket. The The DIC display will again show transmitter pocket is inside the Programming without Recognized REMOTE LEARN PENDING, center console storage area Transmitters PLEASE WAIT. between the driver and front If two currently recognized passenger seats. The storage area transmitters are not available, follow 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional will need to be opened and the this procedure to program up to eight times. After the third time all storage tray lifted up to access transmitters. This feature is not previously known transmitters the transmitter pocket. available in Canada. This procedure will no longer work with the will take approximately 30 minutes to KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 15 vehicle. Remaining transmitters 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. POCKET THEN START YOUR can be relearned during the next When the transmitter is learned VEHICLE. The DIC may also display steps. the DIC display will show that it REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY. The DIC display should now is ready to program the next To start the vehicle: transmitter. show READY FOR REMOTE # 1. 1. Open the center console storage 6. Remove the transmitter from the area and the storage tray. transmitter pocket and press the transmitter K or Q button. To program additional transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. When all additional transmitters are programmed, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for 12 seconds to exit programming mode. 7. Return the key back into the transmitter. 4. Place the new transmitter into 8. Replace the key lock cylinder 0 the transmitter pocket. The cap. See Door Locks 19. 2. Place the transmitter in the transmitter pocket is inside the transmitter pocket. center console storage area Starting the Vehicle with a Low between the driver and front Transmitter Battery 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral), press the brake pedal passenger seats. The storage area When the vehicle is started, if the and ENGINE START/STOP. will need to be opened and the transmitter battery is weak, the DIC storage tray lifted up to access may display NO REMOTE DETECTED Replace the transmitter battery the transmitter pocket. or NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED as soon as possible. PLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTER 16 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS Battery Replacement Caution

{ Warning When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the Never allow children to play with transmitter. Static from your body the RKE transmitter. The could damage the transmitter. transmitter contains a small battery, which can be a choking hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can occur, resulting in severe injury Caution or death. Seek medical attention immediately if a battery is Always replace the battery with the swallowed. correct type. Replacing the battery 1. Press the button on the side of with an incorrect type could the transmitter near the bottom potentially create a risk of battery and pull the key out. Never pull explosion. Dispose of used batteries the key out without pressing the { Warning according to instructions and local button. laws. Do not attempt to burn, To avoid personal injury, do not crush, or cut the used battery, and touch metal surfaces on the RKE avoid exposing the battery to transmitter when it has been environments with extremely low exposed to extreme heat. These air pressures or high temperatures. surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F). Replace the battery if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY. KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 17 / : This button is on the RKE transmitter for remote start. The climate control system will use the previous settings during a remote start. The rear window defogger may come on during remote start based on cold ambient conditions. The rear window defogger indicator light does not come on during remote start. If the vehicle has auto heated or ventilated seats they may come on during a remote start. See Heated and 2. Separate the two halves of the 3. Remove the old battery. Do not Ventilated Front Seats 0 49. transmitter using a flat tool use a metal object. inserted into the bottom center Laws in some local communities may 4. Insert the new battery on the restrict the use of remote starters. For of the transmitter. Do not use back housing, positive side facing the key slot. example, some laws may require a down. Replace with a CR2032 or person using remote start to have the equivalent battery. vehicle in view. Check local 5. Align the front and back housing regulations for any requirements. then snap the transmitter Do not use the remote start feature if together. the vehicle is low on fuel. The vehicle 6. Reinsert the key. could run out of fuel. Other conditions can affect the Remote Vehicle Start performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System This feature allows the engine to be 0 started from outside of the vehicle. 10. 18 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS Starting the Engine Using Remote engine is still running. An extension Conditions in Which Remote Start Start can be requested 30 seconds after Will Not Work starting. This provides a total of The remote start will not operate if 1. Press and release Q on the RKE 30 minutes. transmitter. any of the following occur: The remote start can only be . The RKE transmitter is in the 2. Immediately press and hold / extended once. for at least four seconds or until vehicle. the turn signal lamps flash. The When the remote start is extended, . The ignition is on. the second 15-minute period is added turn signal lamps flashing . The hood is not closed. confirms the request to remote on to the first 15 minutes for a total start the vehicle has been of 30 minutes. . The hazard warning flashers received. A maximum of two remote starts, or a are on. During the remote start the remote start with an extension, are . There is an emission control doors will be locked and the allowed between ignition cycles. system malfunction. parking lamps will remain on as The ignition must be turned on and . The engine coolant temperature is long as the engine is running. then off before the remote start too high. procedure can be used again. The engine will shut off after . The oil pressure is low. 15 minutes unless a time Canceling a Remote Start extension is done or the ignition . Two remote vehicle starts or a is turned on. To cancel a remote start, do any of start with an extension have the following: already been used. 3. With the RKE transmitter in the vehicle, press the brake pedal . Press and hold / until the . The vehicle is not in P (Park). and start the vehicle to drive. parking lamps turn off. Extending Engine Run Time . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. The engine run time can also be extended by another 15 minutes, . Turn the vehicle on and then off. if during the first 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while the KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 19 Door Locks . On the rear doors, push down on Warning (Continued) the door lock knob to lock the door manually. { Warning . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door Keyless Access Unlocked doors can be dangerous. when you slow down or stop . Passengers, especially the vehicle. Locking the doors children, can easily open the can help prevent this from doors and fall out of a moving happening. vehicle. The doors can be unlocked and opened while To lock/unlock the doors from outside the vehicle is moving. The the vehicle: chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is . Press Q or K on the Remote increased if the doors are not Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. locked. So, all passengers See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) should wear seat belts System Operation 0 10. properly and the doors should . Use the key in the key lock be locked whenever the cylinder in the driver door. The If equipped, the RKE transmitter must vehicle is driven. key lock cylinder is covered with be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or . Young children who get into a cap. door being opened. unlocked vehicles may be To lock/unlock the doors from inside To lock or unlock the vehicle from the unable to get out. A child can the vehicle: driver door: be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent . Press Q or K on the power door . Press the button on the driver injuries or even death from lock switch. See Power Door Locks door handle once to unlock the heat stroke. Always lock the 0 21. driver door only. vehicle whenever leaving it. . Pull once on the door handle to . Press the button again within (Continued) unlock the door and again to open five seconds to unlock all doors. the door. 20 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS . Press the button a third time to To access the driver door key lock lock all doors. cylinder: When leaving the vehicle, press the 1. Pull the door handle (1) to the button on any door handle to lock all open position and hold it open doors. until the cap removal is To lock or unlock the vehicle from any complete. passenger door: 2. Insert the key into the slot (3) on . Press the button on the passenger the bottom of the cap (2) and lift door handle. This will lock or the key upward. unlock all doors. 3. Move the cap (2) rearward and See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System remove. Operation 0 10. 4. Use the key in the cylinder. 2. Insert the two tabs (6) at the back of the cap between the Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder To replace the cap: seal (5) and the metal base (4). Access (In Case of Dead Battery) 1. Pull the door handle (1) to the open position and hold it open until the cap installation is complete. KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 21 the lock, turn the key halfway around Delayed Locking in the cylinder and repeat the reset procedure. This feature delays the locking of the doors until five seconds after all doors Power Door Locks are closed. Delayed locking can only be turned on when Open Door Anti Lockout has been turned off. When Q is pressed on the power door lock switch while the door is open, a chime will sound three times indicating delayed locking is active. 3. Slide the cap forward and press The doors will lock automatically the forward edge to install the five seconds after all doors are closed. cap in place. If a door is reopened before that time, 4. Release the door handle. the five-second timer will reset when 5. Check that the cap is secure. all doors are closed again. Free-Turning Locks Press Q on the door lock switch again Q : Press to lock the doors. or press Q on the RKE transmitter to The door key lock cylinder turns freely If equipped, the fuel door is also lock the doors immediately. when either the wrong key is used, locked or unlocked using these or the correct key is not fully inserted. features. This feature can also be programmed. The free-turning door lock feature See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. prevents the lock from being forced K : Press to unlock the doors. open. To reset the lock, turn it to the vertical position with the correct key fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it again. If this does not reset 22 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS Automatic Door Locks If the vehicle is off and locking is Manual Safety Locks requested while a door is open, when The doors will lock automatically all doors are closed the vehicle will when all doors are closed, the ignition check for RKE transmitters inside. is on, and the vehicle is shifted out of If an RKE transmitter is detected and P (Park). the number of RKE transmitters inside If a vehicle door is unlocked and then has not reduced, the driver door will opened and closed, the doors will lock unlock and the horn will chirp three either when your foot is removed from times. the brake or the vehicle speed Lockout Protection can be manually becomes faster than 13 km/h (8 mph). overridden with the driver door open To unlock the doors: by pressing and holding Q on the power door lock switch. . Press K on the power door lock switch. Open Door Anti-Lockout If equipped, the safety lock is on the . Shift the transmission into If Open Door Anti Lockout is turned inside edge of the rear doors. To use P (Park). on and the vehicle is off, the driver the safety lock: door is open, and locking is requested, Automatic door locking cannot be all the doors will lock and the driver 1. Move the lever down to the lock disabled. Automatic door unlocking door will remain unlocked. The Open position. can be programmed. See Vehicle Door Anti Lockout feature can be Personalization 0 131. 2. Close the door. turned on or off. See Vehicle 3. Do the same for the other Personalization 0 131. Lockout Protection rear door. If the ignition is on or in ACC/ Safety Locks To open a rear door when the safety ACCESSORY and the power door lock lock is on: The rear door safety locks prevent switch is pressed with the driver door passengers from opening the rear open, all the doors will lock and only doors from inside the vehicle. the driver door will unlock. KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 23 1. Unlock the door by activating the Doors inside handle, by pressing the Warning (Continued) power door lock switch, or by using the Remote Keyless Liftgate set the fan speed to the “ Entry (RKE) transmitter. highest setting. See Climate Control Systems” in the Index. 2. Open the door from the outside. { Warning . If the vehicle is equipped with When the safety lock is enabled, Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle a power liftgate, disable the adults and older children will not be if it is driven with the liftgate or power liftgate function. able to open the rear door from the /hatch open, or with any See Engine Exhaust 0 183. inside. Cancel the safety locks to objects that pass through the seal enable the doors to open from the between the body and the trunk/ inside. hatch or liftgate. Engine exhaust To cancel the safety lock: contains carbon monoxide (CO) Caution which cannot be seen or smelled. 1. Unlock the door and open it To avoid damage to the liftgate or from the outside. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. liftgate glass, make sure the area 2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do above and behind the liftgate is the same for the other door. If the vehicle must be driven with clear before opening it. the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: . Close all of the windows. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and (Continued) 24 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS Power Liftgate Operation . Press b twice quickly on the RKE transmitter until the liftgate { Warning moves. . 8 You or others could be injured if Press on the driver door. The driver door must either be caught in the path of the power unlocked or locked without the liftgate. Make sure there is no one security armed. in the way of the liftgate as it is opening and closing. . Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle after unlocking all doors. A locked vehicle can be opened if the RKE Caution The power liftgate switch is on the transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad. Driving with an open and driver door. The vehicle must be in P (Park). unsecured liftgate may result in damage to the power liftgate The modes are: components. MAX : Opens to maximum height. 3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that can be set from 3/4 to fully open. Use to prevent the liftgate from opening into overhead obstructions such as a garage door or roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can be manually opened all the way. OFF : Opens manually only. To power open or close the liftgate, select MAX or 3/4 mode. KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 25 . Press l on the bottom of the If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) the liftgate to complete its operation liftgate next to the pull cup to while the power function is in and wait a few seconds before close. progress, the liftgate will continue to manually closing the liftgate. completion. If the vehicle is Press any liftgate button, the touch accelerated before the liftgate has Obstacle Detection Features pad, or b on the RKE transmitter completed moving, the liftgate may If the liftgate encounters an obstacle while the liftgate is moving to stop it. stop or reverse direction. Check for during a power open or close cycle, Pressing any liftgate button or Driver Information Center (DIC) the liftgate will automatically reverse pressing b twice quickly on the RKE messages and make sure the liftgate is direction and move a short distance transmitter again restarts the closed and latched before driving. away from the obstacle. After operation in the reverse direction. Falling Liftgate Detection removing the obstruction, the power Pressing the touch pad on the liftgate liftgate operation can be used again. handle will restart the motion, but If the power liftgate automatically If the liftgate encounters multiple only in the opening direction. closes after a power opening cycle, it obstacles on the same power cycle, indicates that the system is reacting the power function will deactivate. Caution to excess weight on the liftgate or a After removing the obstructions, possible support strut failure. manually close the liftgate. This will Manually forcing the liftgate to A repetitive chime will sound while allow normal power operation open or close during a power cycle the falling liftgate detection feature is functions to resume. operating. Remove any excess weight. can damage the vehicle. Allow the If the vehicle is locked while the If the liftgate continues to power cycle to complete. liftgate is closing, and an obstacle is automatically close after opening, see encountered that prevents the liftgate your dealer for service before using from completely closing, the horn will The power liftgate may be temporarily the power liftgate. disabled under extreme low sound as an alert that the liftgate did temperatures, or after repeated power Interfering with the power liftgate not close. motion or manually closing the cycling over a short period of time. Pinch sensors are on the side edges of liftgate too quickly after power If this occurs, the liftgate can still be the liftgate. If an object is caught opening may resemble a support strut operated manually. between the liftgate and the vehicle failure. This could also activate the and presses against a sensor, the falling liftgate detection feature. Allow 26 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS liftgate will reverse direction and open Manual Operation fully. The liftgate will remain open Select OFF to manually operate the until it is activated again or closed liftgate. manually. Setting the 3/4 Mode Caution To change the position the liftgate stops at when opening: Attempting to move the liftgate too quickly and with excessive force 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and may result in damage to the power open the liftgate. vehicle. 2. Stop the liftgate movement at the desired height by pressing Operate the liftgate manually with a To open the liftgate, press the touch any liftgate button. Manually smooth motion and moderate speed. adjust the liftgate position if pad under the liftgate handle and The system includes a feature which lift up. needed. limits the manual closing speed to 3. Press and hold l next to the protect the components. Use the pull cup to lower and close the liftgate. Do not press the touch pull cup on the outside of the To unlock the liftgate, press K on the pad while closing the liftgate. This liftgate until the turn signals power door lock switch or press K on may cause the liftgate to be flash and a sounds. This unlatched. indicates the setting has been the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) recorded. transmitter twice within five seconds. If equipped with Keyless Access, the See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System liftgate can be opened when locked if The liftgate cannot be set below a 0 Operation 10. the RKE transmitter is within 1 m minimum programmable height. (3 ft) of the touch pad. See Remote If there is no light flash or sound, Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation then the height adjustment may be 0 10. too low. KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 27 The liftgate has an electric latch. Off : The feature is disabled. If the battery is disconnected or has Caution (Continued) low voltage, the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will resume operation detection area or turn the when the battery is reconnected and liftgate mode to OFF when cleaning charged. or working near the rear bumper to avoid accidental opening. Always close the liftgate before driving. . Do not sweep your foot side Hands-Free Operation to side. If equipped, the liftgate may be . Do not keep your foot under the operated with a kicking motion under bumper; the liftgate will not the left side of the rear bumper. activate. Kick Zone The RKE transmitter must be within . Do not touch the liftgate until it 1 m (3 ft) of the rear bumper to To operate, move your foot in a has stopped moving. operate the power liftgate hands-free. forward kicking motion under the left . This feature may be temporarily The hands-free feature will not work side of the rear bumper, at the disabled under some conditions. while the liftgate is moving. To stop location of the projected logo, then If the liftgate does not respond to the liftgate while in motion use one of pull it back. Then step back. The kick the kick, open or close the liftgate the liftgate switches. must come within 14 cm (6 in) of the by another method or start the rear bumper to activate. The hands-free feature can be vehicle. The feature will be customized. See Vehicle Personalization re-enabled. Caution 0 131. Choose from the following: When closing the liftgate using this On-Open and Close : The kicking Splashing water may cause the feature, there will be a short delay. motion is activated to both open and liftgate to open. Keep the RKE The taillamps will flash and a chime close the liftgate. transmitter away from the rear will sound. Step away from the liftgate before it starts moving. On-Open Only : The kicking motion is (Continued) activated to only open the liftgate. 28 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS Projected Logo The projected logo will only be The projected logo will not work for a available for this RKE transmitter after single RKE transmitter when a If equipped with this feature, a vehicle it has been out of range for at least transmitter: logo will be projected for one minute 20 seconds. onto the ground near the rear bumper . Has been left within when an RKE transmitter is detected If an RKE transmitter is again approximately 5 m (15 ft) of the within approximately 2 m (6 ft). The detected within approximately 2 m liftgate for several minutes. projected logo may not be visible (6 ft) of the liftgate, or another . Has been left inside the vehicle under brighter daytime conditions. hands-free operation has been and all vehicle doors are closed. detected, the one-minute timer will be reset. . Has approached the area outside of the liftgate five times within The projected logo will not work 10 minutes. under these conditions: Lens Cleaning . The vehicle battery is low. . The transmission is not in P (Park). . Hands Free Liftgate Control is set to Off in vehicle personalization. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. . The power liftgate is turned off. . 1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free The vehicle remains parked for Operation Detection Zone 72 hours or more, with no RKE transmitter use or Keyless Access 2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo operation. To re-enable, press any Detection Zone button on the RKE transmitter or The projected logo shows where the open and close a vehicle door. Use a soft, damp cloth to clean the kicking motion is to take place. recessed lens. KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 29 Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability Action Hands-Free Liftgate Projected Logo RKE transmitter entering projected logo Operative On for one minute detection zone RKE transmitter left inside projected Operative Off until RKE transmitter button press logo detection zone for minimum of or a door is opened and closed 10 minutes RKE transmitter brought in and out of Operative Off for one hour or until RKE projected logo detection zone five times transmitter button press or a door is or more within 10 minutes opened and closed Vehicle remains parked for more than Operative Off until RKE transmitter button press 72 hours or a door is opened and closed Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off Power liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off Hands-free liftgate is disabled in Non-operative Off vehicle personalization 30 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS Vehicle Security Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without A door, the hood, or the liftgate first unlocking with the RKE This vehicle has theft-deterrent is open. transmitter, the horn will chirp and features; however, they do not make Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. the lights will flash to indicate the vehicle impossible to steal. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, Arming the Alarm System or the door is not unlocked by K Vehicle Alarm System 1. Close the liftgate and the hood. pressing on the RKE transmitter This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm Turn off the vehicle. during the 10-second pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. system. 2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways: The alarm will also be activated if a passenger door, the liftgate, or the . Use the RKE transmitter. hood is opened without first . Use the Keyless Access disarming the system. When the system. alarm is activated, the turn signals flash and the horn sounds for about . With a door open, press the 30 seconds. The alarm system will inside Q. then re-arm to monitor for the next 3. After 30 seconds the alarm unauthorized event. system will arm, and the Disarming the Alarm System indicator light will begin to slowly flash indicating the alarm To disarm the alarm system or turn system is operating. Pressing Q off the alarm if it has been activated: The indicator light, on the instrument on the RKE transmitter a second . Press K on the RKE transmitter. time will bypass the 30-second panel near the windshield, indicates . Unlock the vehicle using the the status of the system. delay and immediately arm the alarm system. Keyless Access system. Off : Alarm system is disarmed. The vehicle alarm system will not arm . Start the vehicle. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during if the doors are locked with the key. To avoid setting off the alarm by the delay to arm the system. accident: KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 31 . Lock the vehicle after all The power sounder provides an Inclination and Intrusion occupants have left the vehicle audible alarm that is different from Sensors Disable Switch and all doors are closed. the vehicle’s horn. It has its own It is recommended that the inclination . Always unlock a door with the power source, and can sound an alarm ’ and intrusion sensors be deactivated if RKE transmitter or use the Keyless when the vehicle s battery is compromised. pets are left in the vehicle or if the Access system. vehicle is being transported. Unlocking the driver door with the key The inclination sensor can set off the alarm if it senses movement of the With the vehicle turned off, press o will not disarm the system or turn off in the overhead console. The indicator the alarm. vehicle, such as a change in vehicle orientation. light will come on momentarily, indicating that the sensor has been How to Detect a Tamper The intrusion sensor monitors the Condition disabled until the next time the alarm vehicle interior, and can set off the system is armed. If K is pressed and the horn chirps alarm if it senses an unauthorized ’ and the lights flash three times, the entry into the vehicle s interior. Do Steering Column Lock alarm was activated while the alarm not allow passengers or pets to remain system was armed. in the vehicle when the intrusion If equipped, the steering column lock sensor is activated. is a theft-deterrent device. This If the alarm system has been Before arming the theft-deterrent feature locks the steering column activated, a message will appear on when the vehicle is turned off and the the DIC. system and activating the intrusion sensor: driver door is opened, or when the driver door is opened and then the Power Sounder, Inclination . Make sure all doors and windows Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor vehicle is turned off. The steering are completely closed. column unlocks when the vehicle is In addition to the standard . Secure any loose items such as a turned on. theft-deterrent system features, this sunshades. The Driver Information Center (DIC) system may also have an inclination may display one of these messages: sensor, an intrusion sensor, and power . Make sure there are no sounder. obstructions blocking the sensors in the front overhead console. 32 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS . A message to service the steering turn the vehicle on and column lock indicates that an immediately turn the steering issue has been detected with the wheel side to side for about column lock feature and the 15 seconds. In some cases, it may vehicle should be serviced. take significant force to unbind . A message that the steering the column. column is locked indicates that To keep the steering column from The security light, in the instrument the engine is running, but the binding, straighten the front cluster, comes on if there is a problem steering column is still locked. It is before turning off the vehicle. with arming or disarming the normal for the column to be theft-deterrent system. locked during a remote start, but Immobilizer The system has one or more RKE the column should unlock after See Radio Frequency Statement 0 358. transmitters matched to an the brake pedal is pressed and the immobilizer control unit in your vehicle is started. No message will Immobilizer Operation vehicle. Only a correctly matched RKE display during a remote start. transmitter will start the vehicle. . A message that the steering wheel This vehicle has a passive If the transmitter is ever damaged, must be turned and the vehicle theft-deterrent system. you may not be able to start your must be started again indicates The system does not have to be vehicle. that the column lock mechanism manually armed or disarmed. When trying to start the vehicle, the is bound, the column locking The vehicle is automatically security light may come on briefly device was unable to unlock the when the ignition is turned on. steering column, and the vehicle immobilized when the vehicle is did not start. If this happens, turned off. If the engine does not start and the immediately turn the steering The immobilization system is security light stays on, there is a wheel from side to side to unbind disarmed when the ignition is on or in problem with the system. Turn the the column lock. If this does not ACC/ACCESSORY and a valid ignition off and try again. unlock the steering column, turn transmitter is present in the vehicle. If the vehicle will not change ignition the vehicle off and open the driver modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and door to reset the system. Then the RKE transmitter appears to be KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 33 undamaged, try another transmitter. Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Or, you may try placing the transmitter in the transmitter pocket located in the center console. See Convex Mirrors Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 10. { Warning If the ignition mode will not change A convex mirror can make things, with the other transmitter or in the like other vehicles, look farther transmitter pocket, your vehicle needs service. If the ignition does change away than they really are. If you cut modes, the first transmitter may be too sharply into the right lane, you faulty. See your dealer who can service could hit a vehicle on the right. the theft-deterrent system and have a Check the inside mirror or glance new RKE transmitter programmed to over your shoulder before changing the vehicle. lanes. To adjust a mirror: It is possible for the immobilizer system to learn new or replacement The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press } or | to select the RKE transmitters. Up to eight shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger side mirror. transmitters can be programmed for curved so more can be seen from the The indicator light will the vehicle. To program additional driver seat. illuminate. transmitters, see “Programming 2. Press the arrows on the control Transmitters to the Vehicle” under pad to move the mirror in the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System desired direction. Operation 0 10. 3. Adjust each outside mirror so Do not leave the transmitter or device that a little of the vehicle and that disarms or deactivates the the area behind it can be seen. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. 4. Press } or | again to deselect the mirror. 34 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS Memory Mirrors Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors The vehicle may have memory Manual Folding Mirrors mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 46. Reset the power folding mirrors if: If equipped, manually fold the mirrors Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) inward toward the vehicle to prevent . The mirrors are accidentally The vehicle may have SBZA. See Side damage when going through an obstructed while folding. Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 226. automatic car wash. Push the mirror . They are accidentally manually outward to return it to the original folded/unfolded. Lane Change Alert (LCA) position. . The mirrors do not stay in the The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane unfolded position. Change Alert (LCA) 0 226. Power Folding Mirrors . The mirrors vibrate at normal Turn Signal Indicator driving speeds. The vehicle may have a turn signal Fold and unfold the mirrors one time indicator lamp built into the mirror using the mirror controls to reset housing. The turn signal lamp flashes them to their normal position. A noise when the turn signals or hazard may be heard during the resetting of flashers are used. the power folding mirrors. This sound Puddle Light is normal after a manual folding operation. The vehicle may have a puddle light on the mirror housings. The light will Remote Folding Mirrors illuminate the ground when the door is opened. If equipped, press and hold Q on the RKE transmitter for approximately If equipped, press { to power fold the one second to automatically fold the mirrors. Press { again to unfold. exterior mirrors. Press and hold K on the RKE transmitter for approximately KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 35 one second to unfold. See Remote The mirror(s) return to the original Interior Mirrors Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation position when: 0 10. . The vehicle is shifted out of Interior Rearview Mirrors This feature is turned on or off R (Reverse), or remains in through vehicle personalization. See R (Reverse) for about 30 seconds. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear 0 view of the area behind the vehicle. Vehicle Personalization 131. . The ignition is turned off. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on Heated Mirrors . The vehicle is driven in the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened R (Reverse) above a set speed. K with water. : Press to heat the mirrors. To turn this feature on or off, see See “Rear Window Defogger” under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Manual Rearview Mirror Dual Automatic Climate Control System Push the tab forward for daytime use 0 148. and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid glare of the from Automatic Dimming Mirror behind. If the vehicle has the automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside Automatic Dimming mirror automatically adjusts for the Rearview Mirror glare of headlamps behind you. If equipped, automatic dimming Reverse Tilt Mirrors reduces the glare of headlamps from behind. The dimming feature comes If equipped with memory seats, the on when the vehicle is started. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts to a preselected position when the Rear Camera Mirror vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the curb to be seen when parallel If equipped, this automatic dimming parking. mirror provides a wide angle camera view of the area behind the vehicle. 36 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS

Pull the tab to turn on the display. Press V to scroll through the . Brightness Push the tab to turn it off. When off adjustment options. the mirror is automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a clear view of Press t and u to adjust the settings the area behind the vehicle while the using the indicators on the mirror. display is off. The indicators will remain visible for five seconds after the last button activation, and the settings will remain saved. The adjustment options are:

. Zoom KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 37 Troubleshooting { Warning The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a limited view. Portions of the road, vehicles, and other objects may not be seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only this camera. Objects may appear closer than they are. Check the outside mirrors or glance over your shoulder when making lane changes or merging. Failure to use proper care may . Tilt result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See your dealer for service if a blue screen and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as indicated to return to the automatic dimming mode. The Rear Camera Mirror may not work properly or display a clear image if: . There is glare from the sun or headlamps. This may obstruct objects from view. If needed, push the tab to turn off the display. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft damp cloth, or if 38 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS equipped, with the Rear Camera Windows pulsing sound when either rear Washer. See Rear Window Wiper/ window is down and the front Washer 0 103. windows are up. To reduce the sound, { Warning open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, Power Windows especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the extreme heat { Warning and suffer permanent injuries or Children could be seriously injured even death from heat stroke. or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Never leave the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with children. When there are children in . The camera’s mounting on the the rear seat, use the window vehicle has been damaged, and/or lockout switch to prevent operation the position or the mounting angle of the windows. See Keys 0 9. of the camera has changed.

The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 39 Window Lockout If equipped, pull the window switch up fully and quickly release to express close the window. Briefly press or pull the window switch in the same direction to stop that window’s express movement. Window Automatic Reversal System The express-close feature will reverse window movement if it comes in contact with an object. Extreme cold The power windows work when the or ice could cause the window to ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, auto-reverse. The window will operate or when Retained Accessory Power This feature stops the rear passenger normally after the object or condition (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory window switches from working. is removed. Power (RAP) 0 180. . Press 2 to engage the rear Automatic Reversal System Using the window switch, press to window lockout feature. The Override open or pull to close the window. indicator light is on when engaged. The windows may be temporarily . Press 2 again to disengage. { Warning disabled if they are used repeatedly within a short time. Window Express Movement If automatic reversal system override is active, the window will All windows can be opened without not reverse automatically. You or holding the window switch. Press the others could be injured and the switch down fully and quickly release to express open the window. window could be damaged. Before using automatic reversal system (Continued) 40 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 4. Open the window and continue Roof Warning (Continued) to press the switch briefly after the window has fully opened. override, make sure that all people Sunroof and obstructions are clear of the Remote Window Operation If equipped, the ignition must be on window path. If equipped, this feature allows all or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained windows to be opened remotely. Accessory Power (RAP) must be active When the engine is on, override the If enabled in vehicle personalization, to operate the sunroof. See Ignition automatic reversal system by pulling press and hold K on the RKE Positions 0 174 and and holding the window switch if transmitter. See Vehicle Personalization Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 180. conditions prevent it from closing. 0 131. Programming the Power Sun Visors Windows Programming may be necessary if the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged. If the window is unable to express-up, program each express-close window: 1. Close all doors. 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ ACCESSORY. 3. Partially open the window to be Pull the down to block glare. 1. Sunroof Switch programmed. Then close it and Detach the sun visor from the center 2. Sunshade Switch continue to pull the switch mount to pivot to the side window briefly after the window has fully and, if equipped, extend along the rod. Sunroof Express Operation : Press closed. and release e (1) to vent. Press and release again to move to the partially KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 41 opened comfort stop position. Press open as long as C (2) is held. Press and release again to express-open to and release C (2) again to change the fully opened position. Press and back to express operation. release e (1) at any time to stop The sunroof cannot be opened or movement. Press and release g (1) closed if the vehicle has an electrical to express-close. Press and release failure. g (1) at any time to stop movement. Automatic Reversal System Sunroof Manual Operation : The The sunroof and power sunshade have sunroof can change to manual mode an automatic reversal system that is by holding e (1) while opening. The only active when the sunroof and power sunshade, if equipped, are sunroof will now open as long as e operated in express-close mode. Dirt and debris may collect on the (1) is held. Press and release e (1) sunroof seal or in the track. This again to change back to express If an object is in the path while could cause an issue with sunroof operation. express-closing, the reversal system operation or noise. It could also plug will detect an object, stop, and open Power Sunshade Express the water drainage system. the sunroof or power sunshade again. Periodically open the sunroof and Operation : Press and release C (2) If frost or other conditions prevent remove any obstacles or loose debris. to express-open the sunshade. Press C closing, override the feature by closing Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing and release (2) at any time to stop the sunroof or power sunshade in area using a clean cloth, mild soap, movement. Press and release Q (2) manual mode. To stop movement, and water. Do not remove grease from to express-close the sunshade. Press release the switch. the sunroof. and release Q (2) at any time to If water is seen dripping into the stop movement. water drainage system, this is normal. Power Sunshade Manual Operation : The sunshade can change to manual mode by holding C (2) while opening. The sunroof will now 42 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS Seats and Restraints Airbag System Securing Child Restraints (With Airbag System ...... 61 the in the Where Are the ? ...... 63 Front Seat) ...... 88 Head Restraints When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 64 Head Restraints ...... 43 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . 65 Front Seats How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . 65 Seat Adjustment ...... 44 What Will You See after an Airbag Lumbar Adjustment ...... 45 Inflates? ...... 66 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 45 Passenger Sensing System ...... 67 Memory Seats ...... 46 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Heated and Ventilated Front Vehicle ...... 71 Seats ...... 49 Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 71 Rear Seats Airbag System Check ...... 72 Rear Seats ...... 50 Replacing Airbag System Parts Rear Seat ...... 52 after a Crash ...... 72 Heated Rear Seats ...... 53 Child Restraints Seat Belts Older Children ...... 73 Seat Belts ...... 53 Infants and Young Children ...... 75 How to Wear Seat Belts Child Restraint Systems ...... 77 Properly ...... 54 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 79 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 56 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Seat Belt Use During Children (LATCH System) ...... 80 Pregnancy ...... 59 Replacing LATCH System Parts Seat Belt Extender ...... 60 After a Crash ...... 86 Safety System Check ...... 60 Securing Child Restraints (With Seat Belt Care ...... 60 the Seat Belt in the Replacing Seat Belt System Parts Rear Seat) ...... 86 after a Crash ...... 61 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 43 Head Restraints The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

{ Warning With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can the head restraints for all occupants top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. are installed and adjusted properly. height as the top of the occupant's To raise or lower the head restraint, If your vehicle has rear head head. This position reduces the press the button located on the side of restraints that fold down, always chance of a neck injury in a crash. the head restraint and pull up or push return them to the full upright Front Seats the head restraint down, and release position whenever an occupant is the button. Pull and push on the head seated in the seat. The vehicle's front seats have restraint after the button is released adjustable head restraints in the to make sure that it is locked in place. outboard seating positions. The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable. 44 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS Rear Seats down. Try to move the head restraint Front Seats after the button is released to make Rear Head Restraint Adjustment sure that it is locked in place. Seat Adjustment The vehicle's rear seats have Always adjust the head restraint so adjustable head restraints in the that the top of the restraint is at the outboard seating positions. same height as the top of the { Warning occupant's head. The height of the head restraint can You can lose control of the vehicle be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up Rear outboard head restraints are not if you try to adjust a driver seat to raise it. Try to move the head removable. while the vehicle is moving. Adjust restraint to make sure that it is locked the driver seat only when the in place. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see “Securing a Child vehicle is not moving. Restraint Designed for the LATCH System” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 80. { Warning The power seats will work with the ignition off. Children could operate the power seats and be injured. Never leave children alone in the vehicle.

To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 45 Some vehicles are equipped with a Reclining Seatbacks feature that activates a vibration in the driver seat to help the driver avoid crashes. See Driver Assistance Systems { Warning 0 207. Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be Lumbar Adjustment dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you To adjust a : could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or The lap belt could go up over your rearward. abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This . Raise or lower the front part of the could cause serious internal seat cushion by moving the front injuries. of the control up or down. . Raise or lower the entire seat by Press and hold the control forward to For proper protection when the moving the rear of the control up increase or rearward to decrease vehicle is in motion, have the or down. support. seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the seat belt To adjust the seatback, see Reclining properly. Seatbacks 0 45. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 45. 46 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS . Tilt the top of the control Before saving, adjust all available rearward to recline. memory feature positions. Turn the . Tilt the top of the control forward vehicle on and then press and release to raise. SET; a beep will sound. Then immediately press and hold 1, 2, Memory Seats or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To manually recall these positions, press and hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is reached. Follow the instructions under “Saving Memory Positions.” The vehicle identifies the current Do not have a seatback reclined if the driver’s RKE transmitter number vehicle is moving. (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 10. Only RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can be used for automatic memory recalls. A Driver Information Center (DIC) welcome message indicating the transmitter number may display for the first few If equipped, memory seats allow two ignition cycles following a transmitter drivers to save and recall their unique change. For Seat Entry Memory to seat positions for driving the vehicle, work properly, save the positions to and a shared exit position for getting the memory button (1 or 2) matching out of the vehicle. Other feature the RKE transmitter number displayed positions may also be saved, such as in the DIC welcome message. Carry power mirrors and the linked RKE transmitter when wheel, if equipped. Memory positions entering the vehicle. To adjust: are linked to RKE transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic memory recalls. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 47 Vehicle Personalization Settings 2. Start the vehicle with another 4. Immediately press and hold the . To have the Seat Entry Memory key or RKE transmitter. The DIC 1 or 2 memory button matching movement begin when the vehicle should display the driver number the above DIC welcome message is started, select the Settings for the other RKE transmitter. until two beeps sound. menu, then Vehicle, then Seating Turn the vehicle off and remove If too much time passes between Position, and then Seat Entry the key or RKE transmitter from releasing SET and pressing 1, the Memory. Select On or Off. See the vehicle. memory position will not be “Seat Entry Memory” later in this 3. Start the vehicle with the initial saved and two beeps will not section. key or RKE transmitter. The DIC sound. Repeat Steps 3 and 4. . To begin Seat Exit Memory should display the driver number 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver movement when the vehicle is of your RKE transmitter. number. See “Identifying Driver turned off and the driver door is Saving Memory Positions Number” previously in this opened, or when the vehicle is section. turned off with the driver door Read these instructions completely before saving memory positions. 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second already opened, select the Settings driver using 1 or 2. menu, then Vehicle, then Seating To save preferred driving positions Position, and then Seat Exit 1 and 2: To save the position for B and Seat Memory. Select On or Off. See 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ Exit Memory features, repeat Steps 1– “ ” Seat Exit Memory later in this ACCESSORY. 4 using B. This saves the position for section. getting out of the vehicle. A DIC welcome message may . 0 See Vehicle Personalization 131 indicate driver number 1 or 2. Save preferred memory feature for additional setting information. positions to both 1 and 2 if you are 2. Adjust all available memory the only driver. Identifying Driver Number features to the desired driving To identify the driver number: position. 1. Move your RKE transmitter away 3. Press and release SET; a beep from the vehicle. will sound. 48 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS Manually Recalling Memory off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE Try storing the position to the other Positions transmitters 3–8 will not provide memory button or try the other RKE automatic memory recalls. transmitter. Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the previously saved memory positions if To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, Seat Exit Memory see “Vehicle Personalization Settings” you are driver 1 or 2 identified in the Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an DIC welcome message. previously in this section and Vehicle Personalization 0 131. RKE transmitter. The position saved to To stop Manual Memory recall B is used for all drivers. To turn Seat movement, release 1, 2, or B or press The shift lever must be in P (Park) to Exit Memory on or off, see "Vehicle any of the following controls: start Seat Entry Memory. Seat Entry Personalization Settings" previously in Memory recall will complete if the this section and Vehicle Personalization . Power seat vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior 0 131. . Memory SET to reaching the saved memory position. If turned on, the position saved to B . Power mirror, with the driver or is automatically recalled when one of passenger side mirror selected To stop Seat Entry Memory recall movement, turn the vehicle off or the following occurs: . Power steering wheel, if equipped press any of the following controls: . The vehicle is turned off and the Seat Entry Memory . Power seat driver door is opened within a short time. The vehicle identifies the number of . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B the current driver’s RKE transmitter . The vehicle is turned off with the (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Power mirror, with the driver or driver door open. System Operation 0 10. If the RKE passenger side mirror selected To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, transmitter is 1 or 2, and Seat Entry . Power steering wheel, if equipped press any of the following memory Memory is enabled in vehicle controls: personalization, the positions saved to If the saved memory seat position the same memory button number 1 or does not automatically recall or recalls . Power seat to the wrong positions, the driver’s 2 are automatically recalled when the . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B vehicle is turned on, or turned from RKE transmitter number (1 or 2) may not match the memory button . Power mirror, with the driver or number that positions were saved to. passenger side mirror selected SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 49 . Power steering wheel, if equipped Press the button once for the highest Warning (Continued) setting. With each press of the button, Obstructions the seat will change to the next lower If something has blocked the driver overheat. An overheated seat heater setting, and then to the off setting. seat and/or power steering wheel may cause a burn or may damage The indicator lights next to the while recalling a memory position, the the seat. buttons indicate three for the highest recall may stop. Remove the setting and one for the lowest. If the obstruction and try the recall again. front heated seats are on high, the If the memory position still does not level may automatically be lowered recall, see your dealer. after approximately 30 minutes. When this feature is off, the heated Heated and Ventilated and ventilated seat symbols on the Front Seats buttons are white. A ventilated seat has a fan that pulls or pushes air through the seat. The air is not { Warning cooled. When a heated seat is turned If temperature change or pain to on, the symbol turns red. When a the skin cannot be felt, the seat ventilated seat is turned on, the heater may cause burns. To reduce symbol turns blue. the risk of burns, use care when The passenger seat may take longer to using the seat heater, especially for If equipped, the buttons are near the heat up. long periods of time. Do not place climate controls on the center stack. To operate, the engine must be Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats anything on the seat that insulates running. against heat, such as a blanket, If the vehicle is equipped with auto cushion, cover, or similar item. This Press M or L to heat the driver or heated or ventilated seats, and the may cause the seat heater to passenger seat cushion. engine is running, this feature will automatically activate the heated or (Continued) Press C or { to ventilate the driver ventilated seats at the level required or passenger seat. by the vehicle's interior temperature. 50 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS The active high, medium, low, or off will turn on automatically during a Rear Seats heated or ventilated seat level will be remote start if it is cold outside. The indicated by the manual heated and heated and ventilated seat indicators Rear Seat Reminder ventilated seat buttons on the center and heated steering wheel indicator stack. Use the manual heated and may not come on during this If equipped, the message REAR SEAT ventilated seat buttons on the center operation. REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT stack to turn auto heated or ventilated displays under certain conditions The heated and ventilated seats and indicating there may be an item or seats off. If the passenger seat is heated steering wheel may cancel unoccupied, the auto heated or passenger in the rear seat. Check when the vehicle is started. These before exiting the vehicle. ventilated seats feature will not features can be manually selected activate that seat. The auto heated after the engine is running. This feature will activate when a and ventilated seats feature can be second row door is opened while the programmed to always be enabled The temperature performance of an vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes when the vehicle is on. If equipped unoccupied seat may be reduced. This before the vehicle is turned on. There with a heated steering wheel, the auto is normal. will be an alert when the vehicle is heated steering wheel activation will The heated or ventilated seats will not turned off. The alert does not directly follow the heated seat auto activation turn on during a remote start unless detect objects in the rear seat; instead, and the heated wheel indicator will they are enabled in the vehicle under certain conditions, it detects follow the state of the steering personalization menu. See Remote when a rear door is opened and wheel heat. Vehicle Start 0 17 and closed, indicating that there may be See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Vehicle Personalization 0 131. something in the rear seat. The feature is active only once each Remote Start Heated and Ventilated time the vehicle is turned on and off, Seats and will require reactivation by If equipped, the heated seats will turn opening and closing the second row on automatically during a remote doors. There may be an alert even start if it is cold outside and the when there is nothing in the rear seat; ventilated seats will turn on for example, if a child entered the automatically if it is hot outside. If equipped, the heated steering wheel SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 51 vehicle through the rear door and left the vehicle without the vehicle being Caution shut off. Folding a rear seat with the seat The feature can be turned on or off. belts still fastened may cause 0 See Vehicle Personalization 131. damage to the seat or the seat Rear Seat Adjustment belts. Always unbuckle the seat belts and return them to their The second row seats slide forward for normal stowed position before more room. folding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback: 1. Pull the reclining seatback handle. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then release the handle to lock the seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Folding the Seatback To adjust the seat position, lift the Either side of the seatback can be lever below the seat cushion and slide folded for more cargo space. Fold a the seat forward or backward. seatback only when the vehicle is not moving. 1. Pull the handle on top of the Reclining the Seatback seatback to unlock it. To recline the seatback: 2. Fold the seatback forward. 52 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS Repeat the steps to fold the 3. Repeat the steps to raise the other seatback, if desired. Warning (Continued) other seatback, if necessary. injury to the person sitting there. When the seat is not in use, it should Always push and pull on the be kept in the upright, locked position. seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Rear Seat Armrest

{ Warning A seat belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side protection needed in a crash. The Similar person wearing the belt could be The rear seatbacks can also be folded seriously injured. After raising the forward by pulling the levers on either rear seatback, always check to be side of the rear cargo area. sure that the seat belts are properly routed and attached, and are not Raising the Seatback The rear seat has an armrest in the twisted. center of the seatback. Lower the armrest to access the cupholders. { Warning To raise a seatback: To fold, lift the armrest up and push it If either seatback is not locked, it 1. Lift the seatback up and push it rearward until it is flush with the could move forward in a sudden rearward to lock it in place. seatback. stop or crash. That could cause 2. Push and pull the top of the The armrest may also have controls (Continued) seatback to be sure it is locked for the infotainment system. See the into position. infotainment manual. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 53 Heated Rear Seats climate controls, an indicator light on Seat Belts the button will turn on when the heated seat is on. On vehicles with This section describes how to use seat { Warning rear climate controls, an indicator on belts properly, and some things not to do. If temperature change or pain to the climate control display appears when this feature is on. the skin cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause burns. See the On vehicles without rear climate { Warning controls but equipped with heated Warning under Heated and Do not let anyone ride where a seat Ventilated Front Seats 0 49. rear seats, press the button again to turn this feature off. The light on the belt cannot be worn properly. In a button will turn off. On vehicles with crash, if you or your passenger(s) rear climate controls, this feature are not wearing seat belts, injuries turns on at the highest setting. With can be much worse than if you are each press of the button, the heated wearing seat belts. You can be seat changes to the next lower setting, seriously injured or killed by hitting and then the off setting. Three lights things inside the vehicle harder or indicate the highest setting, and one by being ejected from the vehicle. light indicates the lowest. If the In addition, anyone who is not heated seats are on high, the level buckled up can strike other may automatically be lowered after passengers in the vehicle. approximately 30 minutes. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers If equipped, the buttons are on the riding in these areas are more likely rear of the center console. to be seriously injured or killed. Do With the engine running, press M or (Continued) L to heat the left or right outboard seat cushion. On vehicles without rear 54 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS When riding in a vehicle, you travel as Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Warning (Continued) fast as the vehicle does. If the vehicle should I have to wear seat belts? stops suddenly, you keep going until not allow passengers to ride in any A: Airbags are supplemental systems something stops you. It could be the only. They work with seat belts — area of the vehicle that is not windshield, the instrument panel, equipped with seats and seat belts. not instead of them. Whether or or the seat belts! not an airbag is provided, all Always wear a seat belt, and check When you wear a seat belt, you and occupants still have to buckle up that all passenger(s) are restrained the vehicle slow down together. There to get the most protection. properly too. is more time to stop because you stop Also, in nearly all states and in all over a longer distance and, when worn Canadian provinces, the law properly, your strongest bones take This vehicle has indicators as a requires wearing seat belts. the forces from the seat belts. That is reminder to buckle the seat belts. See why wearing seat belts makes such Seat Belt Reminders 0 113. How to Wear Seat Belts good sense. Why Seat Belts Work Properly Questions and Answers About Seat Belts Follow these rules for everyone's protection. Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle There are additional things to know after a crash if I am wearing a about seat belts and children, seat belt? including smaller children and infants. A: You could be — whether you are If a child will be riding in the vehicle, wearing a seat belt or not. Your see Older Children 0 73 or chance of being conscious during Infants and Young Children 0 75. and after a crash, so you can Review and follow the rules for unbuckle and get out, is much children in addition to the following greater if you are belted. rules. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 55 It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt in crashes than those who are wearing would apply force on your seat belts. abdomen. This could cause serious There are important things to know or even fatal injuries. about wearing a seat belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you (if possible). . Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to . Wear the lap part of the belt low become loose or twisted. and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong 56 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces. Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. Lap-Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt. The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index. Never wear the shoulder belt under both arms or behind your back. Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 57 after letting the belt go back to stowed position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 67.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull 3. Push the latch plate into the the belt across you. Do not let it buckle until it clicks. get twisted. Pull up on the latch plate to The lap-shoulder belt may lock if make sure it is secure. If the belt you pull the belt across you very is not long enough, see Seat Belt quickly. If this happens, let the Extender 0 60. belt go back slightly to unlock it. Position the release button on Then pull the belt across you the buckle so that the seat belt more slowly. could be quickly unbuckled if If the shoulder portion of a necessary. passenger belt is pulled out all 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt the way, the child restraint height adjuster, move it to the locking feature may be engaged. If the webbing locks in the latch 0 plate before it reaches the height that is right for you. See See Child Restraint Systems 77. “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” If this occurs, let the belt go back buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to all the way and start again. If the unlock. locking feature stays engaged 58 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS later in this section for Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster instructions on use and The vehicle has a shoulder belt height important safety information. adjuster for the driver and front outboard passenger seating positions. Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See How to Wear Seat Belts To unlatch the belt, push the button Properly 0 54. on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the 5. To make the lap part tight, pull seat belt webbing returns quickly to up on the shoulder belt. the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a seat belt, damage Press and hold the release button can occur to both the seat belt and while raising or lowering the height the vehicle. adjuster to the desired position. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 59 After the height adjuster is set to the repeatedly or if a service message Do not sit on the outboard seat belt desired position, try to move it down displays, see your dealer. Other seat while entering or exiting the vehicle or without pressing the release button to belt functions are not affected by the at any time while sitting in the seat. make sure it has locked into position. Automatic Seat Belt Tightening Sitting on the seat belt can damage System. the webbing and hardware. Automatic Seat Belt Tightening System Seat Belt Pretensioners Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides The vehicle may have the Automatic This vehicle has seat belt Rear seat belt comfort guides may Seat Belt Tightening System. pretensioners for the front outboard provide added seat belt comfort for occupants. Although the seat belt older children who have outgrown Each time the front seat belts are pretensioners cannot be seen, they are booster seats and for some adults. buckled while the vehicle is in P (Park) part of the seat belt assembly. They When installed on a shoulder belt, the or D (Drive) and the engine is running can help tighten the seat belts during comfort guide positions the shoulder or in Auto Stop (if equipped), the the early stages of a moderate to belt away from the neck and head. system may activate to tighten the severe frontal, near frontal, or rear seat belts. Comfort guides for the second row crash if the threshold conditions for outboard seating positions may be The system also activates during pretensioner activation are met. Seat provided in a package in the glovebox emergency braking and/or sudden belt pretensioners can also help or cargo area, or they are available driving maneuvers and releases when tighten the seat belts in a side crash through your dealer. Instructions are driving conditions return to normal. or a rollover event. included with the guides. The system will not activate if the Pretensioners work only once. If the Traction Control/Electronic Stability pretensioners activate in a crash, the Seat Belt Use During Control system is not functioning pretensioners and probably other Pregnancy properly. See Traction Control/ parts of the vehicle’s seat belt system Electronic Stability Control 0 193. will need to be replaced. See Replacing Seat belts work for everyone, If there is a problem with the Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash including pregnant women. Like all Automatic Seat Belt Tightening 0 61. occupants, they are more likely to be System, a message displays on the seriously injured if they do not wear Driver Information Center (DIC). If a seat belts. system unavailable message displays 60 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS But if a seat belt is not long enough, it replaced immediately. If a belt is your dealer will order you an extender. twisted, it may be possible to untwist When you go in to order it, take the by reversing the latch plate on the heaviest coat you will wear, so the webbing. If the twist cannot be extender will be long enough for you. corrected, ask your dealer to fix it. To help avoid personal injury, do not Make sure the seat belt reminder light let someone else use it, and use it is working. See Seat Belt Reminders only for the seat it is made to fit. The 0 113. extender has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat restraints. For more information on Belt Care 0 60. the proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see the instruction sheet Seat Belt Care A pregnant woman should wear a that comes with the extender. lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion Keep belts clean and dry. should be worn as low as possible, Safety System Check Seat belts should be properly cared for below the rounding, throughout the and maintained. pregnancy. Periodically check the seat belt reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch Seat belt hardware should be kept dry The best way to protect the fetus is to plates, retractors, shoulder belt height and free of dust or debris. As protect the mother. When a seat belt adjusters (if equipped), and seat belt necessary, exterior hard surfaces and is worn properly, it is more likely that anchorages to make sure they are all seat belt webbing may be lightly the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. in working order. Look for any other cleaned with mild soap and water. For pregnant women, as for anyone, loose or damaged seat belt system Ensure there is not excessive dust or the key to making seat belts effective parts that might keep a seat belt debris in the mechanism. If dust or is wearing them properly. system from performing properly. See debris exists in the system please see your dealer to have it repaired. Torn, the dealer. Parts may need to be Seat Belt Extender frayed, or twisted seat belts may not replaced to ensure proper If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten protect you in a crash. Torn or frayed functionality of the system. around you, you should use it. seat belts can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, have SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 61 After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System { Warning seat belts may not be necessary. But the seat belt assemblies that were The vehicle has the following airbags: Do not bleach or dye seat belt used during any crash may have been . A frontal airbag for the driver webbing. It may severely weaken stressed or damaged. See your dealer the webbing. In a crash, they might to have the seat belt assemblies . A frontal airbag for the front not be able to provide adequate inspected or replaced. outboard passenger protection. Clean and rinse seat belt New parts and repairs may be . A knee airbag for the driver webbing only with mild soap and necessary even if the seat belt system lukewarm water. Allow the webbing . A seat-mounted side impact airbag was not being used at the time of the for the driver to dry. crash. . A seat-mounted side impact airbag Have the seat belt pretensioners for the front outboard passenger Replacing Seat Belt checked if the vehicle has been in a System Parts after a Crash crash, or if the airbag readiness light . A roof-rail airbag for the driver stays on after you start the vehicle or and the passenger seated directly while you are driving. See Airbag behind the driver { Warning Readiness Light 0 114. . A roof-rail airbag for the front A crash can damage the seat belt outboard passenger and the passenger seated directly behind system in the vehicle. A damaged the front outboard passenger seat belt system may not properly protect the person using it, All vehicle airbags have the word resulting in serious injury or even AIRBAG on the trim or on a label near death in a crash. To help make sure the deployment opening. the seat belt systems are working For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG properly after a crash, have them is on the center of the steering wheel inspected and any necessary for the driver and on the instrument replacements made as soon as panel for the front outboard possible. passenger. 62 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the lower part of the instrument Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) panel. them. Also, airbags are not designed close to any airbag, as you would be For seat-mounted side impact airbags, to inflate in every crash. In some if sitting on the edge of the seat or the word AIRBAG is on the side of the crashes seat belts are the only leaning forward. Seat belts help seatback or side of the seat closest to restraint. See When Should an keep you in position before and the door. Airbag Inflate? 0 64. during a crash. Always wear a seat For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG Wearing your seat belt during a belt, even with airbags. The driver is on the ceiling or trim. crash helps reduce your chance of should sit as far back as possible Airbags are designed to supplement hitting things inside the vehicle or while still maintaining control of the protection provided by seat belts. being ejected from it. Airbags are the vehicle. The seat belts and the Even though today's airbags are also “supplemental restraints” to the front outboard passenger airbags designed to help reduce the risk of seat belts. Everyone in the vehicle are most effective when you are injury from the force of an inflating should wear a seat belt properly, sitting well back and upright in the bag, all airbags must inflate very whether or not there is an airbag seat with both feet on the floor. quickly to do their job. for that person. Occupants should not lean on or Here are the most important things to sleep against the door or side know about the airbag system: windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags { Warning { Warning and/or roof-rail airbags. You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of an wearing your seat belt, even with eye, anyone who is up against, airbags. Airbags are designed to or very close to, any airbag when it work with seat belts, not replace inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily (Continued) (Continued) SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 63 Where Are the Airbags? { Warning Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 73 or Infants and Young Children 0 75.

The driver knee airbag is below the steering column. The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel. The front outboard passenger frontal There is an airbag readiness light on airbag is in the passenger side the instrument cluster, which shows instrument panel. the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114 for more information. 64 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS When Should an Airbag { Warning Inflate? If something is between an This vehicle is equipped with airbags. occupant and an airbag, the airbag See Airbag System 0 61. Airbags are might not inflate properly or it designed to inflate if the impact might force the object into that exceeds the specific airbag system's person causing severe injury or deployment threshold. Deployment even death. The path of an inflating thresholds are used to predict how airbag must be kept clear. Do not severe a crash is likely to be in time put anything between an occupant for the airbags to inflate and help and an airbag, and do not attach or restrain the occupants. The vehicle Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side put anything on the steering wheel has electronic sensors that help the Similar hub or on or near any other airbag airbag system determine the severity covering. of the impact. Deployment thresholds The seat-mounted side impact airbags can vary with specific vehicle design. for the driver and front outboard Do not use seat accessories that passenger are in the sides of the block the inflation path of a Frontal airbags are designed to inflate seatbacks closest to the door. seat-mounted side impact airbag. in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the The roof-rail airbags for the driver, Never secure anything to the roof of potential for severe injuries, mainly to front outboard passenger, and second a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by the driver's or front outboard row outboard passengers are in the routing a rope or tie‐down through passenger's head and chest. ceiling above the side windows. any door or window opening. If you Whether the frontal airbags will or do, the path of an inflating roof-rail should inflate is not based primarily airbag will be blocked. on how fast the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what is hit, the direction of the impact, and how quickly the vehicle slows down. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 65 Frontal airbags may inflate at impact airbags are not designed to inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the different crash speeds depending on inflate in rollovers, or rear impacts. airbag causing the bag to break out of whether the vehicle hits an object A seat-mounted side impact airbag is the cover. The inflator, the airbag, and straight on or at an angle, and designed to inflate on the side of the related hardware are all part of the whether the object is fixed or moving, vehicle that is struck. airbag module. rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. Roof-rail airbags are designed to For airbag locations, see Where Are the Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate in moderate to severe side Airbags? 0 63. inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear crashes depending on the location of impacts, or in many side impacts. the impact. In addition, these roof-rail How Does an Airbag In addition, the vehicle has advanced airbags are designed to inflate during Restrain? technology frontal airbags. Advanced a rollover or in a severe frontal technology frontal airbags adjust the impact. Roof-rail airbags are not In moderate to severe frontal or near restraint according to either crash designed to inflate in rear impacts. frontal collisions, even belted severity or occupant interaction. Both roof-rail airbags will inflate when occupants can contact the steering either side of the vehicle is struck, wheel or the instrument panel. In Knee airbags are designed to inflate in if the sensing system predicts that the moderate to severe side collisions, moderate to severe frontal or near vehicle is about to roll over on its even belted occupants can contact the frontal impacts. Knee airbags are not side, or in a severe frontal impact. inside of the vehicle. designed to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, or in many In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection side impacts. say whether an airbag should have provided by seat belts by distributing inflated simply because of the vehicle the force of the impact more evenly Seat-mounted side impact airbags are damage or repair costs. over the occupant's body. designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes, depending on the What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are location of the impact. These airbags designed to help contain the head and are also designed to inflate in some Inflate? chest of occupants in the outboard seating positions in the first and moderate to severe frontal or In a deployment event, the sensing near-frontal impacts that could result second rows. The rollover capable system sends an electrical signal roof-rail airbags are designed to help in the occupant moving toward the triggering a release of gas from the side of the vehicle. Seat-mounted side reduce the risk of full or partial 66 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS ejection in rollover events, although some smoke and dust coming from warning flashers, and shut off the fuel no system can prevent all such the vents in the deflated airbags. system after the airbags inflate. The ejections. Airbag inflation does not prevent the feature may also activate, without But airbags would not help in many driver from seeing out of the airbag inflation, after an event that types of collisions, primarily because windshield or being able to steer the exceeds a predetermined threshold. the occupant's motion is not toward vehicle, nor does it prevent people After turning the ignition off and then those airbags. See When Should an from leaving the vehicle. on again, the fuel system will return Airbag Inflate? 0 64. to normal operation; the doors can be { Warning locked, the interior lamps can be Airbags should never be regarded as turned off, and the hazard warning anything more than a supplement to When an airbag inflates, there may flashers can be turned off using the seat belts. be dust in the air. This dust could controls for those features. If any of cause breathing problems for these systems are damaged in the What Will You See after an people with a history of asthma or crash they may not operate as normal. Airbag Inflates? other breathing trouble. To avoid After frontal, knee, and seat-mounted this, everyone in the vehicle should { Warning get out as soon as it is safe to do side impact airbags inflate, they A crash severe enough to inflate the quickly deflate, so quickly that some so. If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle airbags may have also damaged people may not even realize the important functions in the vehicle, airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags may after an airbag inflates, then get such as the fuel system, brake and still be at least partially inflated for fresh air by opening a window or a steering systems, etc. Even if the some time after they inflate. Some door. If you experience breathing components of the airbag module may problems following an airbag vehicle appears to be drivable after be hot for several minutes. For deployment, you should seek a moderate crash, there may be location of the airbags, see Where Are medical attention. concealed damage that could make the Airbags? 0 63. it difficult to safely operate the vehicle. The parts of the airbag that come into The vehicle has a feature that may (Continued) contact with you may be warm, but automatically unlock the doors, turn not too hot to touch. There may be on the interior lamps and hazard SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 67 See Vehicle Data Recording and Warning (Continued) Privacy 0 360 and Event Data Recorders 0 361. Use caution if you should attempt to restart the engine after a crash . Let only qualified technicians has occurred. work on the airbag system. Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work Mexico In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for The words ON and OFF, or the inflate the airbag, are service. symbols for on and off, will be visible broken by vehicle deformation. during the system check. When the Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing System system check is complete, either the also occur from the front outboard word ON or OFF, or the symbol for on passenger airbag. The vehicle has a passenger sensing or off, will be visible. See Passenger system for the front outboard 0 . Airbags are designed to inflate passenger position. The passenger Airbag Status Indicator 114. only once. After an airbag inflates, airbag status indicator will light on The passenger sensing system turns you will need some new parts for the overhead console when the vehicle off the front outboard passenger the airbag system. If you do not is started. frontal airbag under certain get them, the airbag system will conditions. No other airbag is affected not be there to help protect you in by the passenger sensing system. another crash. A new system will include airbag modules and The passenger sensing system works possibly other parts. The service with sensors that are part of the front manual for the vehicle covers the outboard passenger seat and seat belt. need to replace other parts. The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated . The vehicle has a crash sensing United States and Canada occupant and determine if the front and diagnostic module which outboard passenger frontal airbag records information after a crash. should be allowed to inflate or not. 68 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS According to accident statistics, . The system determines an infant children are safer when properly Warning (Continued) is present in a child restraint. secured in a rear seat in the correct Even if the passenger sensing . A front outboard passenger takes child restraint for their weight his/her weight off of the seat for a and size. system has turned off the passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. period of time. Whenever possible, children aged No one can guarantee that an . There is a critical problem with 12 and under should be secured in a airbag will not deploy under some the airbag system or the passenger rear seating position. unusual circumstance, even though sensing system. Never put a rear-facing child seat in the airbag is turned off. When the passenger sensing system the front. This is because the risk to Never put a rear-facing child has turned off the front outboard the rear-facing child is so great, if the passenger frontal airbag, the OFF airbag inflates. restraint in the front seat, even if the airbag is off. If securing a indicator will light and stay lit as a forward-facing child restraint in the reminder that the airbag is off. See { Warning front outboard passenger seat, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 114. A child in a rear-facing child always move the seat as far back as restraint can be seriously injured or it will go. It is better to secure child The passenger sensing system is killed if the passenger frontal airbag restraints in the rear seat. Consider designed to turn on the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of using another vehicle to transport anytime the system senses that a the rear-facing child restraint would the child when a rear seat is not available. person of adult size is sitting properly be very close to the inflating airbag. in the front outboard passenger seat. A child in a forward-facing child When the passenger sensing system restraint can be seriously injured or The passenger sensing system is has allowed the airbag to be enabled, killed if the passenger frontal airbag designed to turn off the front the ON indicator will light and stay lit inflates and the passenger seat is in outboard passenger frontal airbag if: as a reminder that the airbag is active. a forward position. . The front outboard passenger seat For some children, including children (Continued) is unoccupied. in child restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 69 may or may not turn off the front is present in a child restraint. If a 5. If, after reinstalling the child outboard passenger frontal airbag, child restraint has been installed and restraint and restarting the depending upon the person's seating the ON indicator is lit: vehicle, the ON indicator is still posture and body build. Everyone in 1. Turn the vehicle off. lit, turn the vehicle off. Then the vehicle who has outgrown child slightly recline the vehicle restraints should wear a seat belt 2. Remove the child restraint from seatback and adjust the seat properly — whether or not there is an the vehicle. cushion, if adjustable, to make airbag for that person. 3. Remove any additional items sure that the vehicle seatback is from the seat such as blankets, not pushing the child restraint { Warning cushions, seat covers, seat into the seat cushion. heaters, or seat massagers. Also make sure the child If the airbag readiness light ever 4. Reinstall the child restraint restraint is not trapped under the comes on and stays on, it means following the directions provided vehicle head restraint. If this that something may be wrong with by the child restraint happens, adjust the head the airbag system. To help avoid manufacturer and refer to restraint. See Head Restraints 0 injury to yourself or others, have Securing Child Restraints (With the 43. the vehicle serviced right away. See Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 86 or 0 6. Restart the vehicle. Airbag Readiness Light 114 for Securing Child Restraints (With the more information, including Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 88. The passenger sensing system may or important safety information. may not turn off the airbag for a child Make sure the seat belt retractor in a child restraint depending upon is locked by pulling the shoulder the child’s size. It is better to secure If the On Indicator Is Lit for a belt all the way out of the the child restraint in a rear seat. Never Child Restraint retractor when installing the put a rear-facing child restraint in the child restraint, even if the child front seat, even if the ON indicator is The passenger sensing system is restraint is equipped with a seat not lit. designed to turn off the front belt lock off. When the retractor outboard passenger frontal airbag if lock is set, the belt can be the system determines that an infant tightened but not pulled out of the retractor. 70 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as blankets, { Warning cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. If the front outboard passenger airbag is turned off for an 3. Place the seatback in the fully adult-sized occupant, the airbag will upright position. not be able to inflate and help 4. Have the person sit upright in protect that person in a crash, the seat, centered on the seat resulting in an increased risk of cushion, with legs comfortably serious injury or even death. An extended. adult-sized occupant should not 5. If the shoulder portion of the ride in the front outboard passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the seat, if the passenger airbag OFF child restraint locking feature indicator is lit. will be engaged. This may unintentionally cause the Additional Factors Affecting If a person of adult size is sitting in passenger sensing system to turn the front outboard passenger seat, but the airbag off for some System Operation the OFF indicator is lit, it could be adult-sized occupants. If this Seat belts help keep the passenger in because that person is not sitting happens, unbuckle the belt, let position on the seat during vehicle properly in the seat or that the child the belt go back all the way, and maneuvers and braking, which helps restraint locking feature is engaged. then buckle the belt again the passenger sensing system Use the following steps to allow the without pulling the belt out all maintain the passenger airbag status. system to detect that person and the way. See “Seat Belts” and “Child Restraints” enable the front outboard passenger in the Index for additional frontal airbag: 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position information about the importance of 1. Turn the vehicle off. for two to three minutes after the proper restraint use. ON indicator is lit. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 71 A thick layer of additional material, Servicing the Adding Equipment to the such as a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket equipment such as seat Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle covers, seat heaters, and seat Airbags affect how the vehicle should Adding accessories that change the massagers can affect how well the be serviced. There are parts of the vehicle's frame, bumper system, passenger sensing system operates. airbag system in several places around height, front end, or side sheet metal We recommend that you not use seat the vehicle. Your dealer and the may keep the airbag system from covers or other aftermarket equipment service manual have information working properly. except when approved by GM for your about servicing the vehicle and the The operation of the airbag system specific vehicle. See Adding Equipment airbag system. To purchase a service can also be affected by changing, to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71 for manual, see Publication Ordering including improperly repairing or more information about modifications 0 Information 358. replacing, any parts of the following: that can affect how the system operates. . Airbag system, including airbag { Warning modules, front or side impact The ON indicator may be lit if an sensors, sensing and diagnostic object, such as a briefcase, handbag, For up to 10 seconds after the module, or airbag wiring grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic vehicle is turned off and the battery device, is put on an unoccupied seat. is disconnected, an airbag can still . Front seats, including stitching, If this is not desired, remove the inflate during improper service. You seams or zippers object from the seat. can be injured if you are close to an . Seat belts airbag when it inflates. Avoid . Steering wheel, instrument panel, { Warning yellow connectors. They are probably part of the airbag system. overhead console, ceiling trim, or garnish trim Stowing articles under the Be sure to follow proper service passenger seat or between the procedures, and make sure the . Inner door seals, including passenger seat cushion and person performing work for you is speakers seatback may interfere with the qualified to do so. Your dealer and the service manual proper operation of the passenger have information about the location of sensing system. the airbag modules and sensors, 72 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS sensing and diagnostic module, and If the vehicle must be modified airbag wiring along with the proper because you have a disability and have Caution (Continued) replacement procedures. questions about whether the modifications will affect the vehicle's the location of the airbags, see In addition, the vehicle has a 0 airbag system, or if you have Where Are the Airbags? 63. See passenger sensing system for the front your dealer for service. outboard passenger position, which questions about whether the airbag includes sensors that are part of the system will be affected if the vehicle is passenger seat. The passenger sensing modified for any other reason, call Customer Assistance. See Customer Replacing Airbag System system may not operate properly if 0 Parts after a Crash the original seat trim is replaced with Assistance Offices 351. non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim Airbag System Check { Warning designed for a different vehicle. Any The airbag system does not need A crash can damage the airbag object, such as an aftermarket seat regularly scheduled maintenance or systems in the vehicle. A damaged heater or a comfort-enhancing pad or replacement. Make sure the airbag airbag system may not properly device, installed under or on top of readiness light is working. See Airbag the seat fabric, could also interfere Readiness Light 0 114. protect you and your passenger(s) with the operation of the passenger in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sensing system. This could either Caution prevent proper deployment of the sure the airbag systems are working passenger airbag(s) or prevent the If an airbag covering is damaged, properly after a crash, have them passenger sensing system from opened, or broken, the airbag may inspected and any necessary properly turning off the passenger not work properly. Do not open or replacements made as soon as airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing possible. System 0 67. break the airbag coverings. If there are any opened or broken airbag If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail coverings, have the airbag covering If an airbag inflates, you will need to airbags, see Different Size and and/or airbag module replaced. For 0 replace airbag system parts. See your Wheels 299 for additional important dealer for service. information. (Continued) SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 73 If the airbag readiness light stays on Child Restraints . Sit all the way back on the seat. after the vehicle is started or comes Do the knees bend at the seat on when you are driving, the airbag edge? If yes, continue. If no, return system may not work properly. Have Older Children to the booster seat. the vehicle serviced right away. See 0 . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does Airbag Readiness Light 114. the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 56. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder, then return to the booster seat. . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips, touching the thighs? Older children who have outgrown If yes, continue. If no, return to booster seats should wear the vehicle’s the booster seat. seat belts. . Can proper seat belt fit be The manufacturer instructions that maintained for the length of the come with the booster seat state the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return weight and height limitations for that to the booster seat. booster. Use a booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to wear passes the fit test below: seat belts? A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt 74 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips, just touching the be crushed together and seriously crash, the child would not be top of the thighs. This applies belt injured. A seat belt must be used by restrained by the shoulder belt. The force to the child's pelvic bones in only one person at a time. child could move too far forward a crash. It should never be worn increasing the chance of head and over the abdomen, which could neck injury. The child might also cause severe or even fatal internal slide under the lap belt. The belt injuries in a crash. force would then be applied right Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort on the abdomen. That could cause Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 56. serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the According to accident statistics, shoulder and across the chest. children are safer when properly restrained in a rear seating position. In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use seat belts properly. { Warning { Warning Never allow a child to wear the seat Never allow more than one child to belt with the shoulder belt behind wear the same seat belt. The seat their back. A child can be seriously belt cannot properly spread the injured by not wearing the impact forces. In a crash, they can lap-shoulder belt properly. In a (Continued) (Continued) SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 75 Infants and Young Children Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants and tightened around a child’s neck, the For example, in a crash at only all other children. Neither the distance only way to loosen the belt is to 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) traveled nor the age and size of the cut it. infant will suddenly become a traveler changes the need, for Never leave children unattended in 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's everyone, to use safety restraints. In arms. An infant or child should be fact, the law in every state in the a vehicle and never allow children to play with the seat belts. secured in an appropriate child United States and in every Canadian restraint. province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the { Warning protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither the vehicle's Children can be seriously injured or seat belt system nor its airbag system strangled if a shoulder belt is is designed for them. wrapped around their neck. The Children who are not restrained shoulder belt can tighten but properly can strike other people, cannot be loosened if it is locked. or can be thrown out of the vehicle. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the { Warning retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all Never hold an infant or a child the way back into the retractor, but while riding in a vehicle. Due to it cannot do this if it is wrapped crash forces, an infant or a child around a child’s neck. If the will become so heavy it is not shoulder belt is locked and possible to hold it during a crash. (Continued) (Continued) 76 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS For each type of child restraint, there { Warning are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be Children who are up against, sure it is designed to be used in a or very close to, any airbag when it . If it is, the child inflates can be seriously injured or restraint will have a label saying that killed. Never put a rear-facing child it meets federal motor vehicle safety restraint in the front outboard seat. standards. Secure a rear-facing child restraint The instruction manual that is in a rear seat. It is also better to provided with the child restraint secure a forward-facing child states the weight and height restraint in a rear seat. If you must limitations for that particular child secure a forward-facing child Child restraints are devices used to restraint. In addition, there are many restraint in the front outboard seat, restrain, seat, or position children in kinds of child restraints available for always move the front passenger the vehicle and are sometimes called children with special needs. seat as far back as it will go. child seats or car seats. There are three basic types of child { Warning restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and head . Forward-facing child restraints injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a . Rear-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the The proper child restraint for your maximum height and weight limits child depends on their size, weight, of their child restraint. and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 77 Child Restraint Systems { Warning A young child's hip bones are still so small that the vehicle seat belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it should. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. To reduce the risk of Forward-Facing Child Restraint serious or fatal injuries during a A forward-facing child restraint crash, young children should always Rear-Facing Infant Restraint provides restraint for the child's body be secured in an appropriate child A rear-facing child restraint provides with the harness. restraint. restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. 78 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on { Warning the child restraint 2. Instruction manual provided A child can be seriously injured or with the child restraint killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in 3. This vehicle owner's manual the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not available, using the vehicle seat belt or obtain a replacement copy from the LATCH system, following the manufacturer. Booster Seats instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured child A belt-positioning booster seat is used child restraint and the instructions restraint can move around in a for children who have outgrown their in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure forward-facing child restraint. people in the vehicle. Be sure to Boosters are designed to improve the properly secure any child restraint in fit of the vehicle's seat belt system To help reduce the chance of injury, the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle — even when no child is until the child is large enough for the in it. vehicle seat belts to fit properly the vehicle. Child restraints must be without a booster seat. See the seat secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or In some areas Certified Child belt fit test in Older Children 0 73. the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder Passenger Safety Technicians (CPSTs) belt, or by the LATCH system. See are available to inspect and Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children demonstrate how to correctly use and (LATCH System) 0 80 for more install child restraints. In the U.S., information. Children can be refer to the National Highway Traffic endangered in a crash if the child Safety Administration (NHTSA) restraint is not properly secured in the website to locate the nearest child vehicle. safety seat inspection station. For CPST availability in Canada, check SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 79 with Transport Canada or the Never put a rear-facing child restraint Provincial Ministry of Transportation in the front. This is because the risk Warning (Continued) office. to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints Securing the Child Within the in a rear seat, even if the airbag is Child Restraint off. If you secure a forward-facing { Warning child restraint in the front seat, { Warning A child in a rear-facing child always move the front passenger restraint can be seriously injured or seat as far back as it will go. It is A child can be seriously injured or killed if the front passenger airbag better to secure the child restraint killed in a crash if the child is not inflates. This is because the back of in a rear seat. properly secured in the child the rear-facing child restraint would See Passenger Sensing System 0 67 restraint. Secure the child properly be very close to the inflating airbag. for additional information. following the instructions that A child in a forward-facing child came with that child restraint. restraint can be seriously injured or When securing a child restraint with killed if the front passenger airbag the seat belts in a rear seat position, Where to Put the Restraint inflates and the passenger seat is in study the instructions that came with a forward position. According to accident statistics, the child restraint to make sure it is children and infants are safer when Even if the passenger sensing compatible with this vehicle. properly restrained in an appropriate system has turned off the front Child restraints and booster seats vary child restraint secured in a rear passenger frontal airbag, no system considerably in size, and some may fit seating position. is fail-safe. No one can guarantee in certain seating positions better that an airbag will not deploy under Whenever possible, children aged than others. 12 and under should be secured in a some unusual circumstance, even Depending on where you place the rear seating position. though it is turned off. child restraint and the size of the (Continued) child restraint, you may not be able to access adjacent seat belts or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or 80 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS child restraints. Adjacent seating In order to use the LATCH system in properly secure the child restraint. positions should not be used if the your vehicle, you need a child A child restraint must never be child restraint prevents access to or restraint that has LATCH attached using only the top tether. interferes with the routing of the attachments. LATCH-compatible For a forward-facing 5-pt harness seat belt. rear-facing and forward-facing child child restraint where the combined Wherever a child restraint is installed, seats can be properly installed using weight of the child and restraint are be sure to follow the instructions that either the LATCH anchors or the up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the ’ came with the child restraint and vehicle s seat belts. Do not use both lower LATCH anchorages with the top secure the child restraint properly. the seat belts and the LATCH tether anchorage, or the seat belt with anchorage system to secure a Keep in mind that an unsecured child the top tether anchorage. Where the rear-facing or forward-facing combined weight of the child and restraint can move around in a child seat. collision or sudden stop and injure restraint are greater than ’ people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicle s seat 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with properly secure any child restraint in belts to secure the child and the the top tether anchorage only. the vehicle — even when no child is booster seat. If the manufacturer in it. recommends that the booster seat be secured with the LATCH system, this can be done as long as the booster Lower Anchors and seat can be positioned properly and Tethers for Children there is no interference with the (LATCH System) proper positioning of the lap-shoulder belt on the child. The LATCH system secures a child restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions LATCH attachments on the child that came with the child restraint, and restraint are used to attach the child also the instructions in this manual. restraint to the anchors in the vehicle. When installing a child restraint with This system is designed to make a top tether, you must also use either installation of a child restraint easier. the lower anchors or the seat belts to SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 81 Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X of the Child + LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top Child Restraint Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor Tether Anchor Rear-Facing Child Up to XX Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Rear-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Up to XX Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Greater than X Child Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Not all vehicle seating positions have Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 86 or lower anchors. In this case, the seat Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat belt must be used (with top tether Belt in the Front Seat) 0 88. where available) to secure the child Child restraints built after March 2014 restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) will be labeled with the specific child 0 weight up to which the LATCH system 86 or can be used to install the restraint. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 88. The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in the vehicle. 82 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure into the vehicle. There are two lower the top of the child restraint to the anchors for each LATCH seating vehicle. A top tether anchor is built position that will accommodate a into the vehicle. The top tether child restraint with lower attachment hook (2) on the child attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single Rear Seat tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) I : Seating positions with top tether to secure the top tether to the anchor. anchors. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 83 H : Seating positions with two lower system or infant restraint system anchors. secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 79 for additional information. Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System

{ Warning To assist in locating the lower A child could be seriously injured or anchors, each seating position with killed in a crash if the child lower anchors has two labels, near the restraint is not properly attached to crease between the seatback and the Top Tether Anchors the vehicle using either the LATCH seat cushion. The top tether anchors for each rear anchors or the vehicle seat belt. seating position are located on the Follow the instructions that came back of the rear seatback. Be sure to with the child restraint and the use an anchor located directly behind instructions in this manual. the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if { Warning To assist in locating the top tether a national or local law requires that anchors, the top tether anchor symbol the top tether be attached, or if the To reduce the risk of serious or is near the anchor. instructions that come with the child fatal injuries during a crash, do not restraint say that the top tether must attach more than one child be attached. restraint to a single anchor. According to accident statistics, Attaching more than one child children and infants are safer when (Continued) properly restrained in a child restraint 84 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

restraint to a single anchor could tightened around a child’s neck, the Do not fold the rear seatback when cause the anchor or attachment to only way to loosen the belt is to the seat is occupied. Do not fold the come loose or even break during a cut it. empty rear seat with a seat belt crash. A child or others could be Buckle any unused seat belts buckled. This could damage the injured. behind the child restraint so seat belt or the seat. Unbuckle and children cannot reach them. Pull return the seat belt to its stowed the shoulder belt all the way out of position, before folding the seat. { Warning the retractor to set the lock, and tighten the belt behind the child Do not attach more than one child Children can be seriously injured or restraint after the child restraint restraint to a single anchor. Attaching strangled if a shoulder belt is has been installed. more than one child restraint to a wrapped around their neck. The single anchor could cause the anchor shoulder belt can tighten but or attachment to come loose or even cannot be loosened if it is locked. break during a crash. A child or others The shoulder belt locks when it is Caution could be injured. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, pulled all the way out of the Do not let the LATCH attachments retractor. It unlocks when the attach only one child restraint per rub against the vehicle’s seat belts. anchor. shoulder belt is allowed to go all This may damage these parts. the way back into the retractor, but If you need to secure more than one If necessary, move buckled seat child restraint in the rear seat, see it cannot do this if it is wrapped belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH ’ Where to Put the Restraint 0 79. around a child s neck. If the attachments. shoulder belt is locked and 1. Attach and tighten the lower (Continued) (Continued) attachments to the lower anchors. If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 85 does not have lower anchors, 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten secure the child restraint with the top tether according to the top tether and the seat belt. your child restraint Refer to the child restraint instructions and the manufacturer instructions and following instructions: the instructions in this manual. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. If the position you are 1.2. Put the child restraint on using has an adjustable the seat. head restraint and you are 1.3. Attach and tighten the using a single tether, raise lower attachments on the the head restraint and child restraint to the lower route the tether under the anchors. head restraint and in between the head restraint 2. If the child restraint posts. manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached, attach If the position you are and tighten the top tether to the using has an adjustable top tether anchor, if equipped. head restraint and you are Refer to the child restraint using a dual tether, raise instructions and the following the head restraint and steps: route the tether under the 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. head restraint and in between the head restraint posts. 86 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS If the position you are more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of New parts and repairs may be using does not have a movement for proper necessary even if the LATCH system headrest or head restraint installation. was not being used at the time of the and you are using a single crash. tether, route the tether Replacing LATCH System over the seatback. Parts After a Crash Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the { Warning Rear Seat) A crash can damage the LATCH When securing a child restraint with system in the vehicle. A damaged the seat belts in a rear seat position, study the instructions that came with LATCH system may not properly the child restraint to make sure it is secure the child restraint, resulting compatible with this vehicle. in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers If the position you are LATCH system is working properly for Children (LATCH System) 0 80 for using does not have a after a crash, see your dealer to how and where to install the child headrest or head restraint have the system inspected and any restraint using LATCH. If a child and you are using a dual necessary replacements made as restraint is secured in the vehicle tether, route the tether soon as possible. using a seat belt and it uses a top over the seatback. tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers 3. Before placing a child in the If the vehicle has the LATCH system for Children (LATCH System) 0 80 for child restraint, make sure it is and it was being used during a crash, top tether anchor locations. securely held in place. To check, new LATCH system parts may be Do not secure a child seat in a grasp the child restraint at the needed. position without a top tether anchor if LATCH path and attempt to a national or local law requires that move it side to side and back the top tether be anchored, or if the and forth. There should be no SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 87 instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the seat belt to secure the child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the If more than one child restraint needs Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is to be installed in the rear seat, be sure set, the belt can be tightened but to read Where to Put the Restraint 0 79. the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt not pulled out of the retractor. 1. Put the child restraint on could be quickly unbuckled if the seat. necessary. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 88 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (With the Seat Belt in the regarding the use of the top Front Seat) tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is Tethers for Children (LATCH 0 a safer place to secure a System) 80. forward-facing child restraint. See 7. Before placing a child in the Where to Put the Restraint 0 79. child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle has a securely held in place. To check, passenger sensing system which is grasp the child restraint at the designed to turn off the front seat belt path and attempt to outboard passenger frontal airbag 5. To tighten the belt, push down move it side to side and back under certain conditions. See on the child restraint, pull the and forth. When the child Passenger Sensing System 0 67 and shoulder portion of the belt to restraint is properly installed, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 114 tighten the lap portion of the there should be no more than for more information, including belt, and feed the shoulder belt 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. important safety information. back into the retractor. When To remove the child restraint, installing a forward-facing child Never put a rear-facing child seat in unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let the front. This is because the risk to restraint, it may be helpful to use it return to the stowed position. If the your knee to push down on the the rear-facing child is so great, if the top tether is attached to a top tether airbag deploys. child restraint as you tighten anchor, disconnect it. the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the { Warning retractor to make sure the A child in a rear-facing child retractor is locked. If the restraint can be seriously injured or retractor is not locked, repeat killed if the front outboard Steps 4 and 5. (Continued) SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 89 When using the lap-shoulder belt to Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that passenger frontal airbag inflates. seat as far back as it will go. It is came with the child restraint and the This is because the back of the better to secure the child restraint following instructions: rear-facing child restraint would be in a rear seat. 1. Move the seat as far back as it very close to the inflating airbag. See Passenger Sensing System 0 67 A child in a forward-facing child will go before securing the for additional information. forward-facing child restraint. restraint can be seriously injured or Move the seat upward or the killed if the front outboard If the child restraint uses a top tether, seatback to an upright position, passenger frontal airbag inflates if needed, to get a tight and the passenger seat is in a see Lower Anchors and Tethers for 0 installation of the child restraint. forward position. Children (LATCH System) 80 for top tether anchor locations. When the passenger sensing Even if the passenger sensing Do not secure a child seat in a system has turned off the front system has turned off the front position without a top tether anchor if outboard passenger frontal outboard passenger frontal airbag, a national or local law requires that airbag, the OFF indicator on the no system is fail-safe. No one can the top tether be anchored, or if the passenger airbag status indicator guarantee that an airbag will not instructions that come with the child should light and stay lit when deploy under some unusual restraint say that the top tether must you start the vehicle. See circumstance, even though it is Passenger Airbag Status Indicator be anchored. 0 turned off. 114. In Canada, the law requires that Secure rear-facing child restraints forward-facing child restraints have a 2. Put the child restraint on in a rear seat, even if the airbag is top tether, and that the tether be the seat. off. If you secure a forward-facing attached. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run child restraint in the front outboard the lap and shoulder portions of passenger seat, always move the the vehicle seat belt through or (Continued) around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 90 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust the 6. To tighten the belt, push down belt if needed. on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way installing a forward-facing child out of the retractor to set the restraint, it may be helpful to use lock. When the retractor lock is your knee to push down on the set, the belt can be tightened but child restraint as you tighten not pulled out of the retractor. the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat 4. Push the latch plate into the Steps 5 and 6. buckle until it clicks. SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 91 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System 0 67. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. 92 STORAGE Storage Storage Compartments Cupholders Cupholders in the center console are { Warning under a cover. Do not place items on Storage Compartments the cover. Storage Compartments ...... 92 Do not store heavy or sharp objects Glove Box ...... 92 in storage compartments. In a Cupholders ...... 92 crash, these objects may cause the Sunglasses Storage ...... 93 cover to open and could result in Armrest Storage ...... 93 injury. Rear Storage ...... 93 Center Console Storage ...... 94 Glove Box Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover ...... 95 Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 96 Cargo Management System ...... 96 Convenience Net ...... 97 System Roof Rack System ...... 98 To open, slide the cover forward.

Lift the handle to open the glove box. Close until it latches. Use the vehicle key to lock or unlock. STORAGE 93 If equipped, sunglasses storage is on the overhead console. Press the fixed button on the cover and release to access. Armrest Storage For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull the rear seat armrest forward to access the cupholders with removable liner. Rear Storage To close, push the button and the Remove the load floor hook from the cover will close automatically. holder and hook to the weatherstrip above. Sunglasses Storage When done, return the load floor hook to the holder.

There is storage in the floor of the rear cargo area. Lift the handle to access. 94 STORAGE Center Console Storage

To install the load floor hook into the 2. Push down on the other side of holder: the load floor hook to lock into place. Press the button to access the storage area under the armrest. There are two USB ports inside. If equipped, there are two charge-only USB ports and an auxiliary power outlet on the rear of the center console.

1. Insert one side of the load floor hook into the holder. STORAGE 95 Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover

{ Warning An unsecured cargo cover could strike people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Store the cargo cover securely or remove it from the vehicle. If equipped, the cargo cover can be 2. Align the cartridge over the slots used to cover items in the cargo area. on the trim panels of the vehicle. Install the Cargo Cover 3. Place one end of the cartridge into the slot and then compress { Warning 1. Hold the cartridge so that the to fit the other end into the retracted cargo cover faces the remaining slot. Do not place objects on the cargo rear of the vehicle. cover. Sudden stops or turns can 4. Unroll the cargo cover toward cause objects to be thrown in the the rear of the vehicle. The cargo vehicle. You or others could be cover can be half open or injured. fully open. 96 STORAGE Cargo Tie-Downs Cargo Management System

5. Insert the cargo cover pins into the channels on both sides. Remove the Cargo Cover The vehicle has two cargo tie-downs Cargo Management System in the rear compartment. Remove the cargo cover pins from the channels and let the cover retract. Compress the ends of the cartridge to remove it from the slots. STORAGE 97 Cargo Management System Removal 1. Turn both knobs to the unlock position. 2. Press the buttons and pull up to remove the divider. 3. Remove the knobs prior to storing the divider. Failure to do so will cause interference.

Cargo Management System Unlock Vehicle with Tire Inflator Kit Cargo Management System Installation 4. Store the divider appropriately. 1. Turn both knobs to the unlock position. Convenience Net 2. Slide the divider along the rail to This vehicle may have a convenience the desired position until it net in the rear of the vehicle. Attach it clicks into place. to the cargo tie-downs for storing 3. Make sure the divider is locked small loads. into place in the rail grooves. Vehicle with Do not use the net to store heavy 4. Turn both knobs to the lock loads. position. 98 STORAGE Roof Rack System To prevent damage or loss of cargo Caution when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely { Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack that fastened. Loading cargo on the roof weighs more than 100 kg (220 lb) or rack will make the vehicle’s center of If something is carried on top of the hangs over the rear or sides of the gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, vehicle that is longer or wider than vehicle may damage the vehicle. Do sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden the roof rack — like paneling, not load cargo exceeding 100 kg braking, or abrupt maneuvers; plywood, or a mattress — the wind (220 lbs) and always load cargo so otherwise it may result in loss of can catch it while the vehicle is that it rests evenly between the control. If driving for a long distance, being driven. The item being carried crossrails and does not block the on rough roads, or at high speeds, could be violently torn off, and this vehicle lamps or windows. Fasten occasionally stop the vehicle to make could cause a collision and damage the cargo securely. sure the cargo remains in its place. Do the vehicle. Never carry something not exceed the maximum vehicle longer or wider than the roof rack capacity when loading the vehicle. For on top of the vehicle unless using a more information on vehicle capacity GM certified accessory carrier. and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 170.

If equipped, the roof rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GM certified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 99 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 114 Cruise Control Light ...... 124 Instruments and Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Light ...... 124 Controls Indicator ...... 114 Charging System Light ...... 115 Information Displays Malfunction Indicator Lamp Driver Information (Check Engine Light) ...... 115 Center (DIC) ...... 124 Controls Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 127 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . 100 Brake System Warning Light . . . . 117 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 100 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 118 Vehicle Messages Heated Steering Wheel ...... 100 Service Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Messages ...... 130 Horn ...... 100 Light ...... 118 Engine Power Messages ...... 131 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 101 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 131 Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . 103 Warning Light ...... 118 Compass ...... 104 Gear Shifting Light ...... 119 Vehicle Personalization Clock ...... 104 All-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 119 Vehicle Personalization ...... 131 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . 119 Power Outlets ...... 104 Universal Remote System Wireless Charging ...... 105 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 120 Universal Remote System ...... 137 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light ...... 120 Universal Remote System Indicators StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 120 Programming ...... 137 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System (TCS)/ Universal Remote System Indicators ...... 107 StabiliTrak Light ...... 121 Operation ...... 139 Instrument Cluster ...... 108 Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 111 Warning Light ...... 121 ...... 111 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 121 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Tire Pressure Light ...... 122 ...... 111 Engine Oil Pressure Light ...... 122 ...... 112 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 123 Engine Coolant Temperature Security Light ...... 123 Gauge ...... 112 High-Beam On Light ...... 123 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 100 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Controls Steering Wheel Controls Automatic Heated Steering Wheel The infotainment system can be If equipped with a remote start, the Steering Wheel Adjustment operated by using the steering wheel heated steering wheel will turn on controls. See "Steering Wheel automatically during a remote start Power Tilt and Telescoping Steering Controls" in the infotainment manual. along with the heated seats when it is Wheel cold outside. The heated steering Heated Steering Wheel wheel indicator light may not come on. If equipped with auto heated seats, the heated steering wheel will turn on when the auto heated seat is activated. The heated steering wheel indicator will display the state of the steering wheel heat. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 49. Horn Press the control to move the tilt and Press a on the steering wheel pad to telescoping steering wheel up and sound the horn. down or forward and rearward. ( : If equipped with a heated steering Do not adjust the steering wheel while wheel, press to turn on or off. An driving. indicator light next to the button is lit when the feature is turned on. The steering wheel takes about three minutes to start heating. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 101 Windshield Wiper/Washer

AUTO : If equipped with Rainsense, INT : If equipped with intermittent Windshield Wiper with Rainsense use this setting for intermittent wipes wipers only, move the windshield (AUTO Shown), If Equipped when Rainsense is disabled, wiper lever to INT. Turn the band up or Rainsense wipes when Rainsense is for more frequent wipes or down for enabled. For intermittent wipes, move less frequent wipes. the windshield wiper lever to AUTO, OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. then turn the band up for more frequent wipes or down for less 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move frequent wipes. If Rainsense is turned the wiper lever down. For several on, see “Rainsense” later in this wipes, hold the wiper lever down. section. f : Pull the windshield wiper lever toward you to spray windshield Windshield Wiper without Rainsense washer fluid and activate the wipers. (INT Shown) The wipers will continue until the With the ignition on or in ACC/ lever is released or the maximum ACCESSORY, move the windshield wash time is reached. When the wiper lever to select the wiper speed. windshield wiper lever is released, additional wipes may occur depending HI : Use for fast wipes. on how long the windshield washer LO : Use for slow wipes. 102 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS has been activated. See Washer Fluid carefully loosen or thaw them. windshield and controls the frequency 0 266 for information on filling the Damaged blades should be replaced. of the windshield wiper based on the reservoir. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 270. current sensitivity setting. Heavy snow or ice can overload the Keep this area of the windshield clear { Warning wiper motor. See Electrical System of debris to allow for best system Overload 0 273. performance. In freezing weather, do not use the washer until the windshield is Wiper Parking AUTO : Move the windshield wiper warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid lever to AUTO. Turn the band on the If the ignition is turned off while the wiper lever to adjust the sensitivity. can form ice on the windshield, wipers are on LO, HI, or AUTO with blocking your vision. Rainsense turned off, they will immediately stop. If the windshield wiper lever is then moved to OFF before the driver door is { Warning opened or within 10 minutes, the Before driving the vehicle, always wipers will restart and move to the clear snow and ice from the hood, base of the windshield. windshield, roof, and rear of the If the ignition is turned off while the vehicle, including all lamps and wipers are performing wipes due to windows. Reduced visibility from windshield washing or Rainsense, the . Turn the band up for more snow and ice buildup could lead to wipers continue to run until they sensitivity to moisture. a crash. reach the base of the windshield. . Turn the band down for less sensitivity to moisture. Rainsense Clear snow and ice from the wiper . Move the windshield wiper lever If equipped with Rainsense and the blades and windshield before using out of the AUTO position to feature is turned on, a sensor near the them. If frozen to the windshield, deactivate Rainsense. top center of the windshield detects the amount of water on the INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 103 To turn the Rainsense feature on or Rear Window Wiper/ or return to your preset speed. For off, see “Rain Sense Wipers” under more washer cycles, push and hold Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Washer the lever. Wiper Arm Assembly Protection The rear window wiper/washer will not operate if the liftgate is open or When using an automatic car wash, ajar. If the liftgate is opened while the move the windshield wiper lever to rear wiper is on, the wiper returns to OFF. This disables the automatic the parked position and stops. Rainsense windshield wipers. Rear Wiper Arm Assembly With Rainsense, if the transmission is Protection in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the wipers will When using an automatic car wash, automatically stop at the base of the move the rear wiper control to OFF to The rear window wiper/washer windshield. disable the rear wiper. In some controls are on the end of the vehicles, if the transmission is in The wiper operations return to normal windshield wiper lever. when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is Turn the controls to adjust the N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has very slow, the rear wiper will setting. increased. automatically park under the rear OFF : Turns the wiper off. . INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a The wiper operations return to normal delay between wipes. when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has ON : Turns on the rear wiper. increased. 1 : Push the windshield wiper lever Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear forward to spray washer fluid on the rear window and the Rear Mirror If the rear wiper control is off, the rear Camera Lens, if equipped. See Rear wiper will automatically operate Camera Mirror 0 35. The wipers will continuously when the transmission is clear the rear window and either stop in R (Reverse), and the front 104 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS windshield wiper is performing low or If equipped, push the windshield Clock high speed wipes. If the rear wiper wiper lever forward to spray washer control is off, the transmission is in fluid on the rear camera and the The time and date for the clock can be R (Reverse), and the front windshield camera lens. The lever set using the infotainment system. See wiper is performing INT wipes, then returns to its starting position when “Time/Date” in “System” under the rear wiper automatically performs released. See Rear Camera Mirror 0 35. “Settings” in the infotainment manual. INT wipes. Power Outlets This feature can be turned on or off. Compass 0 See Vehicle Personalization 131. The vehicle may have a compass The accessory power outlet can be The windshield washer reservoir is display on the Driver Information used to plug in electrical equipment, used for the windshield, rear window, Center (DIC). The compass receives its such as a cell phone or MP3 player. and rear mirror camera, if equipped. heading and other information from See Rear Camera Mirror 0 35. Check the Global Positioning System (GPS) the fluid level in the reservoir if either antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic washer is not working. See Washer Stability Control (ESC), and vehicle Fluid 0 266. speed information. Rear Camera Washer The compass system is designed to operate for a certain number of miles or degrees of turn before needing a signal from the GPS satellites. When the compass display shows CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in an open area where it can receive a GPS signal. The compass system will automatically determine when a GPS The vehicle has two accessory power signal is restored and provide a outlets: one on the lower center floor heading again. console and one in the rear cargo area. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 105 Lift the cover to access the accessory Wireless Charging The operating temperature is −20 °C power outlet. (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the The vehicle may have wireless Certain accessory power plugs may charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to charging in the storage under the 35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone. not be compatible with the accessory armrest. The system operates at 145 power outlet and could overload kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi vehicle or adapter fuses. If a problem compatible smartphone. The power { Warning is experienced, see your dealer. output of the system is capable of Remove all objects from the charging at a rate up to 3 amp (15W), When adding electrical equipment, be charging pocket before charging as requested by the compatible sure to follow the proper installation your compatible smartphone. instructions included with the smartphone. See Radio Frequency Objects, such as coins, keys, rings, equipment. See Add-On Electrical Statement 0 358. paper clips, or cards, between the Equipment 0 246. smartphone and the charger will { Warning become very hot. On the rare Caution Wireless charging can affect the occasion that the charging system Hanging heavy equipment from the operation of an implanted does not detect an object, and the power outlet can cause damage not pacemaker or other medical devices. object gets wedged between the covered by the vehicle warranty. If you have one, it is recommended smartphone and the charger, The power outlets are designed for to consult with your doctor before remove the smartphone and allow accessory power plugs only, such as using the wireless charging system. the object to cool before removing cell phone charge cords. it from the charging pocket, to prevent burns. The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ Always unplug electrical equipment ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory when not in use and do not plug in Power (RAP) must be active. The equipment that exceeds the maximum wireless charging feature may not 15 amps rating. correctly indicate charging when the vehicle is in RAP. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 180. 106 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS working, or may reduce the OSS Notice Information charging performance. See your To obtain the source code that is dealer for additional information. contained in this product, please visit 3. If properly positioned and http://opensource.lge.com. In addition charging, a green } will appear to the source code, all referred license next to V on the infotainment terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are available for display. If } turns yellow, download. LG Electronics will also ensure that the charging pad is provide open source code to you on clear of any objects and that the CD-ROM for a charge covering the smartphone is capable of cost of performing such distribution wireless charging before (such as the cost of media, shipping, repositioning it. If } does not To charge a compatible smartphone: and handling) upon email request to illuminate, the smartphone may [email protected]. This offer is 1. Remove all objects from the need to be repositioned. valid for three (3) years from the date charging pocket. The system may The smartphone may become on which you purchased the product. not charge if there are any warm during charging. This is objects between the smartphone Freescale-WCT library normal. In warmer temperatures, and charging pocket. the speed of charging may be Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale 2. Insert the phone in the charging reduced. Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights pocket until it rests on the reserved. Software Acknowledgements bottom of the pocket. 1. Redistributions of source code To maximize the charge rate, Certain Wireless Charging Module must retain the above copyright ensure the smartphone is fully product from LG Electronics, Inc. notice, this list of conditions and seated and centered in the holder ("LGE") contains the open source the following disclaimer. with nothing under it. A thick software detailed below. Refer to the indicated open source licenses (as are 2. Redistributions in binary form smartphone case may prevent must reproduce the above the wireless charger from included following this notice) for the terms and conditions of their use. copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 107 disclaimer in the documentation AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, Warning Lights, Gauges, and/or other materials provided WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT with the distribution. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING and Indicators NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) 3. Neither the name of the Warning lights and gauges can signal ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE copyright holder nor the names that something is wrong before it USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF of its contributors may be used becomes serious enough to cause an ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF to endorse or promote products expensive repair or replacement. SUCH DAMAGE. derived from this software Paying attention to the warning lights without specific prior written and gauges could prevent injury. permission. Some warning lights come on briefly THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY when the engine is started to indicate THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND they are working. When one of the CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY warning lights comes on and stays on EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, while driving, or when one of the INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, gauges shows there may be a problem, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF check the section that explains what MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS to do. Waiting to do repairs can be FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE costly and even dangerous. DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED 108 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Instrument Cluster

English Base Level Cluster Shown, Metric Similar INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 109

English Uplevel Cluster Shown, Metric Similar 110 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Cluster Menu . Info App. This is where the Phone selected Driver Information Center There is an interactive display area in In the Phone menu, if there is no (DIC) displays can be viewed. See the center of the instrument cluster. active phone call, view recent calls, Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 or scroll through contacts. If there is 124. an active call, mute the phone or . Audio switch to handset operation. . Navigation Night Vision (If equipped) . Phone Provides an infrared night vision . Night Vision image of the area beyond the headlamps that highlights and . Options provides alerts to detected pedestrians Audio or large animals. See Night Vision System 0 223. In the Audio menu browse for music, select from the favorites, or change Options the audio source. Use y or z to Use y or z to scroll through items Use the right steering wheel control to change the station or go to the next or in the Options menu. open and scroll through the different previous track. items and displays. Units : Choose English or metric units Navigation by pressing SEL while the desired item Press S or T to access the cluster If there is an active route, press SEL is highlighted. applications. Use y or z to scroll to cancel or resume route guidance, Info Page Options : Press SEL to through the list of available features or turn the voice prompts on or off. select the items to be displayed in the within the applications. Not all Info app. See Driver Information Center applications or features will be (DIC) 0 124. available on all vehicles. Speed Sign: Shows sign information, which comes from a roadway database in the onboard navigation, if equipped. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 111 Display : Press SEL to enter the SEL to confirm and save the setting. Tachometer Display menu. Select to turn on or off This feature may only be available in the speedometer, time, fuel range, or, P (Park). The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). if equipped, compass or speed sign. Speed Sign: If equipped, press SEL Speed Warning : The Speed Warning while Speed Sign is highlighted to For vehicles with the Stop/Start display allows the driver to set a turn it on or off. system, when the ignition is on, the warning at a speed that they do not tachometer indicates the vehicle Software Information : Displays open status. When pointing to AUTO STOP, want to exceed. To set the Speed source software information. Warning press SEL when Speed the engine is off but the vehicle is on Warning is displayed. Use the y or and can move. The engine could auto Speedometer start at any time. When the indicator z to adjust the value and press SEL points to OFF, the vehicle is off. to set the speed. The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed in either kilometers per hour When the engine is on, the Once the speed is set, this feature can (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). tachometer will indicate the engine’s be turned off by pressing the SEL revolutions per minute (rpm). The while viewing this page. If the selected Odometer tachometer may vary by several speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop warning is displayed with a chime. The odometer shows how far the mode, when the engine is shutting off vehicle has been driven, in either Head-Up Display (HUD) (Uplevel) : and restarting. kilometers or miles. If equipped, this feature allows for adjusting the angle of the HUD image and changing or turning off the Speed Trip Odometer Limit Sign. The trip odometer shows how far the HUD Rotation (Uplevel): Press SEL vehicle has been driven since the trip while Adjust Rotation is highlighted to odometer was last reset. enter Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the The trip odometer is accessed and angle of the HUD display. Press the reset through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 124. 112 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Fuel Gauge . At the service station, the fuel Engine Coolant pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. Temperature Gauge . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up. . The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is When the ignition is on, the fuel turned on, and goes back to empty English gauge indicates about how much fuel when the ignition is turned off. is left in the tank. There is an arrow near the fuel gauge pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. Here are four things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 113

When the vehicle is started, this light When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to flashes and a chime may come on to remind the driver to fasten their seat remind passengers to fasten their seat belt. Then the light stays on solid belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several times if the continues several times if the Metric driver remains or becomes unbuckled passenger remains or becomes This gauge measures the temperature while the vehicle is moving. unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. of the vehicle's engine. If the driver seat belt is buckled, If the passenger seat belt is buckled, While driving under normal operating neither the light nor the chime neither the chime nor the light conditions, if the red LED is comes on. comes on. illuminated, the engine is too hot. Pull Passenger Seat Belt Reminder The front passenger seat belt reminder off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn Light light and chime may turn on if an off the engine as soon as possible. object is put on the seat such as a There is a passenger seat belt briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, Seat Belt Reminders reminder light near the passenger laptop, or other electronic device. To airbag status indicator. See Passenger turn off the reminder light and/or Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light Sensing System 0 67. chime, remove the object from the There is a driver seat belt reminder seat or buckle the seat belt. light on the instrument cluster. 114 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Airbag Readiness Light Warning (Continued) This light shows if there is an electrical problem with the airbag the airbag system might not be system. The system check includes working properly. The airbags in the the airbag sensor(s), the passenger vehicle might not inflate in a crash, sensing system, the pretensioners, the or they could even inflate without a United States and Canada airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash. To help avoid injury, have crash sensing and diagnostic module. the vehicle serviced right away. For more information on the airbag system, see Airbag System 0 61. If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. Passenger Airbag Status Mexico Indicator When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will The vehicle has a passenger sensing light ON and OFF, or the symbol for The airbag readiness light comes on system. See Passenger Sensing System on and off, for several seconds as a for several seconds when the vehicle is 0 67 for important safety information. system check. Then, after several more started. If the light does not come on The overhead console has a passenger seconds, the status indicator will light then, have it fixed immediately. airbag status indicator. either ON or OFF, or either the on or off symbol, to let you know the status { Warning of the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means (Continued) INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 115 If the word ON, or the on symbol, is When this light comes on, or is lit on the passenger airbag status Warning (Continued) flashing, the Driver Information indicator, it means that the front Center (DIC) also displays a message. the vehicle serviced right away. See outboard passenger frontal airbag is 0 If a short distance must be driven allowed to inflate. Airbag Readiness Light 114 for more information, including with the light on, be sure to turn off If the word OFF, or the off symbol, is important safety information. all accessories, such as the radio and lit on the passenger airbag status air conditioner. indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp front outboard passenger frontal (Check Engine Light) airbag. ’ If, after several seconds, both status This light is part of the vehicle s indicator lights remain on, or if there emission control on-board diagnostic are no lights at all, there may be a system. If this light is on while the problem with the lights or the engine is running, a malfunction has passenger sensing system. See your been detected and the vehicle may dealer for service. require service. The light should come The charging system light comes on on to show that it is working when briefly when the ignition is turned on, the ignition is in Service Mode. See { Warning but the engine is not running, as a Ignition Positions 0 174. check to show the light is working. If the airbag readiness light ever It should go out when the engine is comes on and stays on, it means started. that something may be wrong with If the light stays on, or comes on the airbag system. To help avoid while driving, there may be a problem injury to yourself or others, have with the electrical charging system. (Continued) Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on could drain the battery. 116 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Malfunctions are often indicated by If the light is on steady : A the system before any problem is Caution (Continued) malfunction has been detected. noticeable. Being aware of the light Diagnosis and service may be and seeking service promptly when it covered by the vehicle warranty. required. comes on may prevent damage. This could also affect the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions Check the following: Caution Inspection/Maintenance test. See . If fuel has been added to the Accessories and Modifications 0 249. vehicle using the capless fuel If the vehicle is driven continually funnel adapter, make sure that it has been removed. See “Filling the with this light on, the emission If the light is flashing : A Tank with a Portable Gas Can” control system may not work as malfunction has been detected that under Filling the Tank 0 231. The well, the fuel economy may be could damage the emission control diagnostic system can detect if the lower, and the vehicle may not run system and increase vehicle adapter has been left installed in emissions. Diagnosis and service may smoothly. This could lead to costly the vehicle, allowing fuel to be required. repairs that might not be covered evaporate into the atmosphere. by the vehicle warranty. To help prevent damage, reduce A few driving trips with the vehicle speed and avoid hard adapter removed may turn off the accelerations and uphill grades. light. If towing a trailer, reduce the amount Caution . Poor fuel quality can cause of cargo being hauled as soon as inefficient engine operation and possible. Modifications to the engine, poor driveability, which may go transmission, exhaust, intake, If the light continues to flash, find a away once the engine is warmed or fuel system, or the use of safe place to park. Turn the vehicle off up. If this occurs, change the fuel replacement tires that do not meet and wait at least 10 seconds before brand. It may require at least one the original tire specifications, can restarting the engine. If the light is full tank of the proper fuel to turn cause this light to come on. This still flashing, follow the previous the light off. See Recommended 0 could lead to costly repairs not guidelines and see your dealer for Fuel (3.6L V6 Engine) 230 or service as soon as possible. Recommended Fuel (2.0L L4 Engine) (Continued) 0 230. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 117 If the light remains on, see your . The light does not come on when This light should come on briefly dealer. the ignition is in Service Mode. when the vehicle is turned on. If it . Critical emission control systems does not come on then, have it fixed Emissions Inspection and so it will be ready to warn you if there Maintenance Programs have not been completely diagnosed. If this happens, the is a problem. If the vehicle requires an Emissions vehicle would not be ready for If the light comes on and stays on at Inspection/Maintenance test, the test inspection and might require start up, there is a brake problem. equipment will likely connect to the several days of routine driving Have the brake system inspected vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). before the system is ready for right away. inspection. This can happen if the If the light comes on while driving, 12-volt battery has recently been pull off the road and stop carefully. replaced or run down, or if the The brake pedal might be harder to vehicle has been recently serviced. push, or the brake pedal may go closer See your dealer if the vehicle will not to the floor. It could take longer to pass or cannot be made ready for stop. If the light is still on, have the the test. vehicle towed for service. See Towing The DLC is under the instrument the Vehicle 0 319. panel to the left of the steering wheel. Brake System Warning Connecting devices that are not used Light { Warning to perform an Emissions Inspection/ Maintenance test or to service the The brake system might not be vehicle may affect vehicle operation. working properly if the brake See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 246. system warning light is on. Driving See your dealer if assistance is needed. with the brake system warning light The vehicle may not pass on can lead to a crash. If the light is inspection if: Metric English still on after the vehicle has been . The light is on when the engine is (Continued) running. 118 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS problem with the EPB system. Antilock Brake System Warning (Continued) A message may also display on the Driver Information Center (DIC). (ABS) Warning Light pulled off the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for If the light does not come on, service. or remains flashing, see your dealer. Service Electric Parking Electric Parking Brake Brake Light Light This warning light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. Metric English Base Level If the light comes on while driving, The service electric parking brake light safely stop as soon as it is possible should come on briefly when the and turn off the vehicle. Then turn on vehicle is started. If it does not come the vehicle again to reset the system. on, have it fixed so it will be ready to If the ABS warning light stays on, warn if there is a problem. For or comes on again while driving, the vehicles with the reconfigurable vehicle needs service. A chime may cluster, this light may not come on also sound when the light stays on. English Uplevel when the vehicle is started. If the ABS warning light is the only If this light stays on, the vehicle The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) light on, the vehicle has regular should be taken to a dealer as soon as status light comes on when the , but ABS is not functioning. possible. See Electric Parking Brake parking brake is applied. If the light 0 191. A message may also display in continues flashing after the EPB is the Driver Information Center (DIC). released, or while driving, there is a INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 119 If both the ABS warning light and the If equipped, the corresponding light LKA may assist by gently turning the brake system warning light are on, comes on when an All-Wheel Drive steering wheel if the vehicle ABS is not functioning and there is a (AWD) mode or Front-Wheel-Drive approaches a detected lane marking. problem with the regular brakes. See mode is selected. See Driver Mode The LKA light is amber when your dealer for service. Control 0 195. assisting. See Brake System Warning Light 0 117. If the light turns amber, there may be This light flashes amber as a Lane a malfunction. See your dealer. Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to Gear Shifting Light indicate that the lane marking has Lane Keep Assist (LKA) been crossed. Light LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if LKA detects that you are accelerating, braking, or actively steering. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 228. If equipped, this light will display when Performance Algorithm Liftfoot Vehicle Ahead Indicator (PAL) is activated. See Driver Mode 0 After the vehicle is started, this light Control 195. turns off and stays off if LKA has not been turned on or is unavailable. All-Wheel-Drive Light If available, this light is white if LKA is turned on, but not ready to assist. This light is green if LKA is turned on and is ready to assist.

All-Wheel-Drive Front-Wheel-Drive Light Light 120 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS If equipped, this indicator will display Traction Off Light See Traction Control/Electronic Stability green when a vehicle is detected Control 0 193. ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much too StabiliTrak OFF Light closely. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 217.

Pedestrian Ahead Indicator This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working This light comes on briefly while normally, the indicator light then starting the engine. If it does not, turns off. have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) has This light comes on when the If equipped, this indicator will display been turned off by pressing and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control amber when a nearby pedestrian is releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ (ESC) system is turned off. detected in front of the vehicle. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) button. Control System (TCS) is also off. System 0 221. This light and the StabiliTrak OFF If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, the light come on when StabiliTrak/ESC is system does not assist in controlling turned off. the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak/ESC systems, and the If the TCS is off, wheel speed will be warning light turns off. limited when necessary to protect the driveline from damage. Adjust driving See Traction Control/Electronic Stability accordingly. Control 0 193. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 121 Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic Stability The engine coolant temperature Control 0 193. warning light comes on when the (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light engine has overheated. Engine Coolant If this happens, pull over and turn off Temperature Warning Light the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating 0 264. Driver Mode Control Light

This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. If the light does not come on, have This light comes on briefly while the vehicle serviced by your dealer. starting the vehicle. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system This light comes on when Sport Mode If the light is on and not flashing, the is working normally the indicator light is selected. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ goes off. ESC system have been disabled. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message may display. Check the DIC Caution messages to determine which feature(s) is no longer functioning and The engine coolant temperature whether the vehicle requires service. warning light indicates that the vehicle has overheated. Driving with If the light is on and flashing, the TCS this light on can damage the engine This light comes on when Snow/Ice and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC system is and it may not be covered by the Mode is selected. actively working. vehicle warranty. See Engine Overheating 0 264. 122 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire pressure message may also display. Caution (Continued) Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the pressure value shown within the operating range and the on the Tire and Loading Information oil pressure is still low, have the label. See Tire Pressure 0 289. vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing This light comes on when Off-Road When the Light Flashes First and engine oil. Mode is selected. Then Is On Steady See Driver Mode Control 0 195. If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a Tire Pressure Light problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 292.

Engine Oil Pressure Light This light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not Caution come on, have the vehicle serviced by For vehicles with the Tire Pressure your dealer. Monitor System (TPMS), this light Lack of proper engine oil If the light comes on and stays on, it comes on briefly when the engine is maintenance can damage the means that oil is not flowing through started. It provides information about engine. Driving with the engine oil the engine properly. The vehicle could tire pressures and the TPMS. low can also damage the engine. be low on oil and might have some When the Light Is On Steady The repairs would not be covered other system problem. See your dealer. by the vehicle warranty. Check the This indicates that one or more of the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil tires are significantly underinflated. if required, but if the oil level is (Continued) INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 123 Low Fuel Warning Light serviced by your dealer. If the system IntelliBeam Light is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation 0 32. This light is near the fuel gauge and This light comes on when the comes on briefly when the ignition is High-Beam On Light IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is turned on as a check to show it is enabled. See Exterior Lamp Controls working. 0 140. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel. The light turns off when Lamps On Reminder fuel is added. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced. Security Light This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 142. This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use, except when only the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 140. The security light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle 124 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) The DIC is displayed in the instrument cluster. It shows the status of many vehicle systems. The cruise control light is white when This light comes on when a door is the cruise control is on and ready, and open or not securely latched. Before turns green when the cruise control is driving, check that all doors are set and active. See Cruise Control properly closed. 0 196. Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when Adaptive y or z : Press to go to the previous Cruise Control (if equipped) is active. or next selection. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 198. S or T : Press to move between the interactive display zones in the cluster. Press S to go back to the previous menu. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 125 SEL : Press to open a menu or select a While in the Info Page Options menu, driving conditions change. The menu item. Press and hold to reset the info pages can be restored to the Average Fuel Economy can be reset by values on certain screens. default factory settings by pressing pressing SEL and selecting yes or no R while this display is active. Info Page Options and holding on the left steering wheel controls and SEL on the right Fuel Range : Shows the approximate The info displays on the DIC can be steering wheel controls at the distance the vehicle can be driven turned on or off through the same time. without refueling. LOW will be Options menu. Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in displayed when the vehicle is low on 1. Press SEL while viewing the either kilometers per hour (km/h) or fuel. The fuel range estimate is based Options page in one of the miles per hour (mph). on an average of the vehicle's fuel interactive display zones on the economy over recent driving history Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average Fuel cluster. and the amount of fuel remaining in Economy : The Trip display shows the the fuel tank. 2. Scroll to Info Pages and press T. current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the 3. Press y or z to move through the trip odometer was last reset. The oil's remaining useful life. the list of possible info displays. trip odometer can be reset through If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is 4. Press SEL while an item is the Trip display, or by pressing SEL displayed, that means 99% of the highlighted to select or deselect and selecting yes or no while this current oil life remains. that item. display is active. When the remaining oil life is low, the The info pages can also be turned on Shows the approximate fuel economy CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message or off through the DIC page Info Page in kilometers per liter (km/L), liters will appear on the display. The oil Options. per 100 kilometers (L/100km), or miles should be changed as soon as per gallon (mpg).. This number is possible. See Engine Oil 0 255. In DIC Information Displays calculated based on the number of L/ addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional The following is the list of all possible 100 km (mpg) recorded since the last maintenance is recommended. See DIC information displays. Some of the time this menu item was reset. This Maintenance Schedule 0 332. information displays may not be number reflects only the approximate available for your particular vehicle. average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as 126 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS The Oil Life display must be reset at the time of the next oil change. last reset. To stop the timer, press SEL after each oil change. It will not reset When the REPLACE SOON message briefly while this display is active and itself. Do not reset the Oil Life display displays, the engine air filter should the timer is running. accidentally at any time other than be replaced at the earliest Press SEL while this display is active when the oil has just been changed. convenience. to reset the timer. It cannot be reset accurately until the The Air Filter Life display must be Follow Distance/Gap Setting : When next oil change. To reset the engine reset after the engine air filter oil life system, press SEL and then Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is not replacement. To reset, see Engine Air engaged, the current follow time to select yes or no. See Engine Oil Life Filter Life System 0 259. System 0 257. the vehicle ahead is displayed as a Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel time value on this page. When ACC Tire Pressure : Shows the economy, the best fuel economy over has been engaged, the display approximate pressures of all four tires. the selected distance, and a bar graph switches to the gap setting page. This Tire pressure is displayed in either showing instantaneous fuel economy. page shows the current gap setting kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per along with the vehicle ahead telltale. square inch (psi). If the pressure is Average Speed : Displays the average low, the value for that tire is shown in vehicle speed of the vehicle in Driver Assistance : If equipped, amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles shows information for Lane Keep System 0 291 and per hour (mph). This average is based Assist (LKA) and Forward Collision Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 292. on the various vehicle speeds recorded Alert (FCA). since the last reset. Reset the average Battery Voltage : Shows the current Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of speed by pressing SEL while this ’ battery voltage. the engine air filter s remaining useful display is active to show a life and the state of the system. confirmation window to select yes Coolant Temperature : Shows the Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95% or no. engine coolant temperature in either of the current air filter life remains. degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Messages will display based on the Timer : This display can be used as a Fahrenheit (°F). engine air filter life and the state of timer. To start the timer, press SEL the system. When the REPLACE AT while this display is active. The Oil Temperature : Shows the engine NEXT OIL CHANGE message displays, display will show the amount of time oil temperature in either degrees the engine air filter should be replaced that has passed since the timer was Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F). INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 127 Transmission Fluid Temperature : Head-Up Display (HUD) The HUD information can be Shows the temperature of the displayed in various languages. The fluid in either speedometer reading and other degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees { Warning numerical values can be displayed in Fahrenheit (°F). If the HUD image is too bright or either English or metric units. Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch and too high in your field of view, it The language selection is changed roll information, road wheel angle, may take you more time to see through the radio and the units of and four-wheel drive (4WD) status. things you need to see when it is measurement is changed through the Engine Boost : Displays engine dark outside. Be sure to keep the instrument cluster. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131 and "Options" manifold pressure relative to ambient HUD image dim and placed low in 0 air pressure. It will display boost your field of view. under Instrument Cluster 108. pressure generated by the turbocharging system. If equipped with HUD, some Info Page Options : Scroll to choose information concerning the operation which info pages appear on the DIC. of the vehicle is projected onto the Press SEL to select or deselect. windshield. The image is projected Blank Page : Allows for no through the HUD lens on top of the information to be displayed in the instrument panel. The information cluster info display areas. appears as an image focused out toward the front of the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD image as HUD Display on the Windshield a parking aid, you may misjudge The HUD may display some of the the distance and damage your following vehicle information and vehicle. Do not use the HUD image vehicle messages or alerts: as a parking aid. . Speed 128 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS . Tachometer To adjust the HUD image: Polarized sunglasses could make the . Audio 1. Adjust the driver seat. HUD image harder to see. . Phone 2. Start the engine. Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option . Navigation 3. Use the following settings to adjust the HUD. This feature allows for adjusting the . Collision Alert angle of the HUD image. $ : Press or lift to center the HUD . Adaptive Cruise Control and set Press SEL on the steering wheel image. The HUD image can only be speed controls while Head-Up Display adjusted up and down, not side Rotation is highlighted to enter Adjust . Lane Departure to side. . Low Fuel Mode. Press y or z to adjust the ! : Press to select the display view. angle of the HUD display. Press S or Some vehicle messages or alerts Each press will change the T displayed in the HUD may be cleared display view. to highlight OK, then press SEL to by using the steering wheel controls. save the setting. CANCEL can also be See Vehicle Messages 0 130. D : Lift and hold to brighten the selected to cancel the setting. The display. Press and hold to dim the vehicle must be in P (Park). See Some information shown may not be display. Continue to hold to turn the Instrument Cluster 0 108. available on your vehicle if it is not display off. equipped with these features. HUD Views The HUD image will automatically dim and brighten to compensate for There are four views in the HUD. outside lighting. The HUD brightness Some vehicle information and vehicle control can also be adjusted as messages or alerts may be displayed needed. in any view. The HUD image can temporarily light up depending on the angle and position of sunlight on the HUD The HUD control is to the left of the display. This is normal. steering wheel. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 129

Metric Metric Metric

English English English Speed View : This displays digital Audio/Phone View : This displays Navigation View : This displays speed in English or metric units, digital speed, indicators from speed digital speed, indicators from speed speed limit, vehicle ahead indicator, view along with audio/phone view along with Turn-by-Turn Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep information. The current radio station, Navigation information in some Assist, and Adaptive Cruise Control media type, and incoming calls will be vehicles. The compass heading is and set speed. Some information only displayed. displayed when navigation routing is appears on vehicles that have these All HUD views may briefly display not active. features, and when they are active. audio information when the driver Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts uses the steering wheel controls to shown in the instrument cluster may adjust the audio settings appearing in also be displayed in any HUD view. the instrument cluster. Incoming phone calls appearing in the instrument cluster may also display in any HUD view. 130 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS HUD Troubleshooting Vehicle Messages If you cannot see the HUD image Messages displayed on the DIC when the ignition is on, check that: indicate the status of the vehicle or . Nothing is covering the HUD lens. some action that may be needed to . The HUD brightness setting is not correct a condition. Multiple messages Metric too dim or too bright. may appear one after another. . The HUD is adjusted to the proper The messages that do not require height. immediate action can be acknowledged and cleared by pressing . Polarized sunglasses are not worn. V. The messages that require . The windshield and HUD lens are immediate action cannot be cleared clean. until that action is performed. English If the HUD image is not correct, All messages should be taken contact your dealer. seriously; clearing the message does Performance View : This displays not correct the problem. digital speed, indicators from speed The windshield is part of the HUD view along with rpm reading, system. See Windshield Replacement If a SERVICE message appears, see transmission positions, and gear shift 0 271. your dealer. indicator (if equipped). Follow the instructions given in the Care of the HUD messages. The system displays messages regarding the following Clean the inside of the windshield to topics: remove any dirt or film that could . reduce the sharpness or clarity of the Service Messages HUD image. . Fluid Levels Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth . Vehicle Security sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the . Brakes lens gently, then dry it. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 131 . Steering driven. The vehicle may be driven Vehicle Personalization . Ride Control Systems while this message is on, but maximum acceleration and speed may The following are all possible vehicle . Driver Assistance Systems be reduced. Anytime this message personalization features. Depending . Cruise Control stays on, or displays repeatedly, the on the vehicle, some may not be vehicle should be taken to your dealer available. . Lighting and Bulb Replacement for service as soon as possible. For System, Apps, and Personal . Wiper/Washer Systems Under certain operating conditions, features and functions, see “Settings” . Doors and Windows propulsion will be disabled. Try in the infotainment manual. restarting after the vehicle has been . Seat Belts To access the vehicle off for 30 seconds. personalization menu: . Airbag Systems Vehicle Speed Messages 1. Touch the Settings icon on the . Engine and Transmission Home Page of the infotainment . Tire Pressure SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/ display. . Battery H (MPH) 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of This message shows that the vehicle available options. Engine Power Messages speed has been limited to the speed 3. Touch to select the desired displayed. The limited speed is a feature setting. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED protection for various propulsion and 9 This message displays when the vehicle systems, such as lubrication, 4. Touch or R to turn a feature vehicle's propulsion power is reduced. thermal, brakes, suspension, Teen off or on. A reduction in propulsion power can Driver if equipped, or tires. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of affect the vehicle's ability to the Settings menu. accelerate. If this message is on, but there is no observed reduction in The menu may contain the following: performance, proceed to your destination. The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is 132 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Rear Seat Reminder Auto Cooled Seats Auto Rear Defog This allows for a chime and a message This setting automatically turns on Auto Rear Defog turns on the rear when the rear door has been opened and regulates the ventilated seats window defogger based on before or during operation of the when the cabin temperature is warm. temperature and humidity conditions. vehicle. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats Touch Off or On. 0 49. Touch Off or On. Ionizer Touch Off or On. Climate and Air Quality If equipped and on, this feature helps Auto Heated Seats Touch and the following may display: to clean the air inside the vehicle and This setting automatically turns on remove contaminants such as pollen, . Auto Fan Speed and regulates the heated seats when odors, and dust. See Dual Automatic . Auto Cooled Seats the cabin temperature is cool. The Climate Control System 0 148. auto heated seats can be turned off by . Auto Heated Seats Touch Off or On. using the heated seat buttons on the . Auto Defog center stack. See Heated and Ventilated Collision / Detection Systems Front Seats 0 49. . Auto Rear Defog Touch and the following may display: If equipped with Auto Heated Steering . Ionizer . Wheel, this feature will turn on when Alert Type Auto Fan Speed the Auto Heated Seats turn on. . Forward Collision System This setting specifies the amount of Touch Off or On. . Front Pedestrian Detection airflow when the climate control fan . Rear Pedestrian Detection setting is Auto Fan. Auto Defog . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols Touch Low, Medium, or High. This setting automatically turns the front defogger on when the engine is . Rear Cross Traffic Alert started. . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier Touch Off or On. . Lane Change Alert INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 133 Alert Type Rear Pedestrian Detection Touch Off or On. This setting specifies the type of This setting specifies if alerts will Lane Change Alert vehicle feedback provided, either a display when the vehicle detects beep or seat vibration, when you are pedestrians behind when in This setting specifies if an alert will in danger of colliding with an object. R (Reverse). See Rear Pedestrian Alert display on the outside mirror to help 0 216. you avoid crashing into a vehicle in Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. your blind spot, or rapidly Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Forward Collision System approaching your blind spot, during a Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols lane change maneuver. See Lane This setting controls the vehicle Change Alert (LCA) 0 226. response when detecting a vehicle This setting enables the Rear Camera ahead of you. The Off setting disables Park Assist Symbols. See Assistance When Lane Change Alert is disabled, all FCA and AEB functions. With the Systems for Parking or Backing 0 208. Side Blind Zone Alert is also disabled. Alert and Brake setting, both FCA and Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. AEB are available. The Alert setting disables AEB. See Automatic Rear Cross Traffic Alert Comfort and Convenience 0 Emergency Braking (AEB) 220. This setting specifies if an alert will Touch and the following may display: Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. display when the vehicle detects . Chime Volume approaching rear cross traffic when in . Front Pedestrian Detection R (Reverse). See Assistance Systems for Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control This feature may help avoid or reduce Parking or Backing 0 208. . Reverse Tilt Mirror the harm caused by front-end crashes Touch Off or On. . Remote Mirror Folding with nearby pedestrians. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier . Rain Sense Wipers See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System 0 221. This setting determines if an alert will . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. appear when Adaptive Cruise Control Chime Volume brings the vehicle to a complete stop and the vehicle ahead of you starts This setting determines the chime moving again. See Adaptive Cruise volume level. Control 0 198. 134 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Touch the controls on the Remote Mirror Folding Vehicle Locator Lights infotainment display to adjust the When on, the outside mirrors will This setting flashes the headlamps of volume. automatically fold or unfold when the your vehicle when you press K on the Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or K button is pressed transmitter. The liftgate may be operated with a 0 kicking motion under the left corner and held. See Folding Mirrors 34. Touch Off or On. of the rear bumper. See Liftgate 0 23. Touch Off or On. Exit Lighting Select Off, On-Open and Close, Rain Sense Wipers or On-Open Only. This setting specifies how long the This setting automatically turns on headlamps stay on after the vehicle is Reverse Tilt Mirror the wipers when moisture is detected turned off and exited. When on, both the driver and and the wiper switch is in Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, passenger, driver, or passenger outside intermittent mode. or 120 Seconds. mirrors will tilt downward when the Touch Disabled or Enabled. vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) to Power Door Locks Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear improve visibility of the ground near Touch and the following may display: the rear wheels. They will return to When on and the front wiper is on, . their previous driving position when the rear wiper will automatically Open Door Anti Lock Out the vehicle is shifted out of activate when the vehicle is shifted to . Auto Door Unlock R (Reverse) or the engine is turned off. R (Reverse). . Delayed Door Lock See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 35. Select Off or On. Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, Open Door Anti Lock Out On - Driver, or On - Passenger. Lighting This setting prevents the driver door Touch and the following may display: from locking when the door is open. If this setting is on, the Delayed Door . Vehicle Locator Lights Lock menu will not be available. . Exit Lighting Touch Off or On. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 135 Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback Remote Start Auto Heat Seats This setting allows selection of which This setting flashes the exterior lamps This setting automatically turns on doors will automatically unlock when when the vehicle is unlocked with the the heated seats when using the the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). RKE transmitter. remote start function on cold days. Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Touch Off or Flash Lights. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 49 and Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback Remote Vehicle Start 0 17. This setting delays the locking of the This setting specifies how the vehicle If equipped with Auto Heated Steering vehicle’s doors. responds when the vehicle is locked Wheel, this feature will turn on when Touch Off or On. with the RKE transmitter. the Remote Start Auto Heated Seats Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights turn on. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Only, or Horn Only. Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Remote Door Unlock Remote Window Operation . Remote Unlock Light Feedback This setting specifies whether all If equipped, this feature enables . Remote Lock Feedback doors, or just the driver door, unlock remote operation of the windows with . Remote Door Unlock when pressing K on the RKE the RKE transmitter. See Remote transmitter. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats 0 10. Touch All Doors or Driver Door. . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Touch Off or On. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats . Remote Window Operation Passive Door Unlock This setting automatically turns on . Passive Door Unlock the ventilated seats when using the This setting specifies which doors . Passive Door Lock remote start function on warm days. unlock when using the button on the driver door handle to unlock the . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 49 and vehicle. 0 Remote Vehicle Start 17. Touch All Doors or Driver Door Only. Touch Off or On. 136 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Passive Door Lock Touch Off or On. Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the system. Touch Back to go This setting specifies if the vehicle will Seat Exit Memory automatically lock, or lock and back to the previous menu. provide an alert after all the doors are This feature automatically recalls the closed, and you walk away from the previously stored exit button positions vehicle with the RKE transmitter. See when the ignition is changed from on Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System or ACC/ACCESSORY to off if the driver Operation 0 10. door is open or opened. See Memory Seats 0 46. Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. Touch Off or On. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Teen Driver This feature sounds an alert when the RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle. See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” in This menu also enables Remote No the infotainment manual. Longer in Vehicle Alert. Valet Mode Touch Off or On. This will lock the infotainment system Seating Position and steering wheel controls. It may also limit access to vehicle storage Touch and the following may display: locations, if equipped. . Seat Entry Memory To enable valet mode: . Seat Exit Memory 1. Enter a four-digit code on the Seat Entry Memory keypad. This feature automatically recalls the 2. Touch Enter to go to the previously stored 1 or 2 button confirmation screen. positions when the ignition is changed 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 46. INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 137 Universal Remote instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quicker and System devices. more accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 358. Do not use the Universal Remote system with any garage door opener Programming the Universal Universal Remote System that does not have the stop and Remote System reverse feature. This includes any Programming garage door opener model For questions or programming help, manufactured before April 1, 1982. see www.homelink.com/gm or call 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed Read these instructions completely outside the U.S., Canada, or Puerto before programming the Universal Rico, international rates will apply and Remote system. It may help to have may differ based on landline or mobile another person assist with the phone. programming process. Programming involves time-sensitive Keep the original hand-held actions, and may time out causing the transmitter for use in other vehicles procedure to be repeated. as well as for future programming. Erase the programming when vehicle To program up to three devices: ownership is terminated. See “Erasing 1. Hold the end of the hand-held Universal Remote System Buttons” transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to later in this section. If equipped, these buttons are in the 3 in) away from the Universal overhead console. To program a garage door opener, Remote system buttons with the park outside directly in line with and indicator light in view. The This system can replace up to three facing the garage door opener receiver. hand-held transmitter was remote control transmitters used to Clear all people and objects near the supplied by the manufacturer of activate devices such as garage door garage door. the garage door opener receiver. openers, security systems, and home automation devices. These 138 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 2. At the same time, press and hold required. For a second time, 5. Press and release the Learn or both the hand-held transmitter press and hold the newly Smart button. Step 6 must be button and one of the three programmed button for completed within 30 seconds of Universal Remote system five seconds. If the light stays pressing this button. buttons to be used to operate the on or the garage door moves, 6. Inside the vehicle, press and hold garage door. Do not release either programming is complete. the newly programmed Universal button until the indicator light . If the indicator light blinks Remote system button for changes from a slow to a rapid rapidly for two seconds, then two seconds, then release it. flash. Then release both buttons. changes to a solid light and If the garage door does not move Some garage door openers may the garage door does not or the lamp on the garage door require substitution of Step 2 move, continue with opener receiver does not flash, with the procedure under “Radio programming Steps 4–6. press and hold the same button Signals for Some Gate Operators” a second time for two seconds, later in this section. then release it. Again, if the door 3. Press and hold the newly does not move or the garage programmed Universal Remote door lamp does not flash, press system button for five seconds and hold the same button a third while watching the indicator time for two seconds, then light and garage door activation. release it. . If the indicator light stays on The Universal Remote system should now activate the garage door. continuously or the garage Learn or Smart Button door moves when the button Repeat the process for programming is pressed, then programming the two remaining buttons. is complete. There is no need 4. After completing Steps 1–3, to complete Steps 4–6. Radio Signals for Some Gate locate the Learn or Smart button Operators . If the indicator light does not inside the garage on the garage come on or the garage door door opener receiver. The name For questions or programming help, does not move, a second and color of the button may vary see www.homelink.com/gm or call button press may be by manufacturer. 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 139 outside the U.S., Canada, or Puerto Universal Remote System 1. Press and hold any one of the Rico, international rates will apply and buttons. Do not release the may differ based on landline or mobile Operation button. phone. Using the Universal Remote 2. The indicator light will begin to Some radio-frequency laws and gate System flash after 20 seconds. Without operators require transmitter signals Press and hold the appropriate releasing the button, proceed “ to time out or quit after several Universal Remote system button for at with Step 1 under Programming ” seconds of transmission. This may not least one-half second. The indicator the Universal Remote System. be long enough for the Universal light will come on while the signal is Remote system to pick up the signal being transmitted. during programming. If the programming did not work, Erasing Universal Remote replace Step 2 under “Programming System Buttons the Universal Remote System” with Erase all programmed buttons when the following: vehicle ownership is terminated. Press and hold the Universal Remote To erase: system button while pressing and releasing the hand-held transmitter 1. Press and hold the two outside button every two seconds until the buttons until the indicator light signal has been successfully accepted begins to flash. This should take by the Universal Remote system. The about 10 seconds. Universal Remote system indicator 2. Release both buttons. light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under Reprogramming a Single “Programming the Universal Remote Universal Remote System System” to complete. Button To reprogram any of the system buttons: 140 LIGHTING Lighting Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps including all lamps, except the Exterior Lamp Controls headlamps. Exterior Lighting 2 : Turns on the headlamps together Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 140 with the parking lamps and Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 142 instrument panel lights. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ...... 142 IntelliBeam System Flash-to-Pass ...... 142 If equipped, this system turns the Daytime Running vehicle's high-beam headlamps on and Lamps (DRL) ...... 142 off according to surrounding traffic Automatic Headlamp System . . . 142 conditions. Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 143 Turn and Lane-Change The system turns the high-beam The exterior lamp control is on the Signals ...... 143 headlamps on when it is dark enough turn signal lever. Cornering Lamps ...... 144 and there is no other traffic present. Turn the control to the following This light b comes on in the Interior Lighting positions: Instrument Panel Illumination instrument cluster when the Control ...... 144 O : Turns the exterior lamps off and IntelliBeam system is enabled. Courtesy Lamps ...... 144 deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn to Dome Lamps ...... 144 O again to reactivate the AUTO mode. Reading Lamps ...... 145 In Canada, the headlamps will Lighting Features automatically reactivate when the Entry Lighting ...... 145 vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Exit Lighting ...... 145 AUTO : Automatically turns the Battery Power Protection ...... 146 exterior lamps on and off, depending Exterior Lighting Battery on outside lighting. Saver ...... 146 LIGHTING 141 Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam The high-beam headlamps remain on, . The other vehicle's lamps are under the automatic control, until one missing, damaged, obstructed from of the following situations occurs: view, or otherwise undetected. . The system detects an . The other vehicle's lamps are approaching vehicle's headlamps. covered with dirt, snow, and/or . The system detects a preceding road spray. vehicle's taillamps. . The other vehicle's lamps cannot . The outside light is bright enough be detected due to dense exhaust, that high-beam headlamps are not smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist, required. or other airborne obstructions. . To enable the IntelliBeam system, . The vehicle's speed drops below The vehicle's windshield is dirty, press the button on the end of the 20 km/h (12 mph). cracked, or obstructed by turn signal lever when the exterior something that blocks the view of lamp control is in the AUTO or 2 . The IntelliBeam system is disabled the light sensor. by the button on the turn signal position. . lever. If this happens, press the The vehicle is loaded such that the Driving with IntelliBeam button on the end of the turn front end points upward, causing signal lever when the exterior the light sensor to aim high and The system only activates the high 2 not detect headlamps and beams when driving over 40 km/h lamp control is in the AUTO or taillamps. (25 mph). position to reactivate the IntelliBeam system. The . The vehicle is being driven on The blue high-beam on light appears instrument cluster light will come winding or hilly roads. on the instrument cluster when the on to indicate the IntelliBeam is high beams are on. The automatic high-beam headlamps reactivated. may need to be disabled if any of the There is a sensor near the top center The high beams may not turn off above conditions exist. of the windshield that automatically automatically if the system cannot controls the system. Keep this area of detect another vehicle's lamps because the windshield clear of debris to allow of any of the following: for best system performance. 142 LIGHTING Exterior Lamps Off Daytime Running Automatic Headlamp Reminder Lamps (DRL) System A warning chime sounds if the driver DRL can make it easier for others to When the exterior lamp control is set door is opened while the ignition is off see the front of your vehicle during to AUTO and it is dark enough and the exterior lamps are on. the day. Fully functional DRL are outside, the headlamps come on required on all vehicles first sold in automatically. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Canada. Changer The dedicated DRL will come on when all of the following conditions are met: 3 : Push the turn signal lever away from you and release, to turn the high . The ignition is on. beams on. To return to low beams, . The exterior lamp control is push the lever again or pull it toward in AUTO. you and release. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. . The parking brake is released or the vehicle is not in P (Park). When the DRL are on, the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, and other lamps There is a light sensor on top of the will not be on. instrument panel. Do not cover the This indicator light turns on in the The DRL turn off when the headlamps sensor. instrument cluster when the O high-beam headlamps are on. are turned to or the ignition is off. The system may also turn on the For vehicles first sold in Canada, the headlamps when driving through a Flash-to-Pass DRL can only be turned off when the parking garage or tunnel. vehicle is parked. If the vehicle is started in a dark To flash the high beams, pull the turn garage, the automatic headlamp signal lever toward you, and release. system comes on immediately. If it is LIGHTING 143 light outside when the vehicle leaves the wipers are not operating, these Turn and Lane-Change the garage, there is a slight delay lamps turn off. Move the exterior Signals before the automatic headlamp lamp control to O or ; to disable system changes to the Daytime this feature. Running Lamps (DRL). During that delay, the instrument cluster may not Hazard Warning Flashers be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 144. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change Move the lever all the way up or down to DRL. to signal a turn. The automatic headlamp system turns An arrow on the instrument cluster off when the exterior lamp control is O flashes in the direction of the turn or turned to or the ignition is off. lane change. For vehicles sold in Canada, this Raise or lower the lever until the control only works when the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane transmission is in P (Park). | : Touch | on the center stack to change. Hold it there until the lane Lights On with Wipers make the front and rear turn signal change is completed. If the lever is lamps flash on and off. Touch again to briefly pressed and released, the turn If the windshield wipers are activated turn the flashers off. signal flashes three times. in daylight with the engine on, and the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, The hazard warning flashers turn on The turn and lane-change signal can the headlamps, parking lamps, and automatically if the airbags deploy. be turned off manually by moving the other exterior lamps come on. The lever back to its original position. transition time for the lamps coming on varies based on wiper speed. When 144 LIGHTING If after signaling a turn or lane Interior Lighting panel illumination control will set the change, the arrow flashes rapidly or lowest level to which the display will does not come on, a signal bulb may be automatically adjusted. be burned out. Instrument Panel Replace any burned out bulbs. If a Illumination Control Courtesy Lamps bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. The courtesy lamps come on when 0 See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 274. any door is opened unless the dome lamp override is activated. To Cornering Lamps deactivate the dome lamp override, Cornering lamps automatically come press j OFF and the indicator light on when all of the following occur: on the button will turn off. . The low-beam headlamps are on. Dome Lamps . The turn signals are activated or the steering wheel is at a turning angle. . The vehicle speed is below 40 km/h (25 mph). The brightness of the instrument panel lighting and steering wheel controls can be adjusted. D : Move the thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the lights. The brightness of the displays automatically adjusts based on outdoor lighting. The instrument The dome lamp controls are in the overhead console. LIGHTING 145 To operate, press the following Lighting Features buttons: j OFF : Press to turn off the dome Entry Lighting lamps when a door is open. An indicator light on the button will turn Some exterior lamps and most of the interior lights turn on briefly at night, on when the dome lamp override is K activated. Press j OFF again to or in areas of limited lighting when deactivate this feature and the is pressed on the Remote Keyless indicator light will turn off. The dome Entry (RKE) transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation lamps will come on when doors are 0 opened. 10. When the driver door is opened, all control lights, Driver Information + ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome Press the lamp lenses on the front Center (DIC) lights, and door pocket lamps on manually. reading lamps. lights turn on. After about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off, then the Reading Lamps remaining interior lights dim to off. Entry lighting can be disabled There are front and rear reading manually by turning the ignition on or lamps on the overhead console and over the rear passenger doors. These to ACC/ACCESSORY, or by pressing Q lamps come on automatically when on the RKE transmitter. any door is opened. This feature can be changed. See “Vehicle Locator Lights” under Vehicle To manually turn the reading lamps 0 on or off: Personalization 131. Press the lamp lenses over the rear Exit Lighting passenger doors. Some exterior lamps and interior lights come on at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is 146 LIGHTING turned off. The dome lamp comes on To restart the 10-minute timer, turn after the ignition is turned off. The the exterior lamp control to the off exterior lamps and dome lamp remain position and then back to the parking on for a set amount of time, then lamp or headlamp position. automatically turn off. To keep the lamps on for more than The exterior lamps turn off 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or immediately by turning the exterior in ACC/ACCESSORY. lamp control off. This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Battery Power Protection The battery saver feature is designed to protect the vehicle's battery. If some interior lamps are left on and the ignition is turned off, the battery rundown protection system automatically turns the lamp off after some time. Exterior Lighting Battery Saver The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM 147 Infotainment System Introduction Infotainment Introduction Infotainment ...... 147 See the infotainment manual for information on the radio, audio players, phone, navigation system, and voice or speech recognition. It also includes information on settings. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your dealer if related aftermarket equipment is installed. 148 CLIMATE CONTROLS Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control The climate control buttons on the center stack and on the climate control System ...... 148 display are used to adjust the heating, cooling, and ventilation. Rear Climate Control System . . . . 154 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 156 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 156 Service ...... 156

Center Stack Climate Controls

1. Driver and Passenger 6. OFF (Fan) Temperature Controls 7. Recirculation 2. Fan Control 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 3. Driver and Passenger Heated and Ventilated Seats (If Equipped) 4. Rear Window Defogger 5. Defrost CLIMATE CONTROLS 149 Climate Control Display 9. A/C (Air Conditioning) The climate control status display 10. On/Off appears briefly when the climate control buttons on the center stack The fan, air delivery mode, air are adjusted. The air delivery mode conditioning, driver and passenger can be adjusted on the climate control temperatures, and SYNC settings can status display. be controlled by touching CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or the Automatic Operation climate button in the infotainment The system automatically controls the display application tray. A selection fan speed, air delivery, air can then be made on the front climate conditioning, and recirculation in control page displayed. See the order to heat or cool the vehicle to the infotainment manual. desired temperature: Climate Control Status Display When AUTO is lit, all four functions 1. Driver and Passenger operate automatically. Each function Temperature Display can also be manually set and the setting is displayed. Functions not 2. Fan Control manually set will continue to be 3. Ionizer Status automatically controlled, even if the 4. Driver and Passenger AUTO indicator is not lit. Temperature Controls For automatic operation: 5. Sync (Synchronized 1. Touch or press AUTO on the Temperature) display or the center stack. 6. Recirculation 2. Set the temperature. Allow the 7. Driver and Passenger Air system time to stabilize. Then Delivery Mode Controls adjust the temperature as needed for best comfort. 8. Auto (Automatic Operation) 150 CLIMATE CONTROLS To improve fuel efficiency and to cool The driver and passenger and the fan can be controlled the vehicle faster, recirculation may be temperatures can also be adjusted by manually. Press AUTO to return to automatically selected in warm touching the buttons on the climate automatic operation. To turn off the weather. The recirculation light will control display. fan and climate control system, press not come on. Press @ to select SYNC : Touch SYNC on the climate and hold the fan down control on the recirculation; press it again to select control display to link all climate zone center stack or the climate control outside air. settings to the driver settings. Adjust display until it goes off. English units can be changed to the driver side temperature control to Air Delivery Mode Control : When metric units through the instrument change the linked temperature. When the climate information is displayed, cluster. See “Cluster Application the front or rear passenger settings touch the desired air delivery mode on Displays” under Instrument Cluster are adjusted, the SYNC indicator light the climate control display to change 0 108. turns off when the temperatures are the direction of the airflow. The unlinked. selected air delivery mode button is OFF : Press to turn the fan on or off. Rear : If equipped, touch Rear on the lit. Touching any of the air delivery The front and rear climate displays buttons cancels automatic air delivery turn off when the fan is turned off front climate control display to open the rear climate control display. The control and the direction of the and the system will stop air from airflow can be controlled manually. flowing into the cabin. If on is rear climate control settings can now be adjusted from the front passenger Press AUTO to return to automatic selected, or any other buttons are operation. pressed, the climate control system area. See Rear Climate Control System will turn on and operate at the 0 154. To change the current mode, select one of the following: current setting. The temperature Manual Operation control and air delivery mode can still Y Q R : Air is directed to the instrument be adjusted. 9 : Press the fan controls on the panel outlets. center stack or the climate control w / x : The temperature can be display to increase or decrease the fan \ : Air is divided between the adjusted separately for the driver and speed. Press and hold the controls to instrument panel outlets and the floor the passenger. Press to increase or adjust speed more quickly. The fan outlets. decrease the temperature. Press and speed setting displays. Pressing either [ hold to rapidly increase or decrease button cancels automatic fan control : Air is directed to the floor the temperature. outlets. CLIMATE CONTROLS 151 - : Clears the windows of fog or Pressing this control cancels display. To turn the ionizer on or off, moisture. Air is directed to the automatic recirculation. Press AUTO see “Climate and Air Quality” under windshield and floor outlets. to return to automatic operation; Vehicle Personalization 0 131. recirculation runs automatically as 0 : Clears the windshield of fog or needed. Rear Window Defogger frost more quickly. Air is directed to Manual recirculation mode is not K : Press to turn the rear window the windshield. Press 0 to turn on or available when in Defrost or Defog defogger on or off. An indicator light off. Changing the air delivery mode modes. on the button comes on to show that also turns the defrost off. the rear window defogger is on. Auto Defog : The climate control A/C : Touch A/C Mode on the climate system may have a sensor to The defogger only works when the control display to turn the automatic automatically detect high humidity ignition is on. The defogger turns off air conditioning on or off. If the fan is inside the vehicle. When high if the ignition is in off or ACC/ turned off or the outside temperature humidity is detected, the climate ACCESSORY. falls below freezing, the air control system may adjust to outside conditioner will not run. The rear window defogger can be set air supply and turn on the air to automatic operation. See “Climate Press AUTO to return to automatic conditioner. If the climate control and Air Quality” under Vehicle operation and the air conditioner runs system does not detect possible Personalization 0 131. When Auto Rear as needed. window fogging, it returns to normal Defog is selected, the rear window operation. To turn Auto Defog off or @ : Press to alternate between defogger turns on automatically when on, see “Climate and Air Quality” the interior temperature is cold and recirculating air inside the vehicle or under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. pulling in outside air. The indicator the outside temperature is about 4 °C light on the button is lit when Ionizer : If equipped with an ionizer, (40 °F) and below. recirculation mode is active. This this feature helps to clean the air The upper grid lines on the rear helps to quickly cool the air inside the inside the vehicle and remove window are antenna lines and are not vehicle or reduce the outside air and contaminants such as pollen, odors, intended to heat when the defogger is odors that might enter. and dust. If the climate control activated. system is on and the ionizer is enabled, the ionizer status indicator will be lit on the climate control 152 CLIMATE CONTROLS The heated outside mirrors turn on or ventilated seats at the level heat or cool the inside of the vehicle. when the rear window defogger required by the vehicle's interior The rear window defogger may come button is on and help to clear fog or temperature. The active high, medium, on during remote start based on cold frost from the surface of the mirrors. low, or off heated or ventilated seat ambient conditions. The rear window level will be indicated by the manual defogger indicator light does not come Caution heated and ventilated seat buttons on on during a remote start. the center stack. Use the manual If equipped, the heated seats will turn Do not try to clear frost or other heated and ventilated seat buttons on on if it is cold outside or the material from the inside of the the center stack to turn auto heated ventilated seats will turn on if it is hot front windshield and rear window or ventilated seats off. If the outside. The heated and ventilated with a razor blade or anything else passenger seat is unoccupied, the auto seat indicator lights may not come on that is sharp. This may damage the heated or ventilated seats feature will during a remote start. If equipped, the rear window defogger grid and not activate that seat. The auto heated heated steering wheel will come on in and ventilated seats feature can be affect the radio's ability to pick up a remote start if it is cold outside. The programmed to always be enabled heated steering wheel indicator light stations clearly. The repairs would when the vehicle is on. If equipped not be covered by the vehicle may not come on. See Remote Vehicle with a heated steering wheel, the auto 0 warranty. Start 17 and heated steering wheel activation will Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 49. follow the heated seat auto activation Driver and Passenger Heated and and the heated wheel indicator will Ventilated Seats (If Equipped) : follow the state of the steering wheel M L heat. See Heated and Ventilated Front Press or to heat the driver or 0 passenger seat cushion. Seats 49 and Vehicle Personalization 0 131. C { Press or to ventilate the driver Remote Start Climate Control or passenger seat. See Heated and 0 Operation : If equipped with the Ventilated Front Seats 49. remote start feature, the climate Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats : control system may run when the When the vehicle is on, this feature vehicle is started remotely. The system will automatically activate the heated uses the driver’s previous settings to CLIMATE CONTROLS 153 Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of the instrument panel near the windshield, monitors the solar heat. The climate control system uses the sensor information to adjust the temperature, fan speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode for best comfort. If the sensor is covered, the automatic climate control system may not work properly. 154 CLIMATE CONTROLS Rear Climate Control System If equipped, the rear climate control system is on the rear of the center console. The settings can be adjusted with the rear climate control buttons on the rear of the center console and on the rear climate display.

Rear Climate Display 1. Rear Temperature Display 2. Fan Control 3. Sync (Synchronized Rear Climate Controls Temperatures) 4. Rear Control Lockout 1. Rear Seat Passenger Heated Seat 4. Fan Control 5. Air Delivery Mode Control Controls 5. Rear Seat Passenger Temperature 6. Auto (Rear Automatic Operation) 2. Air Delivery Mode Control Controls 7. On/Off 3. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 8. Rear Climate Temperature Control Rear : Touch Rear on the front climate control display to open the rear climate control display. The rear CLIMATE CONTROLS 155 climate control settings can now be Manual Operation To activate the rear floor air delivery adjusted from the front ] mode, touch [ on the rear climate passenger area. : Press the rear fan control up or down to increase or decrease the display. REAR O : Touch REAR O on the rear airflow to the rear panel outlets. The climate display to turn the rear rear climate airflow can also be climate control on or off. adjusted by touching ª or « on the SYNC : Touch SYNC on the rear rear climate display. climate display to match the rear Temperature Controls : Press up or climate control temperature to the down to adjust the rear passenger front climate control driver temperature. The rear passenger temperature. The SYNC button will temperature can also be adjusted by be lit. touching Q for warmer air or R for Rear Control Lockout : Touch to lock cooler air on the rear climate display. or unlock control of the rear climate Air Delivery Mode Control : Press up control system from the rear seat or down to select the desired air passengers. When locked, the rear delivery mode. The air delivery mode climate control can only be adjusted can also be changed by touching [, from the front seat. \, or Y on the rear climate display. Automatic Operation This changes the direction of the AUTO : Press to turn on or off. The airflow in the rear seating area. air delivery is controlled If the rear floor air delivery mode is automatically. The AUTO indicator selected, the rear fan speed indicator appears on the display. If the air will change when adjusted, but the delivery mode or fan speed is airflow amount directed to the floor manually adjusted, this cancels full will not. This is normal operation for automatic operation. the system. 156 CLIMATE CONTROLS Air Vents Operation Tips Maintenance . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from air inlets at the base of the Passenger Compartment windshield that could block the flow of air into the vehicle. Air Filter . Clear snow off the hood to The filter reduces dust, pollen, and improve visibility and help other airborne irritants from outside decrease moisture drawn into the air that is pulled into the vehicle. The vehicle. filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See . Keep the path under the front Maintenance Schedule 0 332. seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the See your dealer regarding replacement vehicle more effectively. of the filter. . Use of non-GM approved hood Service Adjustable air vents are in the center deflectors can adversely affect the and on the sides of the instrument performance of the system. Check All vehicles have a label underhood panel, and on the rear of the center with your dealer before adding that identifies the refrigerant used in console storage. equipment to the outside of the the vehicle. The refrigerant system Move the slider knobs to change the vehicle. should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air direction of or to close off the airflow. . Do not attach any devices to the conditioning evaporator should never air vent slats. This restricts airflow be repaired or replaced by one from a and may cause damage to the air salvage vehicle. It should only be vents. replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. CLIMATE CONTROLS 157 During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 332. 158 DRIVING AND OPERATING Driving and Retained Accessory Cruise Control Power (RAP) ...... 180 Cruise Control ...... 196 Operating Shifting Into Park ...... 180 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 198 Shifting out of Park ...... 180 Parking over Things Driver Assistance Systems Driving Information That Burn ...... 182 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 207 Assistance Systems for Parking Driving for Better Fuel Active Fuel Management ...... 182 Extended Parking ...... 183 or Backing ...... 208 Economy ...... 159 Rear Pedestrian Alert ...... 216 Distracted Driving ...... 159 Engine Exhaust Assistance Systems for Defensive Driving ...... 160 Engine Exhaust ...... 183 Driving ...... 217 Drunk Driving ...... 160 Running the Vehicle While Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Control of a Vehicle ...... 160 Parked ...... 183 System ...... 217 Braking ...... 161 Automatic Transmission Automatic Emergency Steering ...... 161 Braking (AEB) ...... 220 Off-Road Recovery ...... 162 Automatic Transmission ...... 184 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Loss of Control ...... 162 Manual Mode ...... 188 System ...... 221 Off-Road Driving ...... 163 Night Vision System ...... 223 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 167 Drive Systems All-Wheel Drive ...... 190 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . 226 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 168 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 226 Winter Driving ...... 168 Brakes Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 228 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 170 Electric Brake Boost ...... 190 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 170 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . 190 Fuel Starting and Operating Electric Parking Brake ...... 191 Top Tier Fuel ...... 230 Recommended Fuel (2.0L L4 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 174 Brake Assist ...... 192 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 193 Engine) ...... 230 Ignition Positions ...... 174 Recommended Fuel (3.6L Starting the Engine ...... 176 Ride Control Systems V6 Engine) ...... 230 Stop/Start System ...... 177 Traction Control/Electronic Prohibited Fuels ...... 231 Engine Heater ...... 178 Stability Control ...... 193 Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 231 Driver Mode Control ...... 195 Fuel Additives ...... 231 DRIVING AND OPERATING 159 Filling the Tank ...... 231 Driving Information . Keep vehicle tires properly Filling a Portable Fuel inflated. Container ...... 233 Driving for Better Fuel . Combine several trips into a Trailer Towing Economy single trip. General Towing Information . . . . 234 . Replace the vehicle's tires with the Driving Characteristics and Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. same TPC Spec number molded Towing Tips ...... 234 Here are some driving tips to get the into the tire's sidewall near Trailer Towing ...... 237 best fuel economy possible. the size. Towing Equipment ...... 241 . Set the climate controls to the Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 244 . Follow recommended scheduled desired temperature after the maintenance. Conversions and Add-Ons engine is started, or turn them off Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 246 when not required. Distracted Driving . On AWD vehicles, use Tour Mode when conditions permit. Distraction comes in many forms and can take your focus from the task of . Avoid fast starts and accelerate driving. Exercise good judgment and smoothly. do not let other activities divert your . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt attention away from the road. Many stops. local governments have enacted laws regarding driver distraction. Become . Avoid idling the engine for long familiar with the local laws in periods of time. your area. . When road and weather To avoid distracted driving, keep your conditions are appropriate, use eyes on the road, keep your hands on cruise control. the steering wheel, and focus your . Always follow posted speed limits attention on driving. or drive more slowly when conditions require. 160 DRIVING AND OPERATING . Do not use a phone in demanding Drunk Driving driving situations. Use a { Warning hands-free method to place or Death and injury associated with receive necessary phone calls. Taking your eyes off the road too drinking and driving is a global long or too often could cause a tragedy. . Watch the road. Do not read, take crash resulting in injury or death. notes, or look up information on Focus your attention on driving. phones or other electronic devices. { Warning . Designate a front seat passenger Refer to the infotainment manual for Drinking and then driving is very to handle potential distractions. more information on using that dangerous. Your reflexes, . Become familiar with vehicle system and the navigation system, perceptions, attentiveness, and features before driving, such as if equipped, including pairing and judgment can be affected by even a programming favorite radio using a cell phone. small amount of alcohol. You can stations and adjusting climate have a serious — or even fatal — control and seat settings. Program Defensive Driving collision if you drive after drinking. all trip information into any Do not drink and drive or ride with navigation device prior to driving. Defensive driving means “always expect the unexpected.” The first step a driver who has been drinking. . Wait until the vehicle is parked to in driving defensively is to wear the Ride home in a cab; or if you are retrieve items that have fallen to seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 53. with a group, designate a driver the floor. . Assume that other road users who will not drink. . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other children. drivers) are going to be careless Control of a Vehicle . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier and make mistakes. Anticipate or restraint. what they may do and be ready. Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to control . Avoid stressful conversations . Allow enough following distance a vehicle while driving. while driving, whether with a between you and the driver in passenger or on a cell phone. front of you. . Focus on the task of driving. DRIVING AND OPERATING 161 Braking Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the brake Braking action involves perception pedal will be harder to push. time and reaction time. Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception Steering time. Actually doing it is reaction time. Electric Power Steering Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that Caution time, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), which To avoid damage to the steering could be a lot of distance in an system, do not drive over curbs, emergency. parking barriers, or similar objects The vehicle has electric power at speeds greater than 3 km/h Helpful braking tips to keep in mind steering. It does not have power include: (1 mph). Use care when driving over steering fluid. Regular maintenance is other objects such as lane dividers not required. . Keep enough distance between and speed bumps. Damage caused you and the vehicle in front by misuse of the vehicle is not If power steering assist is lost due to a of you. covered by the vehicle warranty. system malfunction, the vehicle can . Avoid needless heavy braking. be steered, but may require increased effort. . Keep pace with traffic. If the steering assist is used for an If the engine ever stops while the extended period of time while the vehicle is being driven, brake normally vehicle is not moving, power assist but do not pump the brakes. Doing so may be reduced. could make the pedal harder to push down. If the engine stops, there will be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied. 162 DRIVING AND OPERATING If the steering wheel is turned until it . Holding both sides of the steering 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, reaches the end of its travel and is wheel allows you to turn if there is nothing in the way, held against that position for an 180 degrees without removing steer the vehicle so that it extended period of time, power a hand. straddles the edge of the steering assist may be reduced. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) pavement. Normal use of the power steering allows steering while braking. 2. Turn the steering wheel about assist should return when the system one-eighth of a turn, until the cools down. Off-Road Recovery right front tire contacts the See your dealer if there is a problem. pavement edge. 3. Turn the steering wheel to go Curve Tips straight down the roadway. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Reduce speed before entering a Loss of Control curve. Skidding . Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three . Wait until the vehicle is out of the control systems: curve before accelerating gently . Braking Skid — wheels are not into the straightaway. rolling. Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop off . Steering or Cornering Skid — too . There are some situations when the edge of a road onto the shoulder much speed or steering in a curve steering around a problem may be while driving. Follow these tips: causes tires to slip and lose more effective than braking. cornering force. . Acceleration Skid — too much causes the driving wheels to spin. DRIVING AND OPERATING 163 Defensive drivers avoid most skids by to a lower gear. Any sudden taking reasonable care suited to changes could cause the tires to { Warning existing conditions, and by not slide. When driving off-road, bouncing overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid skids are always possible. and quick changes in direction can only the braking skid. easily throw you out of position. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow This could cause you to lose control these suggestions: Off-Road Driving and crash. You and your passengers . Ease your foot off the accelerator All-Wheel Drive vehicles can be used should always wear seat belts. pedal and steer the way you want for off-road driving. Vehicles without the vehicle to go. The vehicle may All-Wheel Drive and vehicles not Before Driving Off-Road straighten out. Be ready for a equipped with All Terrain (AT) or second skid if it occurs. On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not be . Have all necessary maintenance . Slow down and adjust your driving driven off-road except on a level, solid and service work completed. according to weather conditions. surface. To contact the tire . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, Stopping distance can be longer manufacturer for more information and check inflation pressure in all and vehicle control can be affected about the original equipment tires, see tires, including the spare, when traction is reduced by water, the Limited Warranty and Owner if equipped. snow, ice, gravel, or other material Assistance Information manual. . Read all the information about on the road. Learn to recognize Controlling the vehicle is the key to warning clues — such as enough All-Wheel Drive vehicles in this successful off-road driving. One of the manual. water, ice, or packed snow on the best ways to control the vehicle is to road to make a mirrored surface control the speed. . Make sure all underbody shields, — and slow down when you have if equipped, are properly attached. any doubt. . Know the local laws that apply to . Try to avoid sudden steering, off-road driving. acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle speed by shifting 164 DRIVING AND OPERATING To gain more ground clearance if . Do not park over things that burn. needed, it may be necessary to remove Warning (Continued) See Parking over Things That Burn the front fascia lower air dam. 0 182. However, driving without the air dam . Keep cargo in the cargo area reduces fuel economy. as far forward and as low as Driving on Hills possible. The heaviest things Driving safely on hills requires good should be on the floor, judgment and an understanding of Caution forward of the rear . what the vehicle can and cannot do. Operating the vehicle for extended . Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle's center of gravity, periods without the front fascia { Warning lower air dam installed can cause making it more likely to roll improper airflow to the engine. over. You can be seriously or Many hills are simply too steep for Reattach the front fascia air dam fatally injured if the vehicle any vehicle. Driving up hills can after off-road driving. rolls over. Put heavy loads cause the vehicle to stall. Driving inside the cargo area, not on down hills can cause loss of control. the roof. Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving across hills can cause a rollover. You could be injured or Driving For more information about loading killed. Do not drive on steep hills. the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. { Warning Before driving on a hill, assess the . Unsecured cargo on the load Environmental Concerns steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the terrain ahead cannot be seen, floor can be tossed about . Always use established trails, get out of the vehicle and walk the hill when driving over rough roads, and areas that have been before driving further. terrain. You or your set aside for public off-road passengers can be struck by recreational driving and obey all When driving on hills: flying objects. Secure the posted regulations. cargo properly. . Use a low gear and keep a firm . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, grip on the steering wheel. (Continued) trees, or grasses or disturb wildlife. . Maintain a slow speed. DRIVING AND OPERATING 165 . When possible, drive straight up will work with the brakes to slow . Never try to turn the vehicle or down the hill. the vehicle and help keep the around. If the hill is steep . Slow down when approaching the vehicle under control. enough to stall the vehicle, it top of the hill. is steep enough to cause it to roll over. . Use headlamps even during the { Warning . If you cannot make it up the day to make the vehicle more Heavy braking when going down a visible. hill, back straight down hill can cause your brakes to the hill. overheat and fade. This could cause . Never back down a hill in { Warning loss of control and you or others N (Neutral) using only the could be injured or killed. Apply the brake. Driving to the top of a hill at high brakes lightly when descending a speed can cause a crash. There hill and use a low gear to keep . The vehicle can roll backward could be a drop-off, embankment, vehicle speed under control. quickly and you could lose cliff, or even another vehicle. You control. could be seriously injured or killed. If the vehicle stalls on a hill: . If driving downhill when the As you near the top of a hill, slow vehicle stalls, shift to a lower down and stay alert. 1. Apply the brakes to stop the gear, release the parking vehicle, and then apply the brake, and drive straight . Never go downhill forward or parking brake. down the hill. backward with the transmission in 2. Shift into P (Park) and then 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted N (Neutral). The brakes could restart the engine. after stalling, set the parking overheat and you could lose . If driving uphill when the brake, shift into P (Park), and control. vehicle stalls, shift to turn the vehicle off. . When driving down a hill, keep R (Reverse), release the 3.1. Leave the vehicle and the vehicle headed straight down. parking brake, and back seek help. Use a low gear because the engine straight down. 166 DRIVING AND OPERATING 3.2. Stay clear of the path the . If an incline must be driven steering, accelerating, and braking. vehicle would take if it across, and the vehicle starts to Drive at a reduced speed and avoid rolled downhill. slide, turn downhill. This should sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. . Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle and Traction is reduced on hard packed across the incline of the hill. A hill prevent the side slipping. snow and ice and it is easy to lose that can be driven straight up or control. Reduce vehicle speed when down might be too steep to drive { Warning driving on hard packed snow and ice. across. Driving across an incline Getting out of the vehicle on the puts more weight on the downhill { Warning wheels which could cause a downhill side when stopped across downhill slide or a rollover. an incline is dangerous. If the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, vehicle rolls over, you could be . Surface conditions can be a or rivers can be dangerous. Ice crushed or killed. Always get out on problem. Loose gravel, muddy conditions vary greatly and the spots, or even wet grass can cause the uphill side of the vehicle and vehicle could fall through the ice; the tires to slip sideways, downhill. stay well clear of the rollover path. you and your passengers could If the vehicle slips sideways, it can drown. Drive your vehicle on safe hit something that will trip it – a Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, surfaces only. rock, a rut, etc. – and roll over. or Ice . Hidden obstacles can make the Use a low gear when driving in mud – Driving in Water steepness of the incline more the deeper the mud, the lower the severe. If a rock is driven across gear. Keep the vehicle moving to avoid { Warning with the uphill wheels, or if the getting stuck. downhill wheels drop into a rut or Driving through rushing water can depression, the vehicle can tilt Traction changes when driving on be dangerous. Deep water can even more. sand. On loose sand, such as on beaches or sand dunes, the tires tend sweep your vehicle downstream and to sink into the sand. This affects you and your passengers could drown. If it is only shallow water, it (Continued) DRIVING AND OPERATING 167 After Off-Road Driving Warning (Continued) { Warning Remove any brush or debris that has can still wash away the ground collected on the underbody or , Wet brakes can cause crashes. They from under your tires. Traction or under the hood. These might not work as well in a quick could be lost, and the vehicle could accumulations can be a fire hazard. stop and could cause pulling to one roll over. Do not drive through After operation in mud or sand, have side. You could lose control of the rushing water. the brake linings cleaned and checked. vehicle. These substances can cause glazing After driving through a large puddle and uneven braking. Check the body of water or a car/vehicle wash, structure, steering, suspension, lightly apply the brake pedal until Caution wheels, tires, and exhaust system for damage and check the fuel lines and the brakes work normally. Do not drive through standing cooling system for any leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates water if it is deep enough to cover strong forces. Driving through the wheel hubs, , or exhaust Driving on Wet Roads flowing water could cause the pipe. Deep water can damage the vehicle to be carried away. If this axle and other vehicle parts. Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop happens, you and other vehicle and accelerate. Always drive slower in occupants could drown. Do not If the standing water is not too deep, these types of driving conditions and ignore police warnings and be very drive slowly through it. At faster avoid driving through large puddles cautious about trying to drive speeds, water splashes on the ignition and deep-standing or flowing water. through flowing water. system and the vehicle can stall. Stalling can also occur if you get the exhaust pipe under water. While the Hydroplaning exhaust pipe is under water, you will Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can not be able to start the engine. When build up under the vehicle's tires so going through water, the brakes get they actually ride on the water. This wet, and it might take longer to stop. can happen if the road is wet enough See Driving on Wet Roads 0 167. 168 DRIVING AND OPERATING and you are going fast enough. When . Check all fluid levels, brakes, tires, . Drive at speeds that keep the the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has cooling system, and transmission. vehicle in its own lane. Do not little or no contact with the road. . Shift to a lower gear when going swing wide or cross the There is no hard and fast rule about down steep or long hills. center line. hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Be alert on top of hills; something slow down when the road is wet. { Warning could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). Other Rainy Weather Tips Using the brakes to slow the vehicle . Pay attention to special road signs Besides slowing down, other wet on a long downhill slope can cause (e.g., falling rocks area, winding weather driving tips include: brake overheating, can reduce brake roads, long grades, passing or . Allow extra following distance. performance, and could result in a no-passing zones) and take loss of braking. Shift the appropriate action. . Pass with caution. transmission to a lower gear to let . Keep windshield wiping equipment the engine assist the brakes on a Winter Driving in good shape. steep downhill slope. Driving on Snow or Ice . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled. Snow or ice between the tires and the road creates less traction or grip, so . Have good tires with proper tread { Warning drive carefully. Wet ice can occur at depth. See Tires 0 282. Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or about 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rain . Turn off cruise control. begins to fall. Avoid driving on wet ice with the ignition off is dangerous. or in freezing rain until roads can be Hill and Mountain Roads This can cause overheating of the treated. brakes and loss of steering assist. Driving on steep hills or through Always have the engine running For Slippery Road Driving: mountains is different than driving on and the vehicle in gear. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: quickly causes the wheels to spin . Keep the vehicle serviced and in and makes the surface under the good shape. tires slick. DRIVING AND OPERATING 169 . Turn on Traction Control. See Blizzard Conditions Traction Control/Electronic Stability Warning (Continued) Stop the vehicle in a safe place and Control 0 193. signal for help. Stay with the vehicle . Open a window about 5 cm . Antilock Brake System (ABS) unless there is help nearby. If possible, (2 in) on the vehicle side that improves vehicle stability during use Roadside Service. See Roadside is away from the wind, to hard stops, but the brakes should Service 0 353. To get help and keep bring in fresh air. be applied sooner than when on everyone in the vehicle safe: dry pavement. See Antilock Brake . Fully open the air outlets on . Turn on the hazard warning System (ABS) 0 190. or under the instrument flashers. panel. . Allow greater following distance . Tie a red cloth to an outside and watch for slippery spots. Icy . Adjust the climate control mirror. patches can occur on otherwise system to circulate the air clear roads in shaded areas. The inside the vehicle and set the surface of a curve or an overpass { fan speed to the highest Warning “ can remain icy when the setting. See Climate Control ” surrounding roads are clear. Avoid Snow can trap engine exhaust Systems. sudden steering maneuvers and under the vehicle. This may cause For more information about CO, see braking while on ice. exhaust gases to get inside. Engine Engine Exhaust 0 183. exhaust contains carbon monoxide . Turn off cruise control. (CO), which cannot be seen or . Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) smelled. It can cause To save fuel, run the engine for short Mode for vehicles equipped with unconsciousness and even death. periods to warm the vehicle and then AWD. Select Snow/Ice Mode for shut the engine off and partially close FWD only vehicles. See Driver If the vehicle is stuck in snow: the window. Moving about to keep Mode Control 0 195 and . Clear snow from the base of warm also helps. All-Wheel Drive 0 190. the vehicle, especially any If it takes time for help to arrive, blocking the exhaust pipe. when running the engine, push the (Continued) accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. 170 DRIVING AND OPERATING This keeps the battery charged to For All-Wheel Drive (AWD), select Vehicle Load Limits restart the vehicle and to signal for Off-Road or AWD mode. See Driver help with the headlamps. Do this as Mode Control 0 195 and It is very important to know how little as possible, to save fuel. All-Wheel Drive 0 190. much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out If the Vehicle Is Stuck capacity weight and includes the Turn the steering wheel left and right Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels weight of all occupants, cargo, and to clear the area around the front all nonfactory-installed options. to free the vehicle when stuck in sand, wheels. Turn off any traction system. mud, ice, or snow. Two labels on the vehicle may Shift back and forth between show how much weight it may If stuck too severely for the traction R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, system to free the vehicle, turn the spinning the wheels as little as properly carry, the Tire and traction system off and use the possible. To prevent transmission Loading Information label and the rocking method. See Traction Control/ wear, wait until the wheels stop Certification/Tire label. Electronic Stability Control 0 193. spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, { Warning { Warning and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in Do not load the vehicle any If the vehicle's tires spin at high gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in heavier than the Gross Vehicle speed, they can explode, and you or the forward and reverse directions Weight Rating (GVWR), others could be injured. The vehicle causes a rocking motion that could or either the maximum front or can overheat, causing an engine free the vehicle. If that does not get rear Gross Axle Weight Rating the vehicle out after a few tries, it compartment fire or other damage. (GAWR). This can cause Spin the wheels as little as possible might need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see systems to break and change and avoid going above 56 km/h Towing the Vehicle 0 319. the way the vehicle handles. (35 mph). This could cause loss of control and a crash. Overloading can (Continued) DRIVING AND OPERATING 171 positions (1), and the maximum never exceed XXX kg or Warning (Continued) vehicle capacity weight (2) in XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s also reduce stopping distance, kilograms and pounds. placard. damage the tires, and shorten The Tire and Loading Information 2. Determine the combined the life of the vehicle. label also shows the size of the weight of the driver and original equipment tires (3) and passengers that will be riding Tire and Loading Information Label the recommended cold tire in your vehicle. inflation pressures (4). For more 3. Subtract the combined weight information on tires and inflation 0 of the driver and passengers see Tires 282 and from XXX kg or XXX lbs. Tire Pressure 0 289. 4. The resulting figure equals There is also important loading the available amount of cargo information on the vehicle and luggage load capacity. For Certification/Tire label. It may example, if the "XXX" amount show the Gross Vehicle Weight equals 1400 lbs. and there Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle will be five 150 lb passengers Weight Rating (GAWR) for the in your vehicle, the amount front and rear axle. See of available cargo and luggage “ ” Example Label Certification/Tire Label later in load capacity is 650 lbs. this section. A vehicle-specific Tire and (1400-750 (5 x 150) = Loading Information label is “Steps for Determining Correct Load 650 lbs.) Limit– attached to the center pillar 5. Determine the combined (B-pillar). The tire and loading 1. Locate the statement "The weight of luggage and cargo information label shows the combined weight of being loaded on the vehicle. number of occupant seating occupants and cargo should That weight may not safely 172 DRIVING AND OPERATING exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.” Example 1 Example 2 See Trailer Towing 0 237 for important information on towing 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight a trailer, towing safety rules and for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg trailering tips. (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). 3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight = Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). (700 lbs). DRIVING AND OPERATING 173 weight of the driver, passengers, Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). and cargo should never exceed the The GVWR includes the weight of vehicle's capacity weight. the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, Certification/Tire Label and cargo. The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh Example 3 station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure to spread the load 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight equally on both sides of the for Example 3 = 453 kg centerline. (1,000 lbs). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight Label Example Caution @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = A vehicle-specific Certification/ 453 kg (1,000 lbs). Tire label is attached to the center Overloading the vehicle may cause 3. Available Cargo Weight = pillar (B-pillar). damage. Repairs would not be 0 kg (0 lbs). covered by the vehicle warranty. Do The label may show the size of the not overload the vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's tire and vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for inflation pressures needed to specific information about the obtain the gross weight capacity vehicle's capacity weight and of the vehicle. The label shows the seating positions. The combined gross weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called the Gross 174 DRIVING AND OPERATING Starting and Operating { Warning Caution (Continued) Things inside the vehicle can New Vehicle Break-In Following break-in, engine speed strike and injure people in a and load can be gradually sudden stop or turn, or in a Caution increased. crash. The vehicle does not need an . Put things in the cargo elaborate break-in. But it will Ignition Positions area of the vehicle. In the perform better in the long run if cargo area, put them as far you follow these guidelines: forward as possible. Try to spread the weight evenly. . Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, . Never stack heavier things, for the first 800 km (500 mi). like suitcases, inside the Do not make full-throttle vehicle so that some of starts. Avoid downshifting to them are above the tops of brake or slow the vehicle. the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for the first 300 km (200 mi) or . Do not leave an unsecured so. During this time the new child restraint in the brake linings are not yet vehicle. broken in. Hard stops with The vehicle has an electronic keyless . Secure loose items in the new linings can mean ignition with pushbutton start. vehicle. premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this If the pushbutton start is not working, . Do not leave a seat folded breaking-in guideline every the vehicle may be near a strong radio down unless needed. time you get new brake antenna signal causing interference to linings. (Continued) DRIVING AND OPERATING 175 the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Information Center (DIC). When the 4. Set the parking brake. See system. See Remote Keyless Entry vehicle is shifted into P (Park), the Electric Parking Brake 0 191. (RKE) System Operation 0 10. ignition will turn off. Press ENGINE START/STOP to To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle turn the vehicle off. must be turned on and the brake { Warning If the vehicle cannot be pulled over pedal must be applied. and must be shut off while driving, Turning off the vehicle while Stopping the Engine/OFF (No press and hold ENGINE START/STOP moving may cause loss of power for longer than two seconds, or press Indicator Light) : When the vehicle is assist in the brake and steering stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP twice in five seconds. systems and disable the airbags. once to turn the engine off. ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator While driving, only shut the vehicle Light) : This mode allows you to use If the vehicle is in P (Park), the off in an emergency. ignition will turn off, and Retained some electrical accessories when the Accessory Power (RAP) will remain engine is off. active. See Retained Accessory Power If the vehicle must be shut off in an With the ignition off, pressing (RAP) 0 180. emergency: ENGINE START/STOP once without If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), 1. Brake using a firm and steady the brake pedal applied will place the D (Drive) or M (Manual Mode), the pressure. Do not pump the ignition system in ACC/ACCESSORY. vehicle will shift to P (Park), the brakes repeatedly. This may The ignition will switch from ACC/ ignition will turn off, and Retained deplete power assist, requiring ACCESSORY to OFF after 10 minutes Accessory Power (RAP) will remain increased brake pedal force. to prevent battery rundown. active. See Retained Accessory Power 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). 0 ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator (RAP) 180. This can be done while the Light) : This mode is for driving and If the vehicle is in N (Neutral), the vehicle is moving. After shifting starting. With the ignition off and the ignition will return to ACC/ to N (Neutral), firmly apply the brake pedal applied, pressing ENGINE ACCESSORY and display the message brakes and steer the vehicle to a START/STOP once will place the SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver safe location. ignition system in ON/RUN/START. 3. Come to a complete stop and Once engine cranking begins, release shift to P (Park). the button. Engine cranking will 176 DRIVING AND OPERATING continue until the engine starts. The down as the engine warms up. ignition will then remain on. See Caution Do not race the engine Starting the Engine 0 176. immediately after starting it. Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the Service Mode vehicle is moving. If you do, you If the RKE transmitter is not in could damage the transmission. the vehicle, if there is This mode is available to verify the interference, or if the RKE proper operation of the malfunction Shift to P (Park) only when the vehicle is stopped. battery is low, a Driver indicator lamp as may be required for Information Center (DIC) emissions inspection purposes and for message will display. See Remote service and diagnostics. See Automatic Keyless Entry (RKE) System Transmission 0 184. Caution Operation 0 10. With the vehicle off, and the brake pedal not applied, pressing and If you add electrical parts or Caution holding ENGINE START/STOP for accessories, you could change the more than five seconds will place the way the engine operates. Any Cranking the engine for long vehicle in Service Mode. The resulting damage would not be periods of time, by pressing instruments and audio systems will covered by the vehicle warranty. See ENGINE START/STOP immediately operate as they do in ON/RUN, but Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 246. after cranking has ended, can the vehicle will not be able to be overheat and damage the cranking driven. The engine will not start in motor, and drain the battery. Wait Service Mode. Press ENGINE START/ To start the vehicle: at least 15 seconds between each STOP again to turn the vehicle off. 1. With the Keyless Access system, try, to let the cranking motor the RKE transmitter must be in cool down. Starting the Engine the vehicle. Press ENGINE Place the transmission in the proper START/STOP with the brake 2. If the engine does not start after gear, P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart pedal applied. When the engine five to 10 seconds, especially in the engine when the vehicle is already begins cranking, let go of the very cold weather (below −18 °C moving, use N (Neutral). button. The idle speed will go or 0 °F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing DRIVING AND OPERATING 177 the accelerator pedal all the way . The climate control settings to the floor and hold it there, { Warning require the engine to be running then press ENGINE START/STOP to cool or heat the vehicle interior. The automatic engine Stop/Start for up to a maximum of . The vehicle battery charge is low. 15 seconds. Wait at least feature causes the engine to shut 15 seconds between each try, to off while the vehicle is still on. Do . The vehicle battery has recently allow the cranking motor to cool not exit the vehicle before shifting been disconnected. down. When the engine starts, to P (Park). The vehicle may restart . Minimum vehicle speed has not let go of the button and the and move unexpectedly. Always been reached since the last accelerator. If the vehicle starts shift to P (Park), and then turn the Auto Stop. briefly but then stops again, do ignition off before exiting the the same thing. This clears the vehicle. . The accelerator pedal is pressed. extra gasoline from the engine. . The engine or transmission is not Do not race the engine Auto Engine Stop/Start at the required operating immediately after starting it. temperature. Operate the engine and When the brakes are applied and the . The outside temperature is not in transmission gently until the oil vehicle is at a complete stop, the the required operating range. warms up and lubricates all engine may turn off. When stopped, moving parts. the tachometer displays AUTO STOP. . The vehicle is in any gear other See Tachometer 0 111. When the brake than D (Drive). Stop/Start System pedal is released or the accelerator . Driver modes have been selected. pedal is pressed, the engine will The Stop/Start system will shut off restart. . The vehicle is on a steep hill or the engine to help conserve fuel. grade. It has components designed for the To maintain vehicle performance, increased number of starts. other conditions may cause the engine . The driver door has been opened to automatically restart before the or the driver seat belt has been brake pedal is released. unbuckled. Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto . The hood has been opened. Starts may occur because: 178 DRIVING AND OPERATING . The Auto Stop has reached the Engine Heater maximum allowed time. The engine heater can provide easier Auto Stop Disable Switch starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up in cold weather conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an engine heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting. An internal thermostat in the plug-end of the cord may exist, which will prevent engine heater operation at temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). 2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is damaged, do not { Warning use it. See your dealer for a replacement. Inspect the cord for Do not plug in the engine block damage yearly. The automatic engine Stop/Start heater while the vehicle is parked in feature can be disabled and enabled a garage or under a carport. by touching the h symbol on the Property damage or personal injury center stack. Auto Stop is enabled may result. Always park the vehicle each time you start the vehicle. in a clear open area away from buildings or structures. When the light next to the h is illuminated, the system is enabled. To Use the Engine Heater 1. Turn off the engine. DRIVING AND OPERATING 179 4. Plug the heater cord into the connector in the front fascia. Warning (Continued) 5. Plug the cord into a grounded extension cord, could make it 110-volt AC outlet that is overheat and cause a fire, protected by a ground fault property damage, electric detection function. shock, and injury. . Do not operate the vehicle { Warning with the heater cord permanently attached to the Improper use of the heater cord or vehicle. Possible heater cord an extension cord can damage the and thermostat damage could cord and may result in overheating occur. 3. Remove the engine heater and fire. connector cover by gently prying . While in use, do not let the . Plug the cord into a with a flat blade tool. heater cord touch vehicle three-prong electrical utility parts or sharp edges. receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection . Before starting the vehicle, function. An ungrounded unplug the cord. Keep the outlet could cause an electric cord away from any moving shock. parts. . Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated 6. Before starting the engine, be extension cord if needed. sure to unplug and store Failure to use the the cord. recommended extension cord 7. Install the engine heater in good operating condition, connector cover. or using a damaged heater or (Continued) 180 DRIVING AND OPERATING The length of time the heater should Shifting Into Park remain plugged in depends on several Warning (Continued) factors. Ask a dealer in the area where To shift into P (Park): Do not leave the vehicle when the you will be parking the vehicle for the 1. Hold the brake pedal down and engine is running. If you have left best advice on this. set the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake 0 191. the engine running, the vehicle can Retained Accessory move suddenly. You or others could 2. Press the button on top of the be injured. To be sure the vehicle Power (RAP) shift lever to shift into P (Park). will not move, even when you are When the ignition is turned from on See Automatic Transmission on fairly level ground, always set 0 184. to off, the following features (if the parking brake and shift to equipped) will continue to function 3. The P indicator on the shift lever P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 180 for up to 10 minutes, or until the will turn red when the vehicle is . If you are towing a trailer, see driver door is opened. These features in P (Park). Driving Characteristics and Towing will also work when the ignition is in Tips 0 234. RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Running . Infotainment System If you have to leave the vehicle with . Power Windows (during RAP this { Warning the engine running, be sure the functionality will be lost when any vehicle is in P (Park) and the parking door is opened) It can be dangerous to leave the brake is set before you leave it. . Sunroof (during RAP this vehicle with the engine running. If you are towing a trailer and parking functionality will be lost when any It could overheat and catch fire. on a hill, see Driving Characteristics 0 door is opened) It is dangerous to get out of the and Towing Tips 234. vehicle if the vehicle is not in . Auxiliary Power Outlet Shifting out of Park . Audio System P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll. This vehicle is equipped with an . OnStar System (Continued) electronic transmission. The shift lock release button is designed to prevent DRIVING AND OPERATING 181 inadvertent shifting out of P (Park) If the vehicle cannot shift from This vehicle includes a manual park unless the ignition is on, the brake P (Park), a Driver Information release that can be used to shift the pedal is applied, and the shift lock Center (DIC) message will be vehicle into N (Neutral) when the release button is pressed. displayed. See your dealer for service. engine is not running. The shift lock control is always Manual Park Release Pulling the manual park release while functional except in the case of an the vehicle is on or turning the uncharged or low voltage (less than ignition on while the manual park 9-volt) battery. { Warning release is pulled, will cause a DIC If the vehicle has an uncharged The transmission will be placed in message to display. battery or a battery with low voltage, N (Neutral) when the manual park To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) try charging or jump starting the release is pulled. The vehicle can using the manual park release: battery. See Jump Starting - North roll and you or others could be 0 1. Ensure the vehicle is on level America 316. injured. Ensure the vehicle is on ground and set the parking To shift out of P (Park): level ground. brake. Release the brake pedal. 1. Ensure the engine is running. 2. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Apply the brake pedal. Caution 3. Press the shift lock release button. The manual park release is not 4. Move the shift lever to the intended to be used for towing. desired position. Damage may result from using the manual park release in this way. 5. The P indicator will turn white The repairs would not be covered and the gear indicator on the by the vehicle warranty. shift lever will turn red when the vehicle is no longer in P (Park). 6. After releasing the shift lever, it will return to the center position. 182 DRIVING AND OPERATING 3. Use a flat-bladed tool to remove To return the vehicle to P (Park) using Parking over Things the interior trim panel. the manual park release: That Burn 4. Ensure more than one minute 1. Bring the vehicle to a has passed since Step 2. Apply complete stop. the brake pedal. { Warning Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn.

Active Fuel Management The vehicle’s engine may be equipped with Active Fuel Management, which allows the engine to operate on either all of its cylinders, or in reduced 2. Rotate the manual park release cylinder operation, depending on the 5. Pull the manual park release lever 90° back to its original driving conditions. lever 90° to its latching position. position. When less power is required, such as 6. With the brake pedal released, 3. Apply the parking brake. cruising at a constant vehicle speed, place the ignition in ACC/ 4. Confirm that the vehicle is in the system will operate in reduced ACCESSORY. Then apply the P (Park) by turning the ignition operation mode, allowing the vehicle brake pedal and release the on or by placing the vehicle in to achieve better fuel economy. When parking brake. ACC/ACCESSORY, then ensure greater power demands are required, 7. Ensure there are no loose objects that the indicator displays P. such as accelerating from a stop, passing, or merging onto a highway, in the area that could bump the 5. Reinstall the interior trim panel. manual park release lever. the system will maintain full-cylinder operation. DRIVING AND OPERATING 183 If the vehicle has an Active Fuel Engine Exhaust Management indicator, see Driver Warning (Continued) Information Center (DIC) for more information on using this display. { Warning . There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from Extended Parking Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not It is best not to park with the vehicle seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running. If the vehicle is left running, can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or if be sure it will not move and there is even death. it is suspected that exhaust is adequate ventilation. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: See Shifting Into Park 0 180 and . Drive it only with the Engine Exhaust 0 183. . The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation (parking windows completely down. If the vehicle is left parked and garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired running with the RKE transmitter that may block underbody immediately. outside the vehicle, it will continue to airflow or tail pipes). run for up to half an hour. Never park the vehicle with the . The exhaust smells or sounds engine running in an enclosed area If the vehicle is left parked and strange or different. running with the RKE transmitter such as a garage or a building that inside the vehicle, it will continue to . The exhaust system leaks due has no fresh air ventilation. run for up to an hour. to corrosion or damage. The vehicle could turn off sooner if it . The vehicle exhaust system Running the Vehicle While is parked on a hill, due to lack of has been modified, damaged, Parked available fuel. or improperly repaired. It is better not to park with the engine The timer will reset if the vehicle is (Continued) running. taken out of P (Park) while it is running. 184 DRIVING AND OPERATING If the vehicle is left with the engine Automatic Transmission The transmission does not operate running, follow the proper steps to be when the vehicle is off. sure the vehicle will not move. See If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, Shifting Into Park 0 180 and 0 the transmission can be shifted into Engine Exhaust 183. P (Park). If parking on a hill and pulling a If the vehicle is turned off while at a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and 0 relatively high vehicle speed, the Towing Tips 234. transmission will automatically shift to N (Neutral). Once the vehicle is stopped, P (Park) is automatically selected.

The shift pattern is displayed in the top of the shift lever. The selected gear position will illuminate red on the shift lever, while all others will be displayed in white. If the shift is not immediate, as in very cold conditions, the indicator on the shift lever may flash until it is fully engaged. The shift lever always starts from a center position, represented by an up/ down arrow on the shift pattern. After releasing the shift lever, it will return P: This position locks the drive to the center position. wheels. Use P (Park) when starting the vehicle to ensure the vehicle does not move. DRIVING AND OPERATING 185 To shift into and out of P (Park), see { Warning Shifting Into Park 0 180 and Shifting out of Park 0 180. It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the transmission is not in Service Shift Lever Message P (Park) with the parking brake set. If the message SERVICE SHIFTER SEE The vehicle can roll. OWNER’S MANUAL appears in the Do not leave the vehicle when the Driver Information Center (DIC), the engine is running. If the engine has shift lever needs service. Have the been left running, the vehicle can vehicle serviced as soon as possible. If the vehicle is automatically shifting move suddenly. You or others could into P (Park), check to see if the be injured. To be sure the vehicle P (Park) button on top of the shift will not move, even when on fairly This vehicle is equipped with an lever is stuck. To operate the vehicle, level ground, always set the parking electronically controlled transmission. hold the shift lever in the desired gear, brake and place the transmission The shift lock release button is R (Reverse) or D (Drive), until vehicle into P (Park). See Shifting Into Park designed to prevent inadvertent speed exceeds 15 km/h (10 mph), then 0 180 and shifting out of P (Park) unless the release the shift lever. Electric Parking Brake 0 191. ignition is on, the brake pedal is applied, and the shift lock release R: Use this gear to back up. button is pressed. If the vehicle is shifted from either When the vehicle is stopped, press R (Reverse) to D (Drive) or M (Manual ENGINE START/STOP to turn off the Mode), or M (Manual Mode) or vehicle. The transmission will shift to D (Drive) to R (Reverse) while the P (Park) automatically unless the speed is too high, the vehicle will shift vehicle is in N (Neutral), See “Car to N (Neutral). Reduce the vehicle Wash Mode” later in this section. speed and try the shift again. The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) To shift into R (Reverse): if it is moving too fast. Stop the 1. Bring the vehicle to a vehicle and shift into P (Park). complete stop. 186 DRIVING AND OPERATING 2. Press and hold the shift lock intended for towing. If the vehicle release button on the side of the { Warning needs to be towed, see Towing the shift lever. Vehicle 0 319. Shifting into a drive gear while the 3. From the center position, move engine is running at high speed is To shift into N (Neutral): the shift lever forward through dangerous. Unless your foot is 1. Move the shift lever forward to the first detent to the end of firmly on the brake pedal, the the first detent from the center travel. R is illuminated in red. vehicle could move very rapidly. position. 4. After releasing the shift lever, it You could lose control and hit . If the vehicle is in P (Park), will return to the center position. people or objects. Do not shift into apply the brake pedal and To shift out of R (Reverse): a drive gear while the engine is press the shift lock release running at high speed. 1. Bring the vehicle to a button while moving the shift complete stop. lever forward. . 2. Shift to the desired gear. N will illuminate in red. Caution 3. After releasing the shift lever, it 2. After releasing the shift lever, it will return to the center position. will return to the center position. Shifting out of P (Park) or At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can N (Neutral) with the engine running To shift out of N (Neutral): be used to rock the vehicle back and at high speed may damage the 1. Bring the vehicle to a forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand transmission. The repairs would not complete stop. without damaging the transmission. be covered by the vehicle warranty. 0 2. Shift to the desired gear. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 170. Be sure the engine is not running at If shifting from N (Neutral) to N: In this position, the engine does high speed when shifting the R (Reverse), press the shift lock not connect with the wheels. To vehicle. release button. restart the engine when the vehicle is 3. After releasing the shift lever, it already moving, use N (Neutral) only. The vehicle is not designed to stay in will return to the center position. N (Neutral) for more than five minutes. It may automatically shift into P (Park). N (Neutral) is not DRIVING AND OPERATING 187 Car Wash Mode Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver out of Vehicle) in Vehicle) This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode that allows the vehicle to To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) remain in N (Neutral) for use in with the engine off and the vehicle with the engine on and the vehicle automatic car washes. unoccupied: occupied: Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver 1. Drive to the entrance of the 1. Drive to the entrance of the in Vehicle) car wash. car wash. To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) 2. Apply the brake pedal. 2. Apply the brake pedal. with the engine off and the vehicle 3. Open the door. 3. Shift to N (Neutral). occupied: 4. Shift to N (Neutral). 4. Release the brake pedal. The 1. Drive to the entrance of the vehicle is now ready for the car wash. 5. Turn off the engine and release the brake pedal. car wash. 2. Apply the brake pedal. 6. The indicator should continue to Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver 3. Shift to N (Neutral). show N. If it does not, repeat out of Vehicle) 4. Turn off the engine and release Steps 2–5. To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) the brake pedal. 7. Exit the vehicle and close the with the engine on and the vehicle unoccupied: 5. The indicator should continue to door. The vehicle is now ready show N. If it does not, repeat for the car wash. 1. Drive to the entrance of the Steps 2–4. 8. The vehicle may automatically car wash. 6. The vehicle is now ready for the shift to P (Park) when the door is 2. Apply the brake pedal. opened. car wash. 3. Open the door. 4. Shift to N (Neutral), then release the brake pedal. 188 DRIVING AND OPERATING 5. The indicator should continue to 1. Bring the vehicle to a show N. If it does not, repeat complete stop. Caution Steps 2–4. 2. From the center position, move Spinning the tires or holding the 6. Exit the vehicle and close the the shift lever back. vehicle in one place on a hill using door. The vehicle is now ready . If the vehicle is in P (Park), only the accelerator pedal may for the car wash. press the shift lock release damage the transmission. The 7. The vehicle may automatically button while pulling the shift repair will not be covered by the shift to P (Park) when the door is lever back. vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is opened. . D will illuminate in red. stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to Caution . After releasing the shift lever, hold the vehicle in place. it will return to the center A transmission hot message may position. If equipped with the 2.0L L4 engine, display if the automatic To shift out of D (Drive): engine speeds may be increased while transmission fluid is too hot. 1. Bring the vehicle to a driving at highway speeds while the Driving under this condition can complete stop. engine is still warming up. damage the vehicle. Stop and idle 2. Shift to the desired gear. the engine to cool the automatic Manual Mode transmission fluid. This message If shifting from D (Drive) to clears when the transmission fluid R (Reverse) the shift lock release Tap Shift button will need to be pressed. has cooled sufficiently. 3. After releasing the shift lever, it Caution will return to the center position. D: This position is for normal driving. If more power is needed for passing, Downshifting the transmission in Driving with the engine at a high press the accelerator pedal down. slippery road conditions could result rpm without upshifting while using in skidding. See “Skidding” under Loss Tap Shift, could damage the vehicle. To shift into D (Drive): of Control 0 162. Always upshift when necessary while using Tap Shift. DRIVING AND OPERATING 189 3. Press the back of the control to shift mode, allowing the shift. Use the left steering wheel transmission to be manually control to downshift, and the shifted. right control to upshift. To shift 2. To shift to the lowest available to the lowest available gear, gear, press and hold the left press and hold the left control. control. To exit Permanent Tap Shift Mode: 3. To deactivate, hold the right 1. To exit M (Manual Mode) and control briefly. Automatic shifts return to D (Drive), pull back on return after no manual shifts the shift lever. The D in the shift have been done for seven to pattern will illuminate in red, 10 seconds. and the M will switch to white. Vehicles with Tap Shift have controls While using Tap Shift, the vehicle will on the back of the steering wheel to 2. After releasing the shift lever, it have firmer, quicker shifting. This can manually shift the automatic will return to the center position. be used for sport driving or when transmission. Manual Mode (M) can be exited to climbing or descending hills, to stay in return to D (Drive) at any speed by gear longer, or to downshift for more Permanent Tap Shift Mode pulling the lever rearward from the power or engine braking. To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode: center position. It is not necessary to The transmission will only allow 1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), stop the vehicle or shift to N (Neutral) shifting into gears appropriate for the pull back on the shift lever to or P (Park) prior to shifting back to vehicle speed and engine revolutions activate M (Manual Mode). The D (Drive). per minute (rpm). If shifting is prevented for any reason, a SHIFT M in the shift pattern will Temporary Tap Manual Shift Mode illuminate in red, and the D will DENIED message will be displayed in switch to white. To enter Temporary Tap Shift Mode: the instrument cluster. The 1. With transmission in D (Drive) transmission will not automatically 2. After releasing the shift lever, it shift to the next higher gear if the will return to the center position. and not in Permanent Tap Shift Mode, the Tap Shift controls will engine rpm is too high. It will only activate a temporary tap manual automatically shift to the next lower gear if the engine rpm is too low. 190 DRIVING AND OPERATING Drive Systems The AWD Mode will stay selected Brakes until the mode is changed. If the vehicle is placed in Sport Mode, see All-Wheel Drive Driver Mode Control 0 195. Electric Brake Boost Vehicles with this feature can operate Sport Mode and Off-Road Mode are Vehicles equipped with electric brake in All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. See canceled with each ignition cycle. See boost have hydraulic brake circuits 0 Driver Mode Control 195. Driver Mode Control 0 195. that are electronically controlled when the brake pedal is applied during When operated in Tour Mode, the normal operation. The system vehicle will deliver power to the front performs routine tests and turns off wheels only and may provide better within a few minutes after the vehicle fuel economy. is shutdown. Noise may be heard If Tour Mode is selected see Driver during this time. If the brake pedal is Mode Control 0 195. pressed during the tests or when the electric brake boost system is off, a noticeable change in pedal force and travel may be felt. This is normal. Antilock Brake System (ABS) Press MODE to activate AWD. AWD is The Antilock Brake System (ABS) active in AWD, Sport, and Off-Road helps prevent a braking skid and Modes. maintain steering while braking hard. The AWD system delivers power to all ABS performs a system check when four wheels and the system adjusts as the vehicle is first driven. needed to improve traction. A momentary motor or clicking noise may be heard while this test is going on, and the brake pedal may move slightly. This is normal. DRIVING AND OPERATING 191 Braking in Emergencies The system has a Y, f, or PARK ABS allows steering and braking at the Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8 same time. In many emergencies, Service Parking Brake light. See steering can help even more than Electric Parking Brake Light 0 118 and braking. Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 118. If there is a problem with ABS, this Electric Parking Brake Before leaving the vehicle, check for warning light stays on. See Antilock Y f Brake System (ABS) Warning Light the , , or PARK light to ensure 0 118. that the parking brake is applied. ABS does not change the time needed EPB Apply to get a foot on the brake pedal and To apply the EPB: does not always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a vehicle ahead, there will not be complete stop. enough time to apply the brakes if 2. Press the EPB switch that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. momentarily. Always leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS. The Y, f, or PARK light will flash and then stay on once the EPB is fully Using ABS applied. If the Y, f, or PARK light Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the The vehicle has an Electric Parking flashes continuously, then the EPB is brake pedal down firmly. Hearing or Brake (EPB). The EPB can always be only partially applied or there is a feeling ABS operate is normal. activated, even if the ignition is off. To problem with the EPB. A DIC message prevent draining the battery, avoid will display. Release the EPB and try repeated cycles of the EPB system to apply it again. If the light does not when the engine is not running. come on, or keeps flashing, have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the 192 DRIVING AND OPERATING vehicle if the Y, f, or PARK light is 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ Automatic EPB Release flashing. See your dealer. See Electric ACCESSORY. 0 The EPB will automatically release if Parking Brake Light 118. 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. the vehicle is running, placed into If the 8 light is on, press the EPB 3. Press the EPB switch gear, and an attempt is made to drive switch and hold it. Continue to hold momentarily. away. Avoid rapid acceleration when the switch until the Y, f, or PARK the EPB is applied, to preserve parking The EPB is released when the Y, f, brake lining life. light remains on. If the 8 light or PARK light is off. remains on, see your dealer. If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle is If the 8 light is on, release the EPB by pulling a trailer, see Driving If the EPB is applied while the vehicle pressing and holding the EPB switch. Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 234. is moving, the vehicle will decelerate Continue to hold the switch until the as long as the switch is pressed. If the Y f Brake Assist switch is pressed until the vehicle , , or PARK light is off. If either comes to a stop, the EPB will remain light stays on after release is Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applied. attempted, see your dealer. applications due to emergency braking situations and provides additional The vehicle may automatically apply Caution braking to activate the Antilock Brake the EPB in some situations when the System (ABS) if the brake pedal is not vehicle is not moving. This may occur Driving with the parking brake on pushed hard enough to activate ABS when shifting to P (Park) on a hill or can overheat the brake system and normally. Minor noise, brake pedal with a cold transmission. This is cause premature wear or damage to pulsation, and/or pedal movement normal, and is done to periodically during this time may occur. Continue check the correct operation of the EPB brake system parts. Make sure that to apply the brake pedal as the driving system. the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off situation dictates. Brake Assist If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear before driving. disengages when the brake pedal is wheels to prevent vehicle movement. released. EPB Release To release the EPB: DRIVING AND OPERATING 193 Hill Start Assist (HSA) HSA is available when the vehicle is Ride Control Systems facing uphill in a forward gear, or when facing downhill in { Warning R (Reverse). The vehicle must come to Traction Control/Electronic Do not rely on the HSA feature. a complete stop on a grade for HSA to Stability Control activate. HSA does not replace the need to System Operation pay attention and drive safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/ warnings provided by this system. Electronic Stability Control (ESC), an Failure to use proper care when electronic stability control system. driving may result in injury, death, These systems help limit wheel spin or vehicle damage. See Defensive and assist the driver in maintaining 0 Driving 160. control, especially on slippery road conditions. When the vehicle is stopped on a TCS activates if it senses that any of grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) prevents the drive wheels are spinning or the vehicle from rolling in an beginning to lose traction. On an unintended direction during the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle in transition from brake pedal release to AWD or Sport Mode, the system will accelerator pedal apply. The brakes operate if it senses that any of the release when the accelerator pedal is wheels are spinning or beginning to applied. If the accelerator pedal is not lose traction. When this happens, TCS applied within a few minutes, the applies the brakes to the spinning Electric Parking Brake will apply. The wheels and reduces engine power to brakes may also release under other limit wheel spin. conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold the vehicle. StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the system senses a discrepancy between the intended path and the direction 194 DRIVING AND OPERATING the vehicle is actually traveling. 2. Turn the engine off and wait StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies 15 seconds. braking pressure at any one of the 3. Start the engine. vehicle's brakes to help steer the vehicle in the direction which you are Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and steering. stays on, the vehicle may need more If cruise control is being used and The indicator light for both systems is time to diagnose the problem. If the traction control or StabiliTrak/ESC in the instrument cluster. This condition persists, see your dealer. begins to limit wheel spin, cruise light will: Turning the Systems Off and On control will disengage. Cruise control . Flash when TCS is limiting may be turned back on when road wheel spin conditions allow. TCS and StabiliTrak/ ESC will automatically turn on when . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is cruise control is set. activated Both systems come on automatically . Turn on and stay on when either when the vehicle is started and begins system is not working to move. The systems may be heard or If either system fails to turn on or to felt while they are operating or while activate, a message may display in the performing diagnostic checks. This is Driver Information Center (DIC), and normal and does not mean there is a d comes on and stays on to indicate problem with the vehicle. that the system is inactive and is not It is recommended to leave both assisting the driver in maintaining systems on for normal driving control. The vehicle is safe to drive, conditions, but it may be necessary to but driving should be adjusted Caution turn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck accordingly. Do not repeatedly brake or in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the d Vehicle Is Stuck 0 170 and “Turning If comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is off. the Systems Off and On” later in this 1. Stop the vehicle. The vehicle driveline could be section. damaged. DRIVING AND OPERATING 195 To turn off only TCS, press and Adding accessories can affect vehicle off when Tour Mode is selected. For release g. The Traction Off light i performance. See Accessories and more information on AWD Mode, see displays in the instrument cluster and Modifications 0 249. All-Wheel Drive 0 190. a DIC message may display. To turn TCS on again, press and release g. Driver Mode Control The Traction Off light i displayed in If equipped, the Driver Mode Control the instrument cluster will turn off has the following modes: Tour, Sport, and a DIC message may display. All-Wheel Drive (AWD), Snow/Ice (Front-Wheel Drive vehicles only), and If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g Off-Road (AWD vehicles only). Press is pressed, the system will not turn off MODE on the center console to make until the wheels stop spinning. a mode selection. The first press of To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ the switch will show the current mode ESC, press and hold g until the in the instrument cluster. Continue Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ pressing through the available modes. Driver Mode Control Switch ESC Off light g come on and stay on If the vehicle is put in AWD Mode, it in the instrument cluster. A DIC will remain in AWD through future Tour : Tour Mode operates in FWD to message may display. To turn TCS and ignition cycles, until a different mode improve fuel economy. Use this mode StabiliTrak/ESC on again, press and is selected. during normal driving operations. release g. The Traction Off light i If the vehicle is in Tour, Sport, Sport : Sport Mode improves vehicle and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g in the or Off-Road Mode when the engine is handling and acceleration on dry instrument cluster turn off and a DIC turned off, Driver Mode Control will pavement. When active, Sport Mode message may display. come on in Tour Mode at the next modifies steering efforts, transmission ignition cycle. shifting, AWD torque, and suspension StabiliTrak will automatically turn on tuning, if equipped. if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h When AWD Mode or Sport Mode is (36 mph). Traction control will selected, the light will come on in the The Performance Algorithm Liftfoot remain off. AWD indicator below the MODE (PAL) feature is enabled in Sport switch. The indicator light will turn Mode. PAL allows the transmission to 196 DRIVING AND OPERATING hold the current gear after a quick Cruise Control control automatically disengages. See release of a heavily applied accelerator Traction Control/Electronic Stability pedal. This provides greater engine Control 0 193. If a collision alert braking and enhanced vehicle control. { Warning occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. When PAL is activated, there may be Cruise control can be dangerous an additional green gear symbol which See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) where you cannot drive safely at a System 0 217. When road conditions appears in the instrument cluster steady speed. Do not use cruise display. See Gear Shifting Light 0 119. allow cruise control to be safely used, control on winding roads or in it can be turned back on. AWD : AWD Mode provides drive heavy traffic. torque to all four wheels. Select AWD Cruise control will disengage if either Cruise control can be dangerous on to improve traction and control on TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. slippery road surfaces, such as gravel, slippery roads. On such roads, fast If the brakes are applied, cruise sand, wet pavement, snow, and ice. changes in tire traction can cause control disengages. When in AWD Mode, the AWD Mode excessive wheel slip, and you could indicator light will be on. For more lose control. Do not use cruise information on AWD Mode, see control on slippery roads. All-Wheel Drive 0 190. Snow/Ice (FWD Vehicles Only) : With cruise control, a speed of about Snow/Ice Mode improves vehicle 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be acceleration on snow and ice covered maintained without keeping your foot roads. on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below about Off-Road (AWD Vehicles Only) : Use 40 km/h (25 mph). this mode for off-road recreational driving. Choosing Off-Road Mode also If the Traction Control/StabiliTrak/ engages AWD Mode. For more Electronic Stability Control (ESC) information on Off-Road Mode, see system begins to limit wheel spin Off-Road Driving. while using cruise control, the cruise DRIVING AND OPERATING 197 J : Press to turn the system on and Setting Cruise Control Once the vehicle speed reaches about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press RES+ off. A white indicator appears in the If J is on when not in use, SET− or instrument cluster when cruise is briefly. The vehicle returns to the RES+ could get pressed and go into turned on. previous set speed. cruise when not desired. Keep J off RES+ : If there is a set speed in when cruise is not being used. Increasing Speed While Using memory, press briefly to resume to Cruise Control 1. Press J. that speed or press and hold to If the cruise control system is already accelerate. If the cruise control is 2. Get up to the desired speed. activated: already active, use to increase vehicle speed. To increase speed by 1 km/h 3. Press and release SET−. The . Press and hold RES+ until the (1 mph), press RES+ to the first detent. desired set speed briefly appears desired speed is reached, then To increase speed to the next 5 km/h in the instrument cluster. release it. (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, 4. Remove your foot from the . To increase vehicle speed in small press RES+ to the second detent. accelerator. increments, briefly press RES+ to SET− : Press briefly to set the speed When the cruise control has been set the first detent. For each press, the and activate cruise control. If the to the desired speed, a green cruise vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) cruise control is already active, use to control indicator appears on the faster. decrease vehicle speed. To decrease instrument cluster and a cruise set . To increase vehicle speed in larger − speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET speed message appears on the increments, briefly press RES+ to to the first detent. To decrease speed Head-Up Display (HUD), if equipped. the second detent. For each press, to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the vehicle speed increases to the − Resuming a Set Speed the speedometer, press SET to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the second detent. If the cruise control is set at a desired speedometer. * speed and then the brakes are applied : Press to disengage cruise control * The speedometer reading can be without erasing the set speed from or is pressed, the cruise control is displayed in either English or metric memory. disengaged without erasing the set units. See Instrument Cluster 0 108. speed from memory. The increment value used depends on the units displayed. 198 DRIVING AND OPERATING Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Passing Another Vehicle While Ending Cruise Control Control Using Cruise Control There are four ways to end cruise If the cruise control system is already Use the accelerator pedal to increase control: activated: the vehicle speed. When you take your . Step lightly on the brake pedal. . Press and hold SET− until the foot off the pedal, the vehicle will slow . * desired lower speed is reached, down to the previous set cruise speed. Press . then release it. While pressing the accelerator pedal . Shift the transmission to . To decrease the vehicle speed in or shortly following the release to N (Neutral). override cruise, briefly applying SET− small increments, briefly press . Press J. SET− to the first detent. For each will result in cruise set to the current press, the vehicle goes about vehicle speed. Erasing Speed Memory 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. Using Cruise Control on Hills The cruise control set speed is erased . To decrease the vehicle speed in How well the cruise control will work from memory if J is pressed or if the larger increments, briefly press on hills depends upon the vehicle ignition is turned off. SET− to the second detent. For speed, load, and the steepness of the each press, the vehicle speed hills. When going up steep hills, you Adaptive Cruise Control decreases to the next 5 km/h might have to step on the accelerator (5 mph) mark on the speedometer. pedal to maintain your speed. When If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it allows the driver to The cruise control system may going downhill, the cruise control system may automatically brake to select the cruise control set speed and automatically brake to slow the following gap. Read this entire section vehicle down. slow the vehicle down. Also, you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear before using this system. The The speedometer reading can be to keep your speed down. If the brake following gap is the following time displayed in either English or metric pedal is applied, cruise control between your vehicle and a vehicle 0 units. See Instrument Cluster 108. disengages. detected directly ahead in your path, The increment value used depends on moving in the same direction. If no the units displayed. vehicle is detected in your path, ACC DRIVING AND OPERATING 199 works like regular cruise control. ACC uses camera and radar sensors. See Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Radio Frequency Statement 0 358. vehicles suddenly slow or stop . Visibility is low, such as in If a vehicle is detected in your path, ahead, or enter your lane. Also see fog, rain, or snow conditions. ACC can apply acceleration or limited, “Alerting the Driver” in this section. ACC performance is limited moderate braking to maintain the Complete attention is always under these conditions. selected following gap. To disengage required while driving and you ACC, apply the brake. If ACC is . On slippery roads where fast should be ready to take action and controlling your vehicle speed when changes in tire traction can apply the brakes. See Defensive cause excessive wheel slip. the traction control system (TCS) or 0 StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control Driving 160. (ESC) system activates, the ACC may automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 193. When road conditions allow { Warning ACC to be safely used, the ACC can be ACC will not detect or brake for turned back on. children, pedestrians, animals, ACC will not engage if the TCS or or other objects. StabiliTrak/ESC system is disabled. Do not use ACC when: . On winding and hilly roads or { Warning when the sensors are blocked ACC has limited braking ability and by snow, ice, or dirt. The may not have time to slow the system may not detect a vehicle down enough to avoid a vehicle ahead. Keep the entire collision with another vehicle you front of the vehicle clean. J : Press to turn the system on or off. The indicator turns white on the are following. This can occur when (Continued) instrument cluster when ACC is (Continued) turned on. 200 DRIVING AND OPERATING RES+ : Press briefly to resume the Switching Between ACC and previous set speed or to increase Regular Cruise Control { Warning vehicle speed if ACC is already To switch between ACC and regular Always check the cruise control activated. To increase speed by 1 km/h * (1 mph), briefly press RES+. To cruise control, press and hold . indicator on the instrument cluster increase speed to the next 5 km/h A Driver Information Display (DIC) to determine which mode cruise message displays. See Vehicle Messages control is in before using the (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, 0 press and hold RES+, then release. 130. feature. If ACC is not active, the vehicle will not automatically brake SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and activate ACC or to decrease for other vehicles, which could vehicle speed if ACC is already cause a crash if the brakes are not activated. To decrease speed by applied manually. You and others 1 km/h (1 mph), briefly press SET−. To could be seriously injured or killed. decrease speed to the next 5 km/h ACC Indicator Regular Cruise (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, Control Indicator Setting Adaptive Cruise Control press and hold SET−, then release. * When ACC is engaged, a green o If J is on when not in use, it could : Press to disengage ACC without get pressed and go into cruise when erasing the selected set speed. indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster and the following gap will be not desired. Keep J off when cruise [ : Press to select a following gap displayed. When the regular cruise is not being used. time (or distance) setting for ACC of control is engaged, a green J Select the set speed desired for cruise. Far, Medium, or Near. indicator will be lit on the instrument This is the vehicle speed when no cluster; the following gap will not vehicle is detected in its path. display. ACC will not set at a speed less than When the vehicle is turned on, the 25 km/h (15 mph), although it can be cruise control mode will be set to the resumed when driving at lower last mode used before the vehicle was speeds. turned off. To set ACC while moving: DRIVING AND OPERATING 201 1. Press J. Be mindful of speed limits, Once ACC has resumed, if there is no surrounding traffic speeds, and vehicle ahead, if the vehicle ahead is 2. Get up to the desired speed. weather conditions when selecting the beyond the selected following gap, 3. Press and release SET–. set speed. or if the vehicle has exited a sharp curve, then the vehicle speed will 4. Remove foot from the Resuming a Set Speed increase to the set speed. accelerator. If the ACC is set at a desired speed Increasing Speed While ACC is at a After ACC is set, it may immediately and then the brakes are applied, ACC Set Speed apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead is is disengaged without erasing the set detected closer than the selected speed from memory. If ACC is already activated, do one of following gap. To begin using ACC again, press RES+ the following: up briefly. The vehicle returns to the . Use the accelerator to get to the previous set speed. higher speed. Press SET– . Release . If the vehicle is moving, it returns the control and the accelerator to the previous set speed. pedal. The vehicle will now cruise at the higher speed. . If the vehicle is stopped with the brake pedal applied, press RES+ When the accelerator pedal is pressed, ACC will not brake ACC can also be set while the vehicle and release the brake pedal. ACC because it is overridden. The ACC is stopped if ACC is on and the brake will hold the vehicle until RES+ or indicator will turn blue on the pedal is applied. the accelerator pedal is pressed. instrument panel and heads up The ACC indicator displays on the A green ACC indicator and the set display, if equipped. See Vehicle instrument cluster and Head-Up speed display on the instrument Messages 0 130. Display (HUD), if equipped. When ACC cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator . Press and hold RES+ until the is turned on, the indicator will be lit may be flashing if a vehicle ahead was desired set speed appears on the white. When ACC is engaged, the present and moved. See “Approaching display, then release it. indicator will turn green. and Following a Vehicle” later in this section. 202 DRIVING AND OPERATING . To increase vehicle speed in small The speedometer reading can be . To decrease speed while the increments, briefly press RES+. For displayed in either English or metric vehicle is stopped, press SET− each press, the vehicle goes units. See Instrument Cluster 0 108. until the desired set speed is 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. The increment value used depends on displayed. . To increase vehicle speed in larger the units displayed. The speedometer reading can be increments, hold RES+. While Reducing Speed While ACC is at a displayed in either English or metric holding RES+, the vehicle speed Set Speed units. See Instrument Cluster 0 108. increases to the next 5 km/h The increment value used depends on (5 mph) step, then continues to If ACC is already activated, do one of the units displayed. increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at the following: Selecting the Follow Distance Gap a time. . Use the brake to get to the desired The set speed can also be increased lower speed. Release the brake and When a slower moving vehicle is – while the vehicle is stopped. press SET . The vehicle will now detected ahead within the selected cruise at the lower speed. following gap, ACC will adjust the . If stopped with the brake applied, . Press and hold SET– until the vehicle's speed and attempt to press RES+ until the desired set maintain the follow distance gap speed is displayed. desired lower speed is reached, then release it. selected. . If ACC is holding the vehicle at a . To decrease the vehicle speed in Press [ on the steering wheel to stop and there is another vehicle adjust the following gap. Each press directly ahead, pressing RES+ will smaller increments, briefly press SET− to the first detent. For each cycles the gap button through three increase the set speed. Pressing settings: Far, Medium, or Near. RES+ when there is no longer a press, the vehicle goes about vehicle ahead will cause the ACC 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. When pressed, the current gap setting to resume. . To decrease the vehicle speed in displays briefly on the instrument larger increments, press and hold cluster and HUD. The gap setting will When it is determined that there is no − − be maintained until it is changed. vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is SET . While holding SET , the beyond the selected following gap, vehicle speed decreases to the Since each gap setting corresponds to then the vehicle speed will increase to next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then a following time (Far, Medium, the set speed. continues to decrease by 5 km/h or Near), the following distance will (5 mph) at a time. DRIVING AND OPERATING 203 vary based on vehicle speed. The Approaching and Following a faster the vehicle speed, the further Vehicle back your vehicle will follow a vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the following gap. The range of selectable gaps may not be appropriate for all Without Head-Up Display drivers and driving conditions. If ACC is engaged, driver action may Changing the gap setting be required when ACC cannot apply automatically changes the alert timing sufficient braking because of The vehicle ahead indicator is in the sensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) for approaching a vehicle too rapidly. instrument cluster and HUD display. the Forward Collision Alert (FCA) When this condition occurs, six red The vehicle ahead indicator only feature. See Forward Collision Alert displays when a vehicle is detected in (FCA) System 0 217. lights or the collision alert symbol on the HUD, if equipped, will flash on the your vehicle’s path moving in the Alerting the Driver windshield. Either eight beeps will same direction. sound from the front, or both sides of If this symbol is not displaying, ACC the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five will not respond to or brake for times. See “Collision/Detection vehicles ahead. Systems” under Vehicle Personalization ACC automatically slows the vehicle 0 131. down and adjusts vehicle speed to See Defensive Driving 0 160. follow the vehicle in front at the With Head-Up Display selected follow gap. The vehicle speed increases or decreases to follow the vehicle in front of you, but will not exceed the set speed. It may apply limited braking, if necessary. When braking is active, the brake lights will come on. The automatic braking may 204 DRIVING AND OPERATING feel or sound different than if the . The sensors are blocked. Notifier” in “Collision/Detection brakes were applied manually. This is Systems” under Vehicle Personalization . The Traction Control System (TCS) 0 normal. or StabiliTrak/ESC system has 131. Stationary or Very Slow-Moving activated or been disabled. When the vehicle ahead drives away, Objects . There is a fault in the system. press RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume cruise control. If stopped for . The radar falsely reports blockage more than two minutes or if the driver { Warning when driving in a desert or remote door is opened and the driver seat belt ACC may not detect and react to area with no other vehicles or is unbuckled, the ACC automatically roadside objects. A DIC message stopped or slow-moving vehicles applies the Electric Parking Brake may display to indicate that ACC ahead of you. For example, the (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB is temporarily unavailable. status light will turn on. See Electric system may not brake for a vehicle Parking Brake 0 191. To release the it has never detected moving. This The ACC indicator will turn white EPB, press the accelerator pedal. can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when ACC is no longer active. when a vehicle suddenly appears Notification to Resume ACC A DIC warning message may display due to a vehicle ahead changing indicating to shift to P (Park) before ACC will maintain a follow gap behind lanes. Your vehicle may not stop exiting the vehicle. See Vehicle a detected vehicle and slow your 0 and could cause a crash. Use Messages 130. vehicle to a stop behind that vehicle. caution when using ACC. Your complete attention is always If the stopped vehicle ahead has { Warning required while driving and you driven away and ACC has not If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and should be ready to take action and resumed, the vehicle ahead indicator if ACC is disengaged, turned off, apply the brakes. will flash as a reminder to check traffic ahead before proceeding. In or canceled, the vehicle will no addition, the left and right sides of the longer be held at a stop. The vehicle ACC Automatically Disengages Safety Alert Seat will pulse three can move. When ACC is holding the ACC may automatically disengage and times, or three beeps will sound. See (Continued) the driver will need to manually apply ”Alert Type” and “Adaptive Cruise Go the brakes to slow the vehicle when: DRIVING AND OPERATING 205

Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning vehicle at a stop, always be The ACC will not automatically On curves, ACC may respond to a prepared to manually apply the apply the brakes if your foot is vehicle in another lane, or may not brakes. resting on the accelerator pedal. have time to react to a vehicle in You could crash into a vehicle your lane. You could crash into a ahead of you. vehicle ahead of you, or lose control of your vehicle. Give extra attention { Warning Curves in the Road in curves and be ready to use the Leaving the vehicle without placing brakes if necessary. Select an appropriate speed while driving in it in P (Park) can be dangerous. Do { Warning not leave the vehicle while it is curves. being held at a stop by ACC. Always On curves, ACC may not detect a place the vehicle in P (Park) and vehicle ahead in your lane. You ACC may operate differently in a turn off the ignition before leaving could be startled if the vehicle sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle the vehicle. accelerates up to the set speed, speed if the curve is too sharp. especially when following a vehicle ACC Override exiting or entering exit ramps. You could lose control of the vehicle or If using the accelerator pedal while crash. Do not use ACC while driving ACC is active, the ACC indicator turns on an entrance or exit ramp. Always blue on the instrument cluster and in be ready to use the brakes if the HUD (if equipped) to indicate that necessary. automatic braking will not occur. ACC will resume operation when the accelerator pedal is not being pressed. 206 DRIVING AND OPERATING When following a vehicle and entering Other Vehicle Lane Changes Do not use ACC when driving on steep a curve, ACC may not detect the hills or when towing a trailer. ACC will vehicle ahead and may accelerate to not detect a vehicle in the lane while the set speed. When this happens, the driving on steep hills. The driver will vehicle ahead indicator will not often need to take over acceleration appear. and braking on steep hills, especially when towing a trailer. If the brakes are applied, the ACC disengages. Disengaging ACC There are three ways to ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead disengage ACC: until it is completely in the lane. The . Step lightly on the brake pedal. brakes may need to be manually * applied. . Press . Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When . Press J. ACC may detect a vehicle that is not Towing a Trailer in your lane and apply the brakes. Erasing Speed Memory ACC may occasionally provide an alert The cruise control set speed is erased and/or braking that is considered from memory if J is pressed or if the unnecessary. It could respond to ignition is turned off. vehicles in different lanes, signs, guardrails, and other stationary Cleaning the Sensing System objects when entering or exiting a The camera sensor on the windshield curve. This is normal operation. The behind the rearview mirror and the vehicle does not need service. radar sensors on the front of the vehicle can become blocked by snow, DRIVING AND OPERATING 207 ice, dirt, or mud. These areas need to Driver Assistance be cleaned for ACC to operate Warning (Continued) properly. Systems . Detect vehicles or objects For cleaning instructions, see This vehicle may have features that outside the area monitored by “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior work together to help avoid crashes or the system. Care 0 323. reduce crash damage while driving, . Work at all driving speeds. System operation may also be limited backing, and parking. Read this entire under snow, heavy rain, or road spray section before using these systems. . Warn you or provide you with conditions. enough time to avoid a crash. { Warning . Work under poor visibility or bad weather conditions. Do not rely on the Driver Assistance Systems. These systems . Work if the detection sensor is not cleaned or is covered do not replace the need for paying by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. attention and driving safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or . Work if the detection sensor warnings provided by these is covered up, such as with a systems. Failure to use proper care sticker, magnet, or metal when driving may result in injury, plate. death, or vehicle damage. See . Work if the area surrounding Defensive Driving 0 160. the detection sensor is damaged or not properly Under many conditions, these repaired. systems will not: Complete attention is always . Detect children, pedestrians, required while driving, and you bicyclists, or animals. should be ready to take action and (Continued) apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. 208 DRIVING AND OPERATING Audible or Safety Alert Seat . Front camera lens in the front Some driver assistance features alert or near the front emblem the driver of obstacles by beeping. To . Front side and rear side panels change the volume of the warning . Outside of the windshield in front “ ” chime, see Comfort and Convenience of the rearview mirror under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. . Side camera lens on the bottom of If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the outside mirrors the driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating pulse alert instead of . Rear side corner bumpers beeping. To change this, see . Rear Vision Camera above the “Collision/Detection Systems” under license plate Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Radio Frequency Cleaning This vehicle may be equipped with Depending on vehicle options, keep driver assistance systems that operate these areas of the vehicle clean to using radio frequency. See Radio ensure the best driver assistance Frequency Statement 0 358. feature performance. Driver Information Center (DIC) messages Assistance Systems for may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked. Parking or Backing If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front Park Assist (FPA), Surround Vision, . Front and rear bumpers and the Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) and area below the bumpers Backing Warning System, Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), and Automatic . Front grille and headlamps Parking Assist (APA) may help the DRIVING AND OPERATING 209 driver park or avoid objects. Always 1. View Displayed by the Surround Vision check around the vehicle when Camera If equipped, Surround Vision shows an parking or backing. image of the area surrounding the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) vehicle, along with the front or rear camera views on the infotainment When the vehicle is shifted into display. The front camera is in the R (Reverse), the RVC displays an grille or near the front emblem, the image of the area behind the vehicle side cameras are on the bottom of the in the infotainment display. The outside mirrors, and the rear camera previous screen displays when the is above the license plate. vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the The Surround Vision system can be previous screen sooner, press any accessed by selecting CAMERA in the 1. View Displayed by the infotainment display or when the button on the infotainment system, Camera shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). To 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper speed of approximately 12 km/h return to the previous screen sooner, (8 mph). Displayed images may be farther or press any button on the infotainment closer than they appear. The area system, shift into P (Park), or reach a displayed is limited and objects that vehicle speed of approximately are close to either corner of the 12 km/h (8 mph). bumper or under the bumper do not display. { Warning A warning triangle may appear on the infotainment display to show that The Surround Vision cameras have RPA has detected an object. This blind spots and will not display all triangle changes from amber to red objects near the corners of the and increases in size the closer the vehicle. Folding outside mirrors that object. are out of position may not display (Continued) 210 DRIVING AND OPERATING 1. Views Displayed by the Camera Views Warning (Continued) Surround Vision Cameras 2. Area Not Shown surround view correctly. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing. { Warning The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these Touch the camera view buttons along camera(s). Always check behind and the bottom of the infotainment around the vehicle before driving. display. 1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras Failure to use proper care may Front/Rear Standard View : Displays 2. Area Not Shown result in injury, death, or vehicle an image of the area in front or damage. behind the vehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touching the button multiple times will toggle between front and rear camera views. If equipped, the front view camera also displays when the Park Assist system detects an object within 30 cm (12 in). DRIVING AND OPERATING 211 Front/Rear Junction View : Displays Touching the button multiple times Hitch Guidance a front or rear cross traffic view that will toggle between forward and If equipped, this feature displays a shows objects directly to the left and rearward views. Park Assist and RCTA single, centered guideline on the right of the front or back of the overlays are not available when Side camera display to assist with aligning vehicle. Touch Junction View on the Forward/Rearward view is active. a vehicle’s hitch ball with a trailer infotainment display when a camera Hitch View : If equipped, assists while coupler. Select the trailer guidance view is active. Touching the button connecting to a trailer. Displays a line button, then align the trailer multiple times will toggle between zoomed-in view of the hitch to help guidance line over the trailer coupler. front and rear camera views. align the vehicle’s hitch ball with the Continuously steer the vehicle to keep Front/Rear Overhead View : Displays trailer coupler. Shifting into P (Park) the guidance line centered on the a front or rear overhead view of the while in this view will automatically coupler when backing. RVC Park vehicle. Touching the button will engage the Electronic Parking Assist overlays will not display when toggle between the two views. Brake (EPB). the trailer guidance line is active. Front/Rear Bowl View : Displays a Guidance Lines : Displays available Hitch Guidance is only available in view of the vehicle from either the guidelines. Standard View. front or the back of the vehicle. Touch Top Down View : Displays an image To check the trailer when in a forward Bowl View on the infotainment of the area surrounding the vehicle, gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch display when a camera view is active. along with the rear camera view in the CAMERA on the infotainment display Touching the button multiple times infotainment display. The rear camera to view the rear camera. Touch X to will toggle between forward and view will be replaced by the front exit the view or it will be removed rearward views. Park Assist and RCTA camera view after shifting from automatically after eight seconds. overlays are not available when Bowl R (Reverse) to a forward gear or when View is active. the vehicle is moving forward slower { Warning Side Forward/Rearward View : than 12 km/h (8 mph). This view can Displays a view that shows objects only be enabled in Front/Rear Use Hitch Guidance only to help next to the front or rear sides of the Standard View by touching the Top back the vehicle to a trailer hitch vehicle. Touch Side Forward/Rearward Down View button when the CAMERA or, when traveling above 12 km/h View on the infotainment display view is active. (Continued) when a camera view is active. 212 DRIVING AND OPERATING Assist system. As the object gets Warning (Continued) { Warning closer, more bars light up and the bars change color from yellow to amber to (8 mph), to briefly check the status The Park Assist system does not red. An obstacle is also indicated by of your trailer. Do not use for any detect children, pedestrians, audible beeps. The interval between other purpose, such as making lane bicyclists, animals, or objects the beeps becomes shorter as the change decisions. Before making a located below the bumper or that vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. lane change, always check the are too close or too far from the When an object is first detected in the mirrors and glance over your vehicle. It is not available at speeds rear, one beep will be heard from the shoulder. Improper use could result greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To rear, or both sides of the Safety Alert in serious injury to you or others. prevent injury, death, or vehicle Seat will pulse two times. When an damage, even with Park Assist, object is very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the Park Assist always check the area around the vehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle and check all mirrors before vehicle front), five beeps will sound With Front and Rear Park Assist, as moving forward or backing. from the front or rear depending on the vehicle moves at speeds of less object location, or both sides of the than 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors on Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. the bumpers may detect objects up to Beeps for FPA are higher pitched than 1.2 m (4 ft) in front and 2.5 m (8 ft) for RPA. behind the vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and Backing Warning and Reverse below bumper level. These detection Automatic Braking (RAB) distances may be shorter during Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control warmer or humid weather. Blocked (ACC) have the Backing Warning sensors will not detect objects and System and Reverse Automatic can also cause false detections. Keep Braking (RAB) system. When in the sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, The instrument cluster may have a R (Reverse), Backing Warning alerts of ice, and slush; and clean sensors after rear objects at vehicle speeds greater a car wash in freezing temperatures. park assist display with bars that show “distance to object” and object location information for the Park DRIVING AND OPERATING 213 than 8 km/h (5 mph), and RAB may automatically brake hard at speeds Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) between 1–32 km/h (0.5–20 mph). system to occur. To prevent injury, It may not brake or stop in time to The Backing Warning System will death, or vehicle damage, even with avoid a crash. It will not brake for beep once from the rear when an the Backing Warning System, objects when the vehicle is moving object is first detected, or pulse twice always check the area around the at very low speeds. It does not on both sides of the Safety Alert Seat. vehicle and check all mirrors before detect children, pedestrians, When the system detects a potential backing. bicyclists, animals, or objects below crash, beeps will be heard from the rear, or five pulses will be felt on both the bumper or that are too close or sides of the Safety Alert Seat. There When the vehicle is in R (Reverse), too far from the vehicle. To prevent may also be a brief, sharp application if the system detects the vehicle is injury, death, or vehicle damage, of the brakes. backing too fast to avoid a crash with even with RAB, always check the a detected object behind your vehicle area around the vehicle before and while backing. { Warning in your path, it may automatically brake hard to a stop to help avoid or The Backing Warning System only reduce the harm caused by a backing Pressing the brake pedal after the operates at speeds greater than crash. vehicle comes to a stop will release 8 km/h (5 mph). It does not detect RAB. If the brake pedal is not pressed children, pedestrians, bicyclists, { Warning soon after the stop, the Electric animals, or objects below the Parking Brake (EPB) may be set. When bumper or that are too close or too RAB may not avoid many types of it is safe, press the accelerator pedal far from the vehicle. In some backing crashes. Do not wait for the firmly at any time to override RAB. situations, such as at higher automatic braking to apply. This backing speeds, there may not be system is not designed to replace enough time for the short, sharp driver braking and only works in application of the vehicle brake R (Reverse) when an object is detected directly behind the vehicle. (Continued) (Continued) 214 DRIVING AND OPERATING Use caution while backing up when Automatic Parking Assist (APA) { Warning towing a trailer, as the RCTA with Braking detection zones that extend out from There may be instances where the back of the vehicle do not move If equipped, APA searches for and unexpected or undesired automatic further back when a trailer is towed. steers the vehicle into parallel and perpendicular parking spots. When braking occurs. If this happens, 0 either press the brake pedal or See Radio Frequency Statement 358. using APA, you must still shift gears, firmly press the accelerator pedal to Turning the Features On or Off while the system applies the brakes release the brakes from the RAB and accelerator. A display and audible system. Before releasing the brakes, Press X on the center stack to turn beeps help to guide parking check the RVC and check the area on or off the Front and Rear Park maneuvers. around the vehicle to make sure it Assist, Reverse Automatic Braking Do not use APA when towing a trailer. is safe to proceed. (RAB), and the Backing Warning System at the same time. The indicator light next to the button { Warning Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) comes on when the features are on APA may not detect objects in the and turns off when the features have If equipped, RCTA displays a red parking space, objects that are soft been disabled. warning triangle with a left or right or narrow, objects high off the pointing arrow on the infotainment Turn off Park Assist, RCTA, and RAB ground such as flatbed , display to warn of traffic coming from when towing a trailer. objects below ground level such as the left or right. This system detects RCTA can be turned on or off through large potholes, or moving objects objects coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) vehicle personalization. See “Collision/ (e.g. pedestrians). Always verify that from the left or right side of the Detection Systems” under Vehicle the parking space is appropriate for vehicle. When an object is detected, Personalization 0 131. either three beeps sound from the left parking a vehicle. APA does not or right or three Safety Alert Seat respond to changes in the parking pulses occur on the left or right side, space, such as movement of an depending on the direction of the adjacent vehicle, or a person or detected vehicle. object entering the parking space. (Continued) DRIVING AND OPERATING 215 signal or, if available, change the side Warning (Continued) selection in the infotainment display. To switch the parking mode between APA does not detect or avoid traffic parallel and perpendicular, press and that is behind or alongside of the hold O during the search process or, vehicle. Always be prepared to stop if available, change the parking mode the vehicle during the parking in the infotainment display. maneuver.

Press O on the center stack to enable APA will instruct the vehicle to stop the system to search for a parking once a large enough space is found. space that is large enough and within Follow the displayed instructions. 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle. The vehicle Shift to R (Reverse) to engage speed must be below automatic steering. The steering wheel 30 km/h (18 mph). The system cannot: will vibrate briefly as a reminder to remove hands from the steering . Detect whether it is a legal parking wheel. APA uses idle speed and space. After completely passing a large braking to park. If idle speed is not . Park exactly lined up with the enough space, an audible beep occurs. sufficient, gently press the accelerator. vehicle next to it if the spot is A red stop symbol and a shift to Check surroundings and be prepared approached at an angle or if the reverse message are displayed. to stop to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, parking space is angled. or objects not detected by the system. If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but In case the driver brakes, APA will not . Park exactly centered in a spot does not steer into the expected disengage. Manual steering by the that is marked too large. space, this may be because the system driver automatically disengages APA. . Always detect short curbs. is maneuvering the vehicle into a Vehicle speed is limited to a previously detected space. The APA maximum of 5 km/h (3 mph) during When enabled, APA searches for system does not need service. the parking maneuver. parallel parking spaces to the right of the vehicle. To search for a parking space to the left, turn on the left turn 216 DRIVING AND OPERATING A progress arrow displays the status The brake holds the vehicle until the of the parking maneuver. Depending parking brake or brake is applied, on the space size, additional or the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). maneuvers may be required, and there will be additional instructions. When To cancel APA, press O again. changing gears, allow the automatic When the System Does Not Seem to steering to complete before continuing Work Properly Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator the parking maneuver. APA will beep When a pedestrian is detected within and display a PARKING COMPLETE The APA system may require a short the system’s range directly behind the message. Apply the brakes and place period of driving along curves to vehicle, this symbol flashes amber on the vehicle in P (Park). calibrate. the infotainment display, along with APA may automatically disengage if: Rear Pedestrian Alert two beeps from the rear, or if . equipped, two pulses from both sides The steering wheel is used by the Under certain conditions, this feature driver. of the driver seat. When a pedestrian can provide alerts for a pedestrian is detected close to the vehicle, the . The maximum allowed speed is within the system’s range directly symbol flashes red on the exceeded. behind the vehicle. This feature only infotainment display, along with seven . The parking brake is applied or the works in R (Reverse) below 12 km/h beeps from the rear, or if equipped, vehicle is shifted into P (Park). (8 mph), and detects pedestrians up to seven pulses from both sides of the 8 m (26 ft) away during daytime driver seat. . There is a failure with the APA driving. During nighttime driving, system. feature performance is very limited. { Warning . Electronic stability control or antilock brakes are activated. Rear Pedestrian Alert does not . A high priority vehicle message is automatically brake the vehicle. displayed in the DIC. It also does not provide an alert unless it detects a pedestrian, and it . The driver opens the door with an may not detect all pedestrians if: unbuckled seat belt. (Continued) DRIVING AND OPERATING 217 Forward Collision Alert Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) (FCA) System . The pedestrian is not directly apply the brakes. See Defensive If equipped, the FCA system may help behind the vehicle, fully 0 Driving 160. Keep the RVC, to avoid or reduce the harm caused by visible to the Rear Vision taillamps, and back-up lamps clean front-end crashes. When approaching Camera (RVC), or standing and in good repair. a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA upright. provides a red flashing alert on the . The pedestrian is part of a Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Off windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses group. or Alert. See “Rear Pedestrian the driver seat. FCA also lights an . The pedestrian is a child. Detection” in “Collision/Detection amber visual alert if following another Systems” under Vehicle Personalization vehicle too closely. . Visibility is poor, including 0 131. If equipped, alerts can be set to nighttime conditions, fog, FCA detects vehicles within a distance beeps or seat pulses. See “Alert Type” rain, or snow. of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and in “Collision/Detection Systems” under operates at speeds above 8 km/h . The RVC is blocked by dirt, Vehicle Personalization 0 131. (5 mph). If the vehicle has Adaptive snow, or ice. Cruise Control (ACC), it can detect . The RVC, taillamps, Assistance Systems for vehicles to distances of approximately or back-up lamps are not Driving 110 m (360 ft) and operates at all cleaned or in proper working speeds. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 condition. If equipped, when driving the vehicle 198. in a forward gear, Forward Collision . The vehicle is not in Alert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning R (Reverse). (LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Side { Warning To help avoid death or injury, Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change FCA is a warning system and does always check for pedestrians Alert (LCA), Automatic Emergency not apply the brakes. When around the vehicle before backing Braking (AEB), and/or the Front approaching a slower-moving or Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can up. Be ready to take action and stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, help to avoid a crash or reduce crash (Continued) damage. (Continued) 218 DRIVING AND OPERATING Detecting the Vehicle Ahead Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

or when following a vehicle too also not detect a vehicle on winding closely, FCA may not provide a or hilly roads, or in conditions that warning with enough time to help can limit visibility such as fog, rain, avoid a crash. It also may not or snow, or if the headlamps or provide any warning at all. FCA windshield are not cleaned or in does not warn of pedestrians, proper condition. Keep the animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, FCA warnings will not occur unless windshield, headlamps, and FCA the FCA system detects a vehicle construction barrels, or other sensors clean and in good repair. ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the objects. Be ready to take action and vehicle ahead indicator will display apply the brakes. See Defensive green. Vehicles may not be detected Collision Alert 0 Driving 160. on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a FCA can be disabled with either the vehicle ahead is partially blocked by FCA steering wheel control or, pedestrians or other objects. FCA will if equipped, through vehicle not detect another vehicle ahead until personalization. See “Collision/ it is completely in the driving lane. Detection Systems” under Vehicle With Head-Up Display Personalization 0 131. { Warning FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may (Continued) DRIVING AND OPERATING 219 The vehicle ahead indicator will The faster the vehicle speed, the display amber when you are following farther away the alert will occur. a vehicle ahead too closely. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the alert Selecting the Alert Timing timing. The range of selectable alert timings may not be appropriate for all Without Head-Up Display drivers and driving conditions. When your vehicle approaches If your vehicle is equipped with another detected vehicle too rapidly, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), the red FCA display will flash on the changing the FCA timing setting windshield. Also, eight rapid automatically changes the following high-pitched beeps will sound from gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near). the front, or both sides of the Safety Following Distance Indicator Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Collision Alert occurs, the brake The following distance to a moving system may prepare for driver braking vehicle ahead in your path is indicated to occur more rapidly which can cause in following time in seconds on the a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to Driver Information Center (DIC). See 0 apply the brake pedal as needed. The Collision Alert control is on the Driver Information Center (DIC) 124. Cruise control may be disengaged steering wheel. Press [ to set the The minimum following time is when the Collision Alert occurs. FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near, 0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicle or on some vehicles, Off. The first detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is Tailgating Alert button press shows the current setting out of sensor range, dashes will be on the DIC. Additional button presses displayed. will change this setting. The chosen setting will remain until it is changed Unnecessary Alerts and will affect the timing of both the FCA may provide unnecessary alerts Collision Alert and the Tailgating for turning vehicles, vehicles in other Alert features. The timing of both lanes, objects that are not vehicles, alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. 220 DRIVING AND OPERATING or shadows. These alerts are normal on the situation, the vehicle may operation and the vehicle does not automatically brake moderately or Warning (Continued) need service. hard. This automatic emergency braking can only occur if a vehicle is . Detect a vehicle ahead on Cleaning the System detected. This is shown by the FCA winding or hilly roads. If the FCA system does not seem to vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See . Detect all vehicles, especially operate properly, this may correct the Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System vehicles with a trailer, issue: 0 217. tractors, muddy vehicles, etc. . Clean the outside of the The system works when driving in a . Detect a vehicle when windshield in front of the rearview forward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) weather limits visibility, such mirror. and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicles as in fog, rain, or snow. with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), . . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is Clean the entire front of the above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detect vehicle. partially blocked by vehicles up to approximately 60 m pedestrians or other objects. . Clean the headlamps. (197 ft). Complete attention is always Automatic Emergency { Warning required while driving, and you Braking (AEB) should be ready to take action and AEB is an emergency crash apply the brakes and/or steer the If the vehicle has Forward Collision preparation feature and is not vehicle to avoid crashes. Alert (FCA), it also has AEB, which designed to avoid crashes. Do not includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). rely on AEB to brake the vehicle. AEB may slow the vehicle to a When the system detects a vehicle AEB will not brake outside of its ahead in your path that is traveling in complete stop to try to avoid a operating speed range and only the same direction that you may be potential crash. If this happens, AEB responds to detected vehicles. about to crash into, it can provide a may engage the Electric Parking Brake boost to braking or automatically AEB may not: (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the brake the vehicle. This can help avoid (Continued) or lessen the severity of crashes when accelerator pedal. driving in a forward gear. Depending DRIVING AND OPERATING 221 . Heavy rain or snow is interfering { Warning { Warning with object detection. AEB may automatically brake the IBA may increase vehicle braking in . There is a problem with the vehicle suddenly in situations situations when it may not be StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability where it is unexpected and necessary. You could block the flow Control (ESC) system. undesired. It could respond to a of traffic. If this occurs, take your The AEB system does not need turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, foot off the brake pedal and then service. signs, and other non-moving apply the brakes as needed. objects. To override AEB, firmly Front Pedestrian Braking press the accelerator pedal, if it is AEB and IBA can be disabled through (FPB) System safe to do so. “ vehicle personalization. See Collision/ If equipped, the FPB system may help Detection Systems” under Vehicle 0 avoid or reduce the harm caused by Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) Personalization 131. front-end crashes with nearby IBA may activate when the brake pedestrians when driving in a forward pedal is applied quickly by providing a { Warning gear. FPB displays an amber indicator, ~, when a nearby pedestrian is boost to braking based on the speed Using AEB or IBA while towing a of approach and distance to a vehicle detected ahead. When approaching a trailer could cause you to lose ahead. detected pedestrian too quickly, FPB control of the vehicle and crash. provides a red flashing alert on the Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal Turn the system to Alert, or if the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses movement during this time is normal vehicle has ACC to Off, when the driver seat. FPB can provide a and the brake pedal should continue towing a trailer. boost to braking or automatically to be applied as needed. IBA will brake the vehicle. This system automatically disengage only when includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), the brake pedal is released. A system unavailable message may display if: and the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system may also respond to . The front of the vehicle or pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency windshield is not clean. Braking (AEB) 0 220. 222 DRIVING AND OPERATING The FPB system can detect and alert pedestrian is detected in front of the to pedestrians in a forward gear at Warning (Continued) vehicle, the pedestrian ahead indicator speeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and will display amber. 80 km/h (50 mph). During daytime . If the headlamps or driving, the system detects windshield are not cleaned or Front Pedestrian Alert pedestrians up to a distance of in proper condition. approximately 40 m (131 ft). During Be ready to take action and apply nighttime driving, system performance the brakes. For more information, is very limited. see Defensive Driving 0 160. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FPB { Warning sensor clean and in good repair. With Head-Up Display FPB does not provide an alert or automatically brake the vehicle, FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert unless it detects a pedestrian. FPB and Brake through vehicle personalization. See “Collision/ may not detect pedestrians, Detection Systems” under Vehicle including children: Personalization 0 131. . When the pedestrian is not Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead directly ahead, fully visible, Without Head-Up Display or standing upright, or when part of a group. When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the red . Due to poor visibility, FPB alert display will flash on the including nighttime windshield. Eight rapid high-pitched conditions, fog, rain, or snow. beeps will sound from the front, . If the FPB sensor is blocked or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this by dirt, snow, or ice. FPB alerts and automatic braking will Pedestrian Alert occurs, the brake (Continued) not occur unless the FPB system system may prepare for driver braking detects a pedestrian. When a nearby to occur more rapidly which can cause DRIVING AND OPERATING 223 a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to Cleaning the System apply the brake pedal as needed. { Warning If FPB does not seem to operate Cruise control may be disengaged properly, cleaning the outside of the when the Front Pedestrian Alert FPB may alert or automatically windshield in front of the rearview occurs. brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected mirror may correct the issue. Automatic Braking and undesired. It could falsely alert If FPB detects it is about to crash into or brake for objects similar in shape Night Vision System a pedestrian ahead, and the brakes or size to pedestrians, including If equipped, this system can help the have not been applied, FPB may shadows. This is normal operation driver see and alert the driver to automatically brake moderately or and the vehicle does not need pedestrians or large animals ahead of brake hard. This can help to avoid service. To override Automatic the vehicle beyond the area lit by the some very low speed pedestrian Braking, firmly press the accelerator headlamps. A thermal heat image of crashes or reduce pedestrian injury. pedal, if it is safe to do so. the view ahead is displayed when it is FPB can automatically brake to dark enough outside. If a pedestrian detected pedestrians between 8 km/h or large animal is detected more than (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic Braking can be disabled 25 m (82 ft) away, an amber Automatic braking levels may be through vehicle personalization. See pedestrian or animal icon displays and “ ” reduced under certain conditions, Front Pedestrian Detection in a box appears around the pedestrian “ ” such as higher speeds. Collision/Detection Systems under or animal. When the system detects Vehicle Personalization 0 131. If this happens, Automatic Braking that the vehicle is approaching a may engage the Electric Parking Brake pedestrian ahead too quickly, the box (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. { Warning changes to red. Release the EPB. A firm press of the Using the Front Pedestrian Braking accelerator pedal will also release system while towing a trailer could Automatic Braking and the EPB. cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer. 224 DRIVING AND OPERATING Adjust the instrument panel brightness to make the image no brighter than necessary. Turn the image off by selecting another view on the instrument cluster. Warm objects, such as pedestrians, animals, and other moving vehicles, should appear whiter on the Night Vision display. Cold objects, such as With the Front Pedestrian Braking the sky, signs, and parked vehicles, system turned on, Night Vision should appear darker. Night Vision provides a red Head-Up Display (HUD) only shows objects that are warmer or alert when the system detects that the 1. Low-Beam Headlamps colder than the surroundings. It does vehicle is approaching a pedestrian not detect brake lamps, turn signals, 2. High-Beam Headlamps ahead too quickly. In addition, an alert emergency flashers, traffic lights, beeps or the Safety Alert Seat pulses, 3. Night Vision System or sign information. if equipped. See Front Pedestrian By selecting a view on the instrument Use this system as an aid by Braking (FPB) System 0 221. cluster, the Night Vision image can be 0 occasionally glancing at the image. Do displayed. See Instrument Cluster 108 not stare at the image or use the { Warning . The Night Vision system can operate image under well-lit conditions. only if: The system does not detect all . The ignition is on. objects or the vehicle distance from { Warning objects. The system may not . The vehicle is in P (Park) or a Do not stare at the image while provide a warning with enough time forward gear. driving as this might cause to help avoid a crash. . It is dark enough outside. important objects ahead not to be . The headlamps are on, except seen. You could crash, and you or when parked. others could be injured. DRIVING AND OPERATING 225 When a pedestrian or large animal is detected, an amber box displays { Warning Warning (Continued) around the pedestrian or animal on the Night Vision display and an amber The Night Vision system does not . Due to poor visibility, automatically brake the vehicle. including in heavy fog, rain, pedestrian icon, ~, or animal icon, It does not provide alerts unless it or snow. !, displays on the instrument detects a pedestrian or large . If the sensor is blocked by cluster. This pedestrian icon is also animal. The system may not detect shown on the Head-Up Display (HUD). dirt, snow, rain, or ice. pedestrians, including children, When the system detects the vehicle Be ready to take action and apply or animals: is approaching a pedestrian too the brakes. For more information, quickly, the amber pedestrian icon . If they are less than 25 m see Defensive Driving 0 160. Keep and box turns red, and a red flashing (82 ft) away. the Night Vision sensor clean and icon, ~, displays on the HUD with . If they are not directly ahead in good repair. rapid beeping or pulsing of the Safety in the sensor coverage area, Alert Seat, if equipped. fully visible, standing upright, Pedestrian detection may not be System pedestrian icons, beeps, and or part of a group. available in high outside temperatures. (if equipped) Safety Alert Seat pulses . If the person or animal is An amber icon, *, displays. The can be set to Off through vehicle moving too quickly through system does not need service. personalization by turning off the the field of view, such as a Front Pedestrian Braking system. See bicyclist. In rain, snow, or fog the image may “Front Pedestrian Detection” in not be clear and the direction of the “Collision/Detection Systems” under . If the pedestrian is wearing road ahead may not be seen. In more Vehicle Personalization 0 131. certain types of clothing. severe weather conditions, the image . If headlamps are off, except may be unclear and unusable. The when parked. system does not need service. . If the outside temperature is Keep the system sensor clean by higher than 30 °C (86 °F). activating the rear window washer when it is dark enough for the system (Continued) to operate. If the Night Vision image 226 DRIVING AND OPERATING still looks blurry, use a soft wet cloth Lane Change Alert (LCA) LCA Detection Zones to gently clean the sensor camera lens and dry thoroughly. The sensor is If equipped, the LCA system is a behind the lower front grille below the lane-changing aid that assists drivers driver side headlamp. with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the The camera must also be aligned to side blind zone (or spot) areas or with work correctly. If the camera needs vehicles rapidly approaching these adjustment, see your dealer. Do not areas from behind. The LCA warning attempt to adjust the camera yourself. display will light up in the corresponding outside side mirror and Side Blind Zone will flash if the turn signal is on. Alert (SBZA) 1. SBZA Detection Zone 2. LCA Detection Zone If equipped, the SBZA system is a { Warning The LCA sensor covers a zone of lane-changing aid that assists drivers LCA does not alert the driver to approximately one lane over from with avoiding crashes that occur with vehicles outside of the system both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m moving vehicles in the side blind zone (11 ft). The height of the zone is (or spot) areas. When the vehicle is in detection zones, pedestrians, approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) a forward gear, the left or right side bicyclists, or animals. It may not and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Side mirror display will light up if a moving provide alerts when changing lanes Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning area vehicle is detected in that blind zone. under all driving conditions. Failure starts at approximately the middle of If the turn signal is activated and a to use proper care when changing the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). vehicle is also detected on the same lanes may result in injury, death, Drivers are also warned of vehicles side, the display will flash as an extra or vehicle damage. Before making a rapidly approaching from up to 70 m warning not to change lanes. Since lane change, always check mirrors, (230 ft) behind the vehicle. this system is part of the Lane Change glance over your shoulder, and use Alert (LCA) system, read the entire the turn signals. LCA section before using this feature. DRIVING AND OPERATING 227 How the System Works signal is activated in the same trailer, , or object extending out direction as a detected vehicle, this to either side of the vehicle. Attached The LCA symbol lights up in the side display will flash as an extra warning objects may also interfere with the mirrors when the system detects a not to change lanes. detection of vehicles. This is normal moving vehicle in the next lane over system operation; the vehicle does not that is in the side blind zone or LCA can be disabled through vehicle need service. rapidly approaching that zone from personalization. See Vehicle behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it Personalization 0 131. If LCA is LCA may not always alert the driver to may be unsafe to change lanes. Before disabled by the driver, the LCA mirror vehicles in the next lane over, making a lane change, check the LCA displays will not light up. especially in wet conditions or when driving on sharp curves. The system display, check mirrors, glance over When the System Does Not your shoulder, and use the turn does not need to be serviced. The signals. Seem to Work Properly system may light up due to guardrails, The LCA system requires some driving signs, trees, shrubs, and other for the system to calibrate to non-moving objects. This is normal maximum performance. This system operation; the vehicle does not calibration may occur more quickly if need service. the vehicle is driving on a straight LCA may not operate when the LCA highway road with traffic and roadside sensors in the left or right corners of Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers). the rear bumper are covered with Display Display LCA displays may not come on when mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For cleaning When the vehicle is started, both passing a vehicle quickly, for a instructions, see "Washing the outside mirror LCA displays will stopped vehicle, or when towing a Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 323. briefly come on to indicate the system trailer. The LCA detection zones that If the DIC still displays the system is operating. When the vehicle is in a extend back from the side of the unavailable message after cleaning forward gear, the left or right side vehicle do not move further back both sides of the vehicle toward the mirror display will light up if a moving when a trailer is towed. Use caution rear corners of the vehicle, see your vehicle is detected in the next lane while changing lanes when towing a dealer. over in that blind zone or rapidly trailer. LCA may alert to objects approaching that zone. If the turn attached to the vehicle, such as a 228 DRIVING AND OPERATING If the LCA displays do not light up departure, or if it detects that you are when moving vehicles are in the side accelerating, braking, or actively Warning (Continued) blind zone or are rapidly approaching steering. this zone and the system is clean, the . Detect road edges. system may need service. Take the { Warning . Detect lanes on winding or vehicle to your dealer. hilly roads. Radio Frequency Information The LKA system does not If LKA only detects lane markings continuously steer the vehicle. on one side of the road, it will only See Radio Frequency Statement 0 358. It may not keep the vehicle in the assist or provide an LDW alert lane or give a Lane Departure when approaching the lane on the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Warning (LDW) alert, even if a lane side where it has detected a lane If equipped, LKA may help avoid marking is detected. marking. Even with LKA and LDW, crashes due to unintentional lane The LKA and LDW systems you must steer the vehicle. Always departures. This system uses a camera may not: keep your attention on the road and to detect lane markings between maintain proper vehicle position . Provide an alert or enough 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h within the lane, or vehicle damage, (112 mph). It may assist by gently steering assist to avoid a lane departure or crash. injury, or death could occur. Always turning the steering wheel if the keep the windshield, headlamps, vehicle approaches a detected lane . Detect lane markings under and camera sensors clean and in marking. It may also provide a Lane poor weather or visibility good repair. Do not use LKA in bad Departure Warning (LDW) alert if the conditions. This can occur if weather conditions or on roads with vehicle crosses a detected lane the windshield or headlamps unclear lane markings, such as marking. LKA can be overridden by are blocked by dirt, snow, turning the steering wheel. This or ice; if they are not in construction zones. system is not intended to keep the proper condition; or if the sun vehicle centered in the lane. LKA will shines directly into the not assist and alert if the turn signal camera. is active in the direction of lane (Continued) DRIVING AND OPERATING 229 marking. A is amber when . Roads with poor lane markings, { Warning assisting. It may also provide a Lane such as two-lane roads. Using LKA while towing a trailer or Departure Warning (LDW) alert by A camera blocked message may on slippery roads could cause loss flashing A amber if the vehicle display if the camera is blocked. Some of control of the vehicle and a crosses a detected lane marking. driver assistance systems may have crash. Turn the system off. Additionally, there may be three reduced performance or not work at beeps, or the driver seat may pulse all. An LKA or LDW unavailable three times, on the right or left, message may display if the systems How the System Works depending on the lane departure are temporarily unavailable. This direction. LKA uses a camera sensor installed on message could be due to a blocked camera. The LKA system does not the windshield ahead of the rearview Take Steering mirror to detect lane markings. It may need service. Clean the outside of the The LKA system does not provide brief steering assist if it windshield behind the rearview mirror. continuously steer the vehicle. If LKA detects an unintended lane departure. LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts does not detect active driver steering, It may further provide an audible alert may occur due to tar marks, shadows, an alert and chime may be provided. or the driver seat may pulse indicating cracks in the road, temporary or Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA may that a lane marking has been crossed. construction lane markings, or other become temporarily unavailable after A road imperfections. This is normal To turn LKA on and off, press on repeated take steering alerts. system operation; the vehicle does not the steering wheel. If equipped, the When the System Does Not need service. Turn LKA off if these indicator light on the button comes conditions continue. on when LKA is on and turns off Seem to Work Properly when LKA is disabled. The system performance may be When on, A is white, if equipped, affected by: indicating that the system is not ready . Close vehicles ahead. to assist. A is green if LKA is ready . Sudden lighting changes, such as to assist. LKA may assist by gently when driving through tunnels. turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane . Banked roads. 230 DRIVING AND OPERATING Fuel Recommended Fuel (2.0L Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with L4 Engine) ethanol levels greater than 15% by Top Tier Fuel volume. GM recommends the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine Recommended Fuel (3.6L clean, reduce engine deposits, and V6 Engine) maintain optimal vehicle performance. Look for the TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers Premium unleaded gasoline meeting and applicable countries. ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating of 93 — (R+M)/2 — is highly recommended for best performance and fuel economy. Unleaded gasoline with an octane Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting rated as low as 87 can be used. Using ASTM specification D4814 with a unleaded gasoline rated below posted octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 93 octane, however, will lead to — or higher. Do not use gasoline with reduced acceleration and fuel a posted octane rating of less than 87, economy. If knocking occurs, use a as this may cause engine knock and gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon as will lower fuel economy. possible, otherwise, the engine could Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or be damaged. If heavy knocking is FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with heard when using gasoline with a ethanol levels greater than 15% by 93 octane rating, the engine needs volume. service. DRIVING AND OPERATING 231 Prohibited Fuels will help keep your vehicle’s engine Caution (Continued) fuel deposit free and performing optimally. Caution . Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the Do not use fuels with any of the recommended fuel. Using this Filling the Tank following conditions; doing so may fuel will lower fuel economy An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates damage the vehicle and void its and performance, and may which side of the vehicle the fuel door warranty: decrease the life of the is on. See Fuel Gauge 0 112. emissions catalyst. . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel labeled greater { Warning than 15% ethanol by volume, Fuels in Foreign Countries such as mid-level ethanol Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post violently and can cause injury or or FlexFuel. fuel octane ratings in anti-knock index death. (AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreign . Fuel with any amount of country, see Prohibited Fuels 0 231. Follow these guidelines to help methanol, methylal, ferrocene, avoid injuries to you and others: and aniline. These fuels can Fuel Additives . Read and follow all the corrode metal fuel system instructions on the fuel pump parts or damage plastic and TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly island. rubber parts. recommended for use with your . Turn off the engine when . vehicle. If your country does not have Fuel containing metals such refueling. as methylcyclopentadienyl TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add manganese tricarbonyl ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus . Keep sparks, flames, and − ’ (MMT), which can damage Gasoline to the vehicle s gasoline fuel smoking materials away the emissions control system tank at every oil change or 15 000 km from fuel. (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOP and spark plugs. (Continued) TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco (Continued) Fuel System Treatment Plus−Gasoline 232 DRIVING AND OPERATING If equipped, the fuel door unlocks Warning (Continued) when the vehicle doors are unlocked. { Warning See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . Do not leave the fuel pump Operation 0 10. Overfilling the fuel tank by more unattended. than three clicks of a standard fill . Avoid using electronic devices nozzle may cause: while refueling. . Vehicle performance issues, . Do not re-enter the vehicle including engine stalling and while pumping fuel. damage to the fuel system. . Keep children away from the . Fuel spills. fuel pump and never let . Under certain conditions, fuel children pump fuel. fires. . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a metallic Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait object to discharge static five seconds after you have finished electricity from your body. pumping before removing the fill . Fuel can spray out if the fill To open the fuel door, push and nozzle. Clean fuel from painted nozzle is inserted too quickly. release the rearward center edge of surfaces as soon as possible. See This spray can happen if the the door. Exterior Care 0 323. Push the fuel door closed until it latches. tank is nearly full, and is The capless refueling system does not more likely in hot weather. have a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch Insert the fill nozzle slowly the fill nozzle, then begin fueling. { Warning and wait for any hiss noise to stop before beginning to If a fire starts while you are flow fuel. refueling, do not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by (Continued) DRIVING AND OPERATING 233

Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued) shutting off the pump or by Attempting to refuel from a burned and the vehicle could be notifying the station attendant. portable fuel container without damaged. To help avoid injury to Leave the area immediately. using the funnel adapter may cause you and others: fuel spillage and damage the . Dispense fuel only into Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel capless fuel system. This could approved containers. Container cause a fire. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could . Do not fill a container while If the vehicle runs out of fuel and be damaged. it is inside a vehicle, in a must be filled from a portable fuel vehicle's trunk, in a pickup container: bed, or on any surface other 3. Remove and clean the funnel than the ground. adapter and return it to the . Bring the fill nozzle in storage location. contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating Filling a Portable Fuel the nozzle. Maintain contact Container until filling is complete. . Keep sparks, flames, and 1. Locate the capless funnel { Warning smoking materials away adapter in the rear cargo area from fuel. under the load floor tray. Never fill a portable fuel container . while it is in the vehicle. Static Do not use electronic devices 2. Insert and latch the funnel into while pumping fuel. the capless fuel system. electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. You or others could be badly (Continued) 234 DRIVING AND OPERATING When towing a trailer: Trailer Towing Warning (Continued) . Become familiar with and follow General Towing inadequate for the load, the vehicle all state and local laws that apply Information may not stop as expected. You and to trailer towing. These others could be seriously injured. requirements vary from state to Only use towing equipment that has The vehicle may also be damaged, state. been designed for the vehicle. Contact and the repairs would not be . State laws may require the use of your dealer or trailering dealer for covered by the vehicle warranty. extended side view mirrors. Even if assistance with preparing the vehicle Pull a trailer only if all the steps in not required, you should install to tow a trailer. Read the entire this section have been followed. Ask extended side view mirrors if your section before towing a trailer. your dealer for advice and visibility is limited or restricted To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing information about towing a trailer while towing. 0 the Vehicle 319. To tow the vehicle with the vehicle. . Do not tow a trailer during the behind another vehicle such as a first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle motor home, see Recreational Vehicle 0 Driving with a Trailer use to prevent damage to the Towing 320. engine, axle, or other parts. Trailering is different than just driving Driving Characteristics and . It is recommended to perform the the vehicle by itself. Trailering means first oil change before heavy Towing Tips changes in handling, acceleration, towing. braking, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct . During the first 800 km (500 mi) { Warning equipment, and it has to be used of trailer towing, do not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do not You can lose control when towing a properly. make starts at full throttle. trailer if the correct equipment is The following information has many not used or the vehicle is not driven time-tested, important trailering tips . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). properly. For example, if the trailer and safety rules. Many of these are If the transmission downshifts too is too heavy or the trailer brakes are important for your safety and that of often, a lower gear may be your passengers. Read this section selected using Manual Mode See (Continued) carefully before pulling a trailer. Manual Mode 0 188. DRIVING AND OPERATING 235 If equipped, the following driver If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Towing a trailer requires experience. assistance features should be turned Alert (RCTA), use caution while The combination of the vehicle and off when towing a trailer: backing up when towing a trailer, as trailer is longer and not as responsive . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) the RCTA detection zones that extend as the vehicle itself. Get used to the out from the back of the vehicle do handling and braking of the . Super Cruise Control not move further back when a trailer combination by driving on a level road . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) is towed. surface before driving on public roads. . Park Assist The trailer structure, the tires, and the { Warning brakes must be all be rated to carry . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) the intended cargo. Inadequate trailer . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) To prevent serious injury or death equipment can cause the combination from carbon monoxide (CO), when to operate in an unexpected or unsafe If equipped, the following driver towing a trailer: manner. Before driving, inspect all assistance features should be turned trailer hitch parts and attachments, to alert or off when towing a trailer: . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most safety chains, electrical connectors, . Automatic Emergency window open. lamps, tires, and mirrors. See Towing Braking (AEB) Equipment 0 241. If the trailer has . Fully open the air outlets on . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) electric brakes, start the combination or under the instrument moving and then manually apply the . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) panel. trailer brake controller to check the If equipped with Lane Change Alert . Adjust the climate control trailer brakes work. During the trip, (LCA), the LCA detection zones that system to a setting that occasionally check that the cargo and extend back from the side of the brings in only outside air. See trailer are secure and that the lamps vehicle do not move further back “Climate Control Systems” in and any trailer brakes are working. when a trailer is towed. Use caution the Index. Towing with a Stability Control while changing lanes when towing a For more information about carbon System trailer. monoxide, see Engine Exhaust When towing, the stability control 0 183. system might be heard. The system reacts to vehicle movement caused by 236 DRIVING AND OPERATING the trailer, which mainly occurs Making Turns When towing at higher altitudes, during cornering. This is normal when engine coolant will boil at a lower towing heavier trailers. Caution temperature than at lower altitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately Following Distance Turn more slowly and make wider after towing at high altitude on steep Stay at least twice as far behind the arcs when towing a trailer to uphill grades, the vehicle could show vehicle ahead as you would when prevent damage to your vehicle. signs similar to engine overheating. To driving without a trailer. This can help Making very sharp turns could avoid this, let the engine run, preferably on level ground, with the to avoid heavy braking and sudden cause the trailer to contact the turns. transmission in P (Park) for a few vehicle. minutes before turning the engine off. Passing If the overheat warning comes on, see 0 More passing distance is needed when Make wider turns than normal when Engine Overheating 264. towing, so trailer will not go over soft towing a trailer. The combination will Parking on Hills not accelerate as quickly and is much shoulders, over curbs, or strike road longer so it is necessary to go much signs, trees, or other objects. Always farther beyond the passed vehicle signal turns well in advance. Do not { Warning before returning to the lane. Pass on steer or brake suddenly. To prevent serious injury or death, level roadways. Avoid passing on hills Driving on Grades if possible. always park your vehicle and trailer Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear on a level surface when possible. Backing Up before starting down a long or steep Hold the bottom of the steering wheel downhill grade. If the transmission is When parking your vehicle and your with one hand. To move the trailer to not shifted down, the brakes may trailer on a hill: the left, move that hand to the left. To overheat and result in reduced braking 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not move the trailer to the right, move efficiency. shift into P (Park) yet. Turn the that hand to the right. Always back up The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift wheels into the curb if facing slowly and, if possible, have someone the transmission to a lower gear if the downhill or into traffic if facing guide you. transmission shifts too often under uphill. heavy loads and/or hilly conditions. DRIVING AND OPERATING 237 2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance When Trailer under the trailer wheels. Towing Caution (Continued) 3. When the wheel chocks are in The vehicle needs service more often correctly, follow the directions in place, gradually release the brake when used to tow trailers. See this section and see your dealer for pedal to allow the chocks to Maintenance Schedule 0 332. It is important information about absorb the load of the trailer. especially important to check the towing a trailer with the vehicle. 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake system apply the parking brake and shift Trailer Weight into P (Park). before and during each trip. 5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. { Warning Leaving After Parking on a Hill Engine Cooling When Trailer Never exceed the towing capacity 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. Towing for your vehicle. . Start the engine. The cooling system may temporarily . Shift into a gear. overheat during severe operating Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road grades, . Release the parking brake. conditions. See Engine Overheating 0 264. outside temperature, dimensions of 2. Let up on the brake pedal. the front of the trailer, and how 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Trailer Towing frequently the vehicle is used to tow a clear of the chocks. trailer. 4. Stop and have someone pick up Caution Trailer Weight Ratings and store the chocks. Towing a trailer improperly can When towing a trailer, the combined weight of the vehicle, vehicle contents, damage the vehicle and result in trailer, and trailer contents must be costly repairs not covered by the below all of the maximum weight vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer ratings for the vehicle, including: (Continued) 238 DRIVING AND OPERATING . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Gross Combined Weight The resulting weight cannot exceed Rating Rating (GCWR) the GCWR value shown on the Trailering Information Label. . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight GCWR is the total allowable weight of Rating the completely loaded vehicle and The gross combined weight can also . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating trailer including any fuel, passengers, be confirmed by weighing the cargo, equipment, and accessories. Do and trailer on a public scale. The truck . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight not exceed the GCWR for your vehicle. and trailer should be loaded for the Rating The GCWR for the vehicle is on the trip with passengers and cargo. The only way to be sure the weight is Tow Rating Chart following. not exceeding any of these ratings is To check that the weight of the to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer vehicle and trailer are within the combination, fully loaded for the trip, GCWR for the vehicle, follow these getting individual weights for each of steps: these items. . Start with the “curb weight” fro the Trailering Information Label { Warning . Add the weight of the trailer You and others could be seriously loaded with cargo and ready for injured or killed if the trailer is too the trip heavy or the trailer brakes are . Add the weight of all passengers inadequate for the load. The vehicle may be damaged, and the repairs . Add the weight of all cargo in the would not be covered by the vehicle vehicle warranty. . Add the weight of hitch hardware such as a draw bar, ball, load Only tow a trailer if all the steps in equalizer bars, or sway bars this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and . Add the weight of any accessories information about towing a trailer. or aftermarket equipment added to the vehicle DRIVING AND OPERATING 239 Gross Vehicle Weight Maximum Trailer Weight Rating weight to stay within the GCW, GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, Rating (GVWR) The maximum trailer weight rating is or GAWR-RR for the vehicle. For information about the vehicle's calculated assuming the tow vehicle maximum load capacity, see Vehicle has a driver, a front seat passenger, Use the tow rating chart to determine Load Limits 0 170. When calculating and all required trailering equipment. how much the trailer can weigh, based the GVWR with a trailer attached, the This value represents the heaviest on the vehicle model, powertrain and trailer tongue weight must be trailer the vehicle can tow, but it may trailering options. included as part of the weight the be necessary to reduce the trailer vehicle is carrying. 240 DRIVING AND OPERATING

Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR Maximum Tongue Weight 2.0L Engine 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2 722 kg (6,001 lb) 45.4 kg (100 lb) 3.6L Engine, without Trailering Package 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2 722 kg (6,001 lb) 45.4 kg (100 lb) 3.6L Engine, with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lb) 3 850 kg (8,480 lb) 159 kg (350 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight maximum allowable tongue weight Rating the vehicle can carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight trailer weight. Rating is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the vehicle can support Trailer Load Balance using a conventional trailer hitch. The correct trailer load balance must It may be necessary to reduce the be maintained to ensure trailer overall trailer weight to stay within stability. Incorrect load balance is a the maximum trailer tongue weight leading cause of trailer sway. rating while still maintaining the correct trailer balance.

The trailer tongue weight contributes to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the CURB WEIGHT of your vehicle, any passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, cargo, and equipment reduce the DRIVING AND OPERATING 241 into your vehicle. If the trailer tongue Towing Equipment weight is too high or too low, it may be possible to rearrange some of the Hitches cargo inside of the trailer. Always use the correct hitch Do not exceed the maximum equipment for your vehicle. allowable tongue weight for your Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and vehicle. Use the shortest hitch rough roads can affect the trailer and extension available to position the the hitch. hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This Never attach rental hitches or other will help reduce the effect of the bumper-type hitches. Only use trailer tongue weight on the trailer frame-mounted hitches that do not hitch and rear axle. attach to the bumper. The trailer tongue weight (1) should If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer be 10–15% of the loaded trailer Always seal any holes in your vehicle hitch receiver, choose a carrier that if the trailer hitch is removed. If not weight (2). Some specific trailer types, positions the load as close to the such as boat trailers, fall outside of sealed, dirt, water, and carbon vehicle as possible. Make sure the monoxide (CO) from the exhaust may this range. Always refer to the trailer total weight, including the carrier, is owner’s manual for the recommended enter your vehicle. See Engine Exhaust no more than half of the maximum 0 183. trailer tongue weight for each trailer. allowable tongue weight for the Never exceed the maximum loads for vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever your vehicle, hitch and trailer. is less. After loading the trailer, separately Ask your dealer for trailering weigh the trailer and then the trailer information or assistance. tongue and calculate the trailer load balance percentage to see if the weights and distribution are appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer weight is too high, it may be possible to transfer some of the cargo 242 DRIVING AND OPERATING Hitch Cover 2. Push the bottom of the cover Weight-Distributing Hitch forward until the lower tabs line Adjustment up with the lower slots. 3. Snap the hitch cover into place by pushing the upper corners forward. 4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower tabs. Consider using mechanical sway controls with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional about sway controls or refer to the trailer manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. To remove hitch cover, if equipped: 1. Remove the two fasteners on the 1. Front of Vehicle lower tabs. 2. Body to Ground Distance 2. Pull the lower edge of the cover When using a weight-distributing to about a 45 degree angle. hitch, measure the front height distance (2) before connecting the 3. Pull the cover downward to trailer. Adjust the spring bars until the disengage the upper front fender height distance (2) is the attachments. same height before the trailer was To reinstall hitch cover: connected. Do not reduce the front 1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angle fender height below the initial to the vehicle and push the distance (2). upper tabs into the slots in the bumper. DRIVING AND OPERATING 243 Tires braking equipment conforming to Canadian Standards Association (CSA) . Do not tow a trailer while using a requirement CAN3-D313, or its compact spare tire on the vehicle. equivalent, is recommended. . Tires must be properly inflated to State or local regulations may require support loads while towing a trailers to have their own braking trailer. See Tires 0 282 for system if the loaded weight of the instructions on proper tire trailer exceeds certain requirements inflation. that can vary from state to state. Safety Chains Read and follow the instructions for Always attach chains between the the trailer brakes so they are installed, vehicle and the trailer, and attach the adjusted, and maintained properly. chains to the holes on the trailer hitch If the vehicle is not equipped with a Never attempt to tap into your seven-pin trailer connector, the body platform. Instructions about safety vehicle's hydraulic brake system. chains may be provided by the hitch harness has provisions to connect a If you do, both the vehicle anti-lock trailer harness and a seven-pin trailer manufacturer or by the trailer brakes and the trailer brakes may not manufacturer. connector which is available through function and could result in a crash. your dealer. Cross the safety chains under the Trailer Wiring tongue of the trailer to help prevent Use only a round, seven-wire the tongue from contacting the road if The trailer wiring harness (if connector with flat blade terminals it becomes separated from the hitch. equipped), with a seven-pin connector meeting SAE J2863 specifications for Always leave just enough slack so the is located at the rear of the vehicle, proper electrical connectivity. combination can turn. Never allow and it is tied to the vehicle's frame. The seven-wire harness contains the safety chains to drag on the ground. following trailer circuits: Stop/Turn Trailer Brakes Yellow/Blue Signal Left Loaded trailers over 450 kg (1,000 lb) Stop/Turn Signal must be equipped with brake systems Green/Brown and with brakes for each axle. Trailer Right 244 DRIVING AND OPERATING

Tail/Parking Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer will illuminate even if the trailer is not Gray/Brown Lamps brake controller owner's manual to properly connected or the bulbs are determine wire color coding of the burned out. Reverse Lamps White/Green electric trailer brake controller. The Always check all trailer lamps are Battery Feed Red/Green wire colors on the brake controller working at the beginning of each trip, may be different from the vehicle. The and periodically on longer trips. Ground Black electric trailer brake controller should Electric Trailer be installed by your dealer or a Blue Trailer Sway Control (TSC) Brake* qualified service center. If equipped, there are four blunt cut Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic * Circuit powered by electric trailer wires inside the front driver side Stability Control (ESC) have a Trailer brake control wiring provisions. instrument panel. It will be necessary Sway Control (TSC) feature. Trailer to have a technician connect the sway is unintended side-to-side Electric Trailer Brake Control 12-volt power to the engine motion of a trailer while towing. If the Wiring Provisions compartment fuse block. vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC detects that sway is increasing, the Wiring provisions for an aftermarket Trailer Lamps vehicle brakes are selectively applied electric trailer brake controller are Always check all trailer lamps are at each wheel, to help reduce included with the vehicle as part of excessive trailer sway. If equipped with the trailer wiring package. The working at the beginning of each trip, and periodically on longer trips. the Integrated Trailer Brake Control harness contains the following (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an circuits: Turn Signals When Towing a electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC Electric Trailer Blue Trailer may also apply the trailer brakes. Brakes When properly connected, the trailer Red/Green or Battery Feed turn signals will illuminate to indicate Red/Blue the vehicle is turning, changing lanes, Brake Apply or stopping. When towing a trailer, White/Blue Signal the arrows on the instrument cluster Ground Black DRIVING AND OPERATING 245 If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control Overloading is another leading cause System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning Warning (Continued) of trailer tire blow-outs. Never load light will flash on the instrument your trailer with more weight than the trailer tires. See Towing Equipment tires are designed to support. The load cluster. Reduce vehicle speed by 0 gradually removing your foot from the 241 for trailer ratings and hitch rating is located on the trailer tire accelerator. If trailer sway continues, setup recommendations. sidewall. StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine Always know the maximum speed torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC Trailer Tires rating for the trailer tires before will not function if StabiliTrak/ESC is Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from driving. This may be significantly turned off. See Traction Control/ lower than the vehicle tire speed Electronic Stability Control 0 193. vehicle tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff sidewalls to help prevent rating. The speed rating may be on sway and to support heavy loads. the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed { Warning These features can make it difficult to rating is not shown, the default trailer determine if the trailer tire pressures tire speed rating is 105 km/h Trailer sway can result in a crash (65 mph). and in serious injury or death, even are low only based on a visual if the vehicle is equipped with TSC. inspection. Always check all trailer tire pressures If the trailer begins to sway, reduce before each trip when the tires are vehicle speed by gradually removing cool. Low trailer tire pressure is a your foot from the accelerator. Then leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs. pull over to check the trailer and vehicle to help correct possible Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The causes, including an improperly or trailer tire sidewall will show the week overloaded trailer, unrestrained and year the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire manufacturers cargo, improper trailer hitch recommend replacing tires more than configuration, or improperly six years old. inflated or incorrect vehicle or (Continued) 246 DRIVING AND OPERATING

Conversions and Caution Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can Add-On Electrical damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would Equipment not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your { Warning dealer before adding electrical equipment. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle is not operating. Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 115. A device connected to the DLC — The vehicle has an airbag system. such as an aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything driver-behavior tracking device — electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing 0 may interfere with vehicle systems. the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 71 and Adding Equipment to the This could affect vehicle operation 0 and cause a crash. Such devices Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 71. may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems. VEHICLE CARE 247 All-Wheel Drive ...... 269 Tire Terminology and Vehicle Care Starter Switch Check ...... 269 Definitions ...... 286 Park Brake and P (Park) Tire Pressure ...... 289 General Information Mechanism Check ...... 269 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 270 Operation ...... 290 General Information ...... 248 Windshield Replacement ...... 271 Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . 291 California Proposition Gas Strut(s) ...... 271 Tire Pressure Monitor 65 Warning ...... 248 Operation ...... 292 California Perchlorate Materials Headlamp Aiming Tire Inspection ...... 295 Requirements ...... 249 Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 272 ...... 296 Accessories and When It Is Time for New Modifications ...... 249 Bulb Replacement Bulb Replacement ...... 273 Tires ...... 297 Vehicle Checks Halogen Bulbs ...... 273 Buying New Tires ...... 297 Doing Your Own LED Lighting ...... 273 Different Size Tires and Service Work ...... 249 Wheels ...... 299 Hood ...... 250 Electrical System Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 299 Engine Compartment Electrical System Overload ...... 273 Wheel Alignment and Tire Overview ...... 252 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 274 Balance ...... 300 Engine Oil ...... 255 Engine Compartment Fuse Wheel Replacement ...... 301 Engine Oil Life System ...... 257 Block ...... 274 Tire Chains ...... 301 Automatic Transmission Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 277 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 302 Fluid ...... 258 Rear Compartment Fuse Tire Sealant and Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . 259 Block ...... 279 Compressor Kit ...... 304 Storing the Tire Sealant and Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 259 Wheels and Tires Cooling System ...... 260 Compressor Kit ...... 310 Tires ...... 282 Engine Overheating ...... 264 Tire Changing ...... 310 All-Season Tires ...... 283 Washer Fluid ...... 266 Compact Spare Tire ...... 315 Winter Tires ...... 283 Brakes ...... 266 Summer Tires ...... 283 Jump Starting Brake Fluid ...... 267 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 284 Jump Starting - North Battery - North America ...... 268 Tire Designations ...... 286 America ...... 316 248 VEHICLE CARE Towing the Vehicle General Information California Proposition Towing the Vehicle ...... 319 65 Warning Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 320 For service and parts needs, visit your dealer. You will receive genuine GM Appearance Care parts and GM-trained and supported { Warning Exterior Care ...... 323 service people. Interior Care ...... 327 Most motor vehicles, including this Genuine GM parts have one of these Floor Mats ...... 330 one, as well as many of its service marks: parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many parts and systems, many fluids, and some component wear by-products contain and/or emit these chemicals. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 268 and Jump Starting - North America 0 316 and the back cover. VEHICLE CARE 249 California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components Vehicle Checks caused by modifying vehicle height Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty. Doing Your Own applications, such as airbag initiators, Damage to vehicle components Service Work seat belt pretensioners, and lithium resulting from modifications or the batteries contained in electronic keys, installation or use of non-GM certified { Warning may contain perchlorate materials. parts, including control module or Perchlorate Material – special software modifications, is not covered It can be dangerous to work on handling may apply. See under the terms of the vehicle your vehicle if you do not have the www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ warranty and may affect remaining proper knowledge, service manual, perchlorate. warranty coverage for affected parts. tools, or parts. Always follow owner’s manual procedures and Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other consult the service manual for your Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your vehicle before doing any Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle using service work. making modifications to the vehicle genuine GM Accessories installed by a can affect vehicle performance and dealer technician. If doing some of your own service safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the work, use the proper service manual. airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71. It tells you much more about how to handling, emissions systems, service the vehicle than this manual aerodynamics, durability, and can. To order the proper service electronic systems like antilock manual, see Publication Ordering brakes, traction control, and stability Information 0 358. control. These accessories or This vehicle has an airbag system. modifications could even cause Before attempting to do your own malfunction or damage not covered by service work, see Servicing the the vehicle warranty. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71. 250 VEHICLE CARE If equipped with remote vehicle start, open the hood before performing any { Warning service work to prevent remote starting the vehicle accidentally. See Components under the hood can Remote Vehicle Start 0 17. get hot from running the engine. To help avoid the risk of burning Keep a record with all parts receipts unprotected skin, never touch these and list the mileage and the date of components until they have cooled, any service work performed. See and always use a glove or towel to Maintenance Records 0 344. avoid direct skin contact. Caution Clear any snow from the hood before Even small amounts of opening. 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and contamination can cause damage to To open the hood: locate the secondary release vehicle systems. Do not allow lever under the front center of contaminants to contact the fluids, 1. Pull the hood release handle with the hood. Push the secondary reservoir caps, or dipsticks. the i symbol. It is on the hood release lever to the right to lower left side of the instrument release. panel. Hood 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, the gas strut system will automatically lift the hood and { Warning hold it in the fully open position. For vehicles with auto engine stop/ To close the hood: start, turn the vehicle off before 1. Before closing the hood, be sure opening the hood. If the vehicle is all filler caps are on properly, on, the engine will start when the and all tools are removed. hood is opened. You or others could be injured. VEHICLE CARE 251 2. Pull the hood down until the strut system is no longer holding up the hood. 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary.

{ Warning Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured. Always close the hood completely before driving. 252 VEHICLE CARE Engine Compartment Overview

2.0L L4 Engine VEHICLE CARE 253 1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 259. 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 255. 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 255. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 260. 5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 267. 6. Battery - North America 0 268. 7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 260. 8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal (Under Cover). See Jump Starting - North America 0 316. 9. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 266. 10. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 274. 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery Terminal. See Jump Starting - North America 0 316. 254 VEHICLE CARE

3.6L V6 Engine VEHICLE CARE 255 1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 259. Engine Oil handle is a loop. See Engine 0 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil Compartment Overview 252 for the 0 To ensure proper engine performance location. 255. and long life, careful attention must 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine be paid to engine oil. Following these Oil 0 255. simple, but important steps will help { Warning protect your investment: 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of The engine oil dipstick handle may View). See Cooling System 0 260. . Use engine oil approved to the be hot; it could burn you. Use a proper specification and of the towel or glove to touch the dipstick 5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake 0 proper viscosity grade. See handle. Fluid 267. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in 6. Battery - North America 0 268. this section. If a low oil Driver Information Center 7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and . Check the engine oil level regularly (DIC) message displays, check the oil Pressure Cap. See Cooling System and maintain the proper oil level. level. 0 260. See “Checking Engine Oil” and “ ” Follow these guidelines: 8. Positive (+) Battery Terminal When to Add Engine Oil in this (Under Cover). See Jump Starting section. . To get an accurate reading, park - North America 0 316. . Change the engine oil at the the vehicle on level ground. Check the engine oil level after the 9. Windshield Washer Fluid appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 257. engine has been off for at least Reservoir. See Washer Fluid two hours. Checking the engine oil 0 266. . Always dispose of engine oil level on steep grades or too soon “ 10. Engine Compartment Fuse Block properly. See What to Do with after engine shutoff can result in ” 0 274. Used Oil in this section. incorrect readings. Accuracy Checking Engine Oil improves when checking a cold 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery engine prior to starting. Remove Terminal. See Jump Starting - Check the engine oil level regularly, 0 the dipstick and check the level. North America 316. every 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long trip. The engine oil dipstick 256 VEHICLE CARE . If unable to wait two hours, the 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the Add enough oil to put the level engine must be off for at least recommended oil and then recheck somewhere in the proper operating 15 minutes if the engine is warm, the level. See “Selecting the Right range. Push the dipstick all the way or at least 30 minutes if the Engine Oil” later in this section for an back in when finished. engine is not warm. Pull out the explanation of what kind of oil to use. dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Selecting the Right Engine Oil towel or cloth, then push it back Capacities and Specifications 0 346. Selecting the right engine oil depends in all the way. Remove it again, on both the proper oil specification keeping the tip down, and check Caution and viscosity grade. See Recommended the level. Fluids and Lubricants 0 342. Do not add too much oil. Oil levels When to Add Engine Oil Specification above or below the acceptable operating range shown on the Use full synthetic engine oils that dipstick are harmful to the engine. meet the dexos1 specification. Engine If the oil level is above the oils that have been approved by GM operating range (i.e., the engine has as meeting the dexos1 specification so much oil that the oil level gets are marked with the dexos1 approved above the cross-hatched area that logo. See www.gmdexos.com. 2.0L L4 Engine shows the proper operating range), the engine could be damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil.

3.6L V6 Engine See Engine Compartment Overview 0 If the oil is below the cross-hatched 252 for the location of the engine oil area at the tip of the dipstick and the fill cap. engine has been off for at least VEHICLE CARE 257 Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil or pouring it on the ground, into Caution Flushes sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to a place Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The that collects used oil. engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the dexos in engine damage not covered by specification are all that is needed for Engine Oil Life System the vehicle warranty. good performance and engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system recommended and could cause engine that indicates when to change the For the 2.0L L4 engine, use damage not covered by the vehicle SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil. engine oil and filter. This is based on a warranty. combination of factors which include For the 3.6L V6 engine, use What to Do with Used Oil engine revolutions, engine SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil. temperature, and miles driven. Based Cold Temperature Operation: In an Used engine oil contains certain on driving conditions, the mileage at area of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for which an oil change is indicated can temperature falls below −29 °C your skin and could even cause vary considerably. For the oil life (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on system to work properly, the system used. An oil of this viscosity grade will your skin for very long. Clean your must be reset every time the oil is provide easier cold starting for the skin and nails with soap and water, changed. engine at extremely low temperatures. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or When the system has calculated that When selecting an oil of the properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the oil life has been diminished, it appropriate viscosity grade, it is indicates that an oil change is recommended to select an oil of the manufacturer's warnings about the use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL correct specification. See SOON message comes on. Change the “Specification” earlier in this section. Used oil can be a threat to the oil as soon as possible within the next environment. If you change your own 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, oil, be sure to drain all the oil from if driving under the best conditions, the filter before disposal. Never the oil life system might indicate that dispose of oil by putting it in the trash 258 VEHICLE CARE an oil change is not necessary for up CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON The system is reset when the to a year. The engine oil and filter message will appear on the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message must be changed at least once a year display. is off. and at this time the system must be 2. Press SEL on the DIC controls If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON reset. Your dealer has trained service and hold SEL down for a few message comes back on when the people who will perform this work and seconds to clear the CHANGE vehicle is started, the engine oil life reset the system. It is also important ENGINE OIL SOON message and system has not been reset. Repeat the to check the oil regularly over the reset the oil life at 100%. procedure. course of an oil drain interval and keep it at the proper level. Be careful not to reset the oil life display accidentally at any time Automatic Transmission If the system is ever reset accidentally, other than after the oil is Fluid the oil must be changed at 5 000 km changed. It cannot be reset (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. accurately until the next oil A transmission fluid leak is the only Remember to reset the oil life system change. reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, whenever the oil is changed. take the vehicle to your dealer and The oil life system can also be reset as have it repaired as soon as possible. How to Reset the Engine Oil Life follows: System 1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE on Caution Reset the system whenever the engine the DIC. See Driver Information oil is changed so that the system can Center (DIC) 0 124. Use of the incorrect automatic calculate the next engine oil change. transmission fluid may damage the 2. Fully press and release the To reset the system: vehicle, and the damage may not be accelerator pedal three times 1. Using the DIC controls on the within five seconds. covered by the vehicle warranty. right side of the steering wheel, Always use the correct automatic If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL display REMAINING OIL LIFE on transmission fluid. See SOON message is not on, the the DIC. See Driver Information Recommended Fluids and Lubricants system is reset. Center (DIC) 0 124. When 0 342. remaining oil life is low, the VEHICLE CARE 259 See your dealer to have the fluid and How to Reset the Engine Air How to Inspect/Replace the filter changed at the intervals listed in Filter Life System Engine Air Cleaner/Filter the Maintenance Schedule 0 332. To reset: Do not start the engine or have the Engine Air Filter Life 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before System 2. Display the Air Filter Life on the removing the engine air cleaner/filter, DIC. See Driver Information Center If equipped, this feature provides the make sure that the engine air cleaner/ (DIC) 0 124. engine air filter’s remaining life and filter housing and nearby components best timing for a change. The timing 3. Press SEL on the steering wheel are free of dirt and debris. Remove the to change an engine air filter depends to move to the Reset/Disable engine air cleaner/filter. Do not clean on driving and environmental display area. Select Reset then the engine air cleaner/filter or conditions. press SEL for several seconds. components with water or compressed air. 4. Press SEL to confirm the reset. When to Change the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air Filter Engine Air Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter: When the Driver Information Center (DIC) displays a message to replace The engine air cleaner/filter is in the the engine air filter at the next oil engine compartment on the passenger change, follow this timing. side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 252. When the DIC displays a message to replace the engine air filter soon, When to Inspect/Replace the replace the engine air filter at the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter earliest convenience. If the vehicle is not equipped with the The system must be reset after the engine air filter life system, see engine air filter is changed. Maintenance Schedule 0 332. If the DIC displays a message to check the engine air filter system, see your dealer. 260 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/filter off, as flames may be present if the engine backfires.

2.0L L4 Engine 3.6L V6 Engine 1. Remove the five screws on top of 1. Remove the five screws on top of Caution the engine air cleaner/filter the engine air cleaner/filter housing. housing. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can easily get into the engine, 2. Lift the air cleaner/filter cover 2. Lift the air cleaner/filter cover housing away from the engine. housing away from the engine. which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when 3. Pull out the filter. 3. Pull out the filter. driving. 4. Inspect or replace the engine air 4. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter. Cooling System 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall the 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall the filter cover housing. filter cover housing. The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working 6. If equipped, reset the engine air 6. If equipped, reset the engine air temperature. filter life system after replacing filter life system after replacing the engine air filter. See Engine the engine air filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 259. Air Filter Life System 0 259. VEHICLE CARE 261

{ Warning Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, or other engine parts. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle.

2.0L L4 Engine 3.6L V6 Engine Engine Coolant 1. Electric Engine Cooling Fan 1. Electric Engine Cooling Fan The engine cooling system in the (Out of View) (Out of View) vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL engine 2. Coolant Surge Tank and 2. Coolant Surge Tank and coolant mixture. This coolant needs to Pressure Cap Pressure Cap be checked and changed at appropriate levels. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 342 and { Warning Maintenance Schedule 0 332. An underhood electric fan can start The following explains the cooling up even when the engine is not system and how to check and add running and can cause injury. Keep coolant when it is low. If there is a hands, clothing, and tools away problem with engine overheating, see from any underhood electric fan. Engine Overheating 0 264. 262 VEHICLE CARE What to Use Caution

{ Warning Do not use anything other than a mix of DEX-COOL coolant that Do not touch heater or radiator meets GM Standard GMW3420 and hoses, or other engine parts. They clean, drinkable water. Anything can be very hot and can burn you. else can cause damage to the Do not run the engine if there is a engine cooling system and the leak; all coolant could leak out. vehicle, which would not be covered That could cause an engine fire and by the vehicle warranty. can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle. Never dispose of engine coolant by Check to see if coolant is visible in the putting it in the trash, pouring it on coolant surge tank. If the coolant Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, the ground, or pouring into sewers, inside the coolant surge tank is drinkable water and DEX-COOL streams, or bodies of water. Have the boiling, do not do anything else until coolant. This mixture: coolant changed by an authorized it cools down. If coolant is visible but . Gives freezing protection down to service center, familiar with legal the coolant level mark is not at or −37 °C (−34 °F), outside requirements regarding used coolant above the indicated mark, add a 50/ temperature. disposal. This will help protect the 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water environment and your health. . Gives boiling protection up to 129 and DEX-COOL coolant. Be sure the °C (265 °F), engine temperature. Checking Coolant cooling system is cool before this is done. See Engine Overheating 0 264. . Protects against rust and The vehicle must be on a level surface corrosion. The coolant surge tank is in the when checking the coolant level. engine compartment on the driver . Will not damage aluminum parts. side of the vehicle. See Engine . Helps keep the proper engine Compartment Overview 0 252. temperature. VEHICLE CARE 263 How to Add Coolant to the 2. Keep turning the pressure cap Surge Tank Caution slowly and remove it. Failure to follow the specific { Warning coolant fill procedure could cause the engine to overheat and could Spilling coolant on hot engine parts cause system damage. If coolant is can burn you. Coolant contains not visible in the surge tank, ethylene glycol and it will burn if contact your dealer. the engine parts are hot enough.

The coolant surge tank pressure cap can be removed when the cooling { Warning system, including the surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, Steam and scalding liquids from a is no longer hot. hot cooling system are under 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with pressure. Turning the pressure cap, Coolant Fill Instructions (3.6L Engine Only) the proper mixture to the mark even a little, can cause them to pointed to on the front of the come out at high speed and you coolant surge tank. could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including 4. With the coolant surge tank the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for pressure cap off, start the engine and let it run until you can feel the cooling system and pressure the upper radiator hose getting cap to cool. hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fans. By this time, the 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly coolant level inside the coolant counterclockwise. If a hiss is surge tank may be lower. If the heard, wait for that to stop. level is lower, add more of the A hiss means there is still some proper mixture to the coolant pressure left. 264 VEHICLE CARE surge tank until the level reaches 7. At the same time, press the the mark pointed to on the front accelerator and the brake for of the coolant surge tank. automatic transmission vehicles 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. for two seconds, then release. 6. Verify coolant level after the At the end of the cycle, check the engine is shut off and the coolant level in the surge tank and coolant is cold. If necessary, add coolant, if it is low. Turn off the repeat coolant fill procedure vehicle, allow the Engine Control Step 1–6. Module (ECM) to go to sleep, about two minutes, and repeat steps 3-7. Caution Listen for pump activation and movement of the control valves while If the pressure cap is not tightly 1. With a cold system, disconnect watching the level of the tank. If the installed, coolant loss and engine the vent line from the port near tank empties, turn the ignition off, damage may occur. Be sure the cap the cap on the surge tank. Add carefully remove the surge tank cap, coolant to the indicated mark on is properly and tightly secured. refill to the indicated mark and repeat the surge tank. steps 3-6. The fill and air removal 2. Reconnect the vent line to the process will run for approximately Automatic Coolant Service Fill surge tank and replace the cap 10 minutes. Instructions (2.0L Engine Only) on the surge tank. Engine Overheating If equipped, this feature assists in 3. Connect the vehicle to a battery filling and removing air from the charger. The vehicle has several indicators to cooling system after service of warn of the engine overheating. 4. Put the vehicle in Service Mode. components or when coolant is added 0 after being too low. See Ignition Positions 174. There is an engine coolant temperature gauge on the instrument To activate the fill and air removal 5. Turn off the air conditioning. process: 6. Set the parking brake. VEHICLE CARE 265 cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature If Steam Is Coming from the If the overheat warning is displayed Gauge 0 112. The vehicle may also Engine Compartment with no sign of steam: display a message on the Driver 1. Turn the air conditioning off. Information Center (DIC). { Warning 2. Turn the heater on to the highest If the decision is made not to lift the temperature and to the highest Steam and scalding liquids from a hood when this warning appears, get fan speed. Open the windows as service help right away. See Roadside hot cooling system are under necessary. Service 0 353. pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off If the decision is made to lift the the road, shift to P (Park) or hood, make sure the vehicle is parked come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap N (Neutral), and let the on a level surface. Then check to see if engine idle. the engine cooling fan is running. when the cooling system, including If the engine is overheating, the fan the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for If the engine coolant temperature should be running. If it is not, do not the cooling system and pressure gauge is no longer in the overheated continue to run the engine. Have the cap to cool. area or the engine coolant vehicle serviced. temperature warning light no longer displays, the vehicle can be driven. If No Steam Is Coming from the Caution Continue to drive the vehicle slowly Engine Compartment for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe Do not run the engine if there is a If an engine overheat warning is distance from the vehicle in front. leak in the engine cooling system. displayed but no steam can be seen or If the warning does not come back on, This can cause a loss of all coolant heard, the problem may not be too continue to drive normally and have the cooling system checked for proper and can damage the system and serious. Sometimes the engine can get fill and function. vehicle. Have any leaks fixed a little too hot when the vehicle: right away. . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park the vehicle right away. . Stops after high-speed driving. . Idles for long periods in traffic. 266 VEHICLE CARE If there is no sign of steam, idle the Open the cap with the washer symbol engine for three minutes while parked. on it. Add washer fluid until the tank Caution (Continued) If the warning is still displayed, turn is full. See Engine Compartment off the engine until it cools down. Overview 0 252 for reservoir location. . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for Washer Fluid Caution fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage What to Use . Do not use washer fluid that the tank if it is contains any type of water When windshield washer fluid is completely full. needed, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to use. If operating the vehicle in an area chatter or skip. Brakes where the temperature may fall below . Do not use engine coolant pads have built-in wear freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient (antifreeze) in the windshield indicators that make a high-pitched protection against freezing. washer. It can damage the warning sound when the brake pads Adding Washer Fluid windshield washer system are worn and new pads are needed. and paint. The sound can come and go or can be The appropriate message will appear . Do not mix water with heard all the time when the vehicle is in the Driver Information Center (DIC) ready-to-use washer fluid. moving, except when applying the when the fluid level is low. Water can cause the solution brake pedal firmly. to freeze and damage the washer fluid tank and other { Warning parts of the washer system. . When using concentrated The brake wear warning sound washer fluid, follow the means that soon the brakes will not manufacturer instructions for work well. That could lead to a adding water. (Continued) (Continued) VEHICLE CARE 267 Brake pads should be replaced as The brake master cylinder reservoir is Warning (Continued) complete sets. filled with GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel See Engine Compartment Overview warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal does 0 252 for the location of the reservoir. vehicle serviced. not return to normal height, or if Checking Brake Fluid there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level service may be required. surface, the brake fluid level should be Caution between the minimum and maximum Replacing Brake System Parts Continuing to drive with worn-out marks on the brake fluid reservoir. brake pads could result in costly Always replace brake system parts There are only two reasons why the brake repair. with new, approved replacement parts. brake fluid level in the reservoir may If this is not done, the brakes may not go down: work properly. The braking Some driving conditions or climates performance expected can change in . Normal brake lining wear. When can cause a brake squeal when the many other ways if the wrong new linings are installed, the fluid brakes are first applied or lightly replacement brake parts are installed level goes back up. applied. This does not mean or if parts are improperly installed. . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic something is wrong with the brakes. system. Have the brake hydraulic Properly torqued wheel nuts are Brake Fluid system fixed. With a leak, the necessary to help prevent brake brakes will not work well. pulsation. When tires are rotated, Always clean the brake fluid reservoir inspect brake pads for wear and cap and the area around the cap evenly tighten wheel nuts in the before removing it. proper sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding Specifications 0 346. fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid when 268 VEHICLE CARE new brake linings are installed. Add or What to Add Refer to the replacement number on remove fluid, as necessary, only when Use only GM approved DOT 3 brake the original battery label when a new work is done on the brake hydraulic fluid from a clean, sealed container. battery is needed. For replacement of system. See Recommended Fluids and the battery, see your dealer. Lubricants 0 342. The vehicle has an Absorbed Glass { Warning Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. { Warning Installation of a standard 12-volt If too much brake fluid is added, it battery will result in reduced 12-volt can spill on the engine and burn, The wrong or contaminated brake battery life. if the engine is hot enough. You or fluid could result in damage to the When using a 12-volt battery charger others could be burned, and the brake system. This could result in on the 12-volt AGM battery, some vehicle could be damaged. Add the loss of braking leading to a chargers have an AGM battery setting brake fluid only when work is done possible injury. Always use the on the charger. If available, use the on the brake hydraulic system. proper GM approved brake fluid. AGM setting on the charger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts. When the brake fluid falls to a low Stop/Start System level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light Caution This vehicle has a Stop/Start system 0 117. to shut off the engine to help If brake fluid is spilled on the conserve fuel. See Stop/Start System Brake fluid absorbs water over time vehicle's painted surfaces, the paint 0 177. which degrades the effectiveness of finish can be damaged. Immediately the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid at wash off any painted surface. the specified intervals to prevent { Warning increased stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 332. Battery - North America WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories The original equipment battery is contain lead and lead compounds, maintenance free. Do not remove the (Continued) cap and do not add fluid. VEHICLE CARE 269 Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, 1. Before starting this check, be Warning (Continued) negative (−) cable from the battery to sure there is enough room keep the battery from running down. around the vehicle. chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth Extended Storage: Remove the black, 2. Apply both the parking brake − defects or other reproductive harm. negative ( ) cable from the battery or and the regular brake. Batteries also contain other use a battery trickle charger. Do not use the accelerator pedal, chemicals known to the State of and be ready to turn off the California to cause cancer. WASH All-Wheel Drive engine immediately if it starts. HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For Transfer Case 3. Try to start the engine in each more information go to gear. The vehicle should start Under normal driving conditions, www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). transfer case fluid does not require passenger-vehicle. If the vehicle starts in any other maintenance unless there is a fluid position, contact your dealer for leak or unusual noise. If required, service. See California Proposition 65 Warning have the transfer case serviced by 0 248 and the back cover. your dealer. Park Brake and P (Park) Vehicle Storage Starter Switch Check Mechanism Check { Warning { Warning { Warning Batteries have acid that can burn When you are doing this check, the you and gas that can explode. You When you are doing this inspection, vehicle could begin to move. You or can be badly hurt if you are not the vehicle could move suddenly. others could be injured and careful. See Jump Starting - North If the vehicle moves, you or others property could be damaged. Make America 0 316 for tips on working could be injured. sure there is room in front of the around a battery without vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be getting hurt. (Continued) 270 VEHICLE CARE Wiper Blade Replacement Warning (Continued) Windshield wiper blades should be ready to apply the regular brake at inspected for wear or cracking. once should the vehicle begin It is a good idea to clean or replace to move. the wiper blade assembly on a regular basis or when worn. For proper Park on a fairly steep hill, with the windshield wiper blade length and vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your type, see Maintenance Replacement foot on the regular brake, set the Parts 0 343. parking brake. . To check the parking brake's Caution holding ability: With the engine 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle running and the transmission in Allowing the wiper arm to touch of the wiper blade where the N (Neutral), slowly remove foot the windshield when no wiper blade wiper arm attaches. is installed could damage the pressure from the regular brake 3. With the latch open, pull the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by the vehicle wiper blade down toward the held by the parking brake only. windshield far enough to release warranty. Do not allow the wiper . To check the P (Park) mechanism's it from the J-hooked end of the arm to touch the windshield. holding ability: With the engine wiper arm. running, shift to P (Park). Then 4. Remove the wiper blade. release the parking brake followed Front Wiper Blade Replacement by the regular brake. 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper To replace the wiper blade assembly: blade replacement. Contact your dealer if service is required. 1. Pull the windshield wiper Rear Wiper Blade Replacement assembly away from the windshield. To remove the wiper blade: VEHICLE CARE 271 Windshield Replacement acoustic windshield so you will continue to have the benefits an HUD System acoustic windshield can provide. The windshield is part of the HUD system. If the windshield needs to be Gas Strut(s) replaced, be sure to get one that is This vehicle is equipped with gas designed for HUD or the HUD image strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting may look out of focus. and holding open the hood/trunk/ liftgate system in full open position. 1. Put the vehicle in ACC/ Driver Assistance Systems ACCESSORY and turn on the rear If the windshield needs to be replaced windshield wiper. The wiper will and the vehicle is equipped with a { Warning stop pointing down. See Rear front camera sensor for the Driver Window Wiper/Washer 0 103. If the gas struts that hold open the Assistance Systems, a GM hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you 2. Push ENGINE START/STOP to replacement windshield is or others could be seriously injured. turn the vehicle off. recommended. The replacement Take the vehicle to your dealer for windshield must be installed service immediately. Visually 3. Lift the wiper arm away from the according to GM specifications for window. proper alignment. If it is not, these inspect the gas struts for signs of 4. Push the release lever (2) to systems may not work properly, they wear, cracks, or other damage disengage the hook and push the may display messages, or they may periodically. Check to make sure the wiper arm (1) out of the blade not work at all. See your dealer for hood/trunk/liftgate is held open assembly (3). proper windshield replacement. with enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/ 5. Push the new blade assembly Acoustic Windshield liftgate, do not operate. Have the securely on the wiper arm until the release lever clicks into place. The vehicle is equipped with an vehicle serviced. acoustic windshield. If the windshield 6. Start the engine and the rear needs to be replaced be sure to get an wiper will return to its normal position. 272 VEHICLE CARE

Caution Headlamp Aiming Do not apply tape or hang any Front Headlamp Aiming objects from gas struts. Also do not Headlamp aim has been preset and push down or pull on gas struts. should need no further adjustment. This may cause damage to the vehicle. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. If adjustment to the headlamps is 0 See Maintenance Schedule 332. necessary, see your dealer.

Trunk

Hood

Liftgate VEHICLE CARE 273 Bulb Replacement LED Lighting Electrical System For the proper type of replacement This vehicle has several LED lamps. bulbs, or any bulb changing procedure For replacement of any LED lighting Electrical System Overload not listed in this section, contact your assembly, contact your dealer. The vehicle has fuses and circuit dealer. breakers to protect against an electrical system overload. Caution When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and Do not replace incandescent bulbs closes, protecting the circuit until the with aftermarket LED replacement current load returns to normal or the bulbs. This can cause damage to problem is fixed. This greatly reduces the vehicle electrical system. the chance of circuit overload and fire caused by electrical problems. Halogen Bulbs Fuses and circuit breakers protect power devices in the vehicle. { Warning Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, the scratch the bulb. You or others same amperage fuse can be borrowed. could be injured. Be sure to read Choose some feature of the vehicle and follow the instructions on the that is not needed to use and replace bulb package. it as soon as possible. 274 VEHICLE CARE Headlamp Wiring breakers. This greatly reduces the Engine Compartment Fuse chance of damage caused by electrical An electrical overload may cause the problems. Block lamps to go on and off, or in some The underhood fuse block is in the cases to remain off. Have the engine compartment, on the driver headlamp wiring checked right away if { Danger the lamps go on and off or remain off. side of the vehicle. Fuses and circuit breakers are Windshield Wipers marked with their ampere rating. If the wiper motor overheats due to Do not exceed the heavy snow or ice, the windshield specified amperage rating when wipers will stop until the motor cools replacing fuses and circuit breakers. and will then restart. Use of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can result in a vehicle fire. Although the circuit is protected from You and others could be seriously electrical overload, overload due to injured or killed. heavy snow or ice may cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield To check a fuse, look at the before using the windshield wipers. silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the overload is caused by an If the band is broken or melted, electrical problem and not snow or replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a Caution ice, be sure to get it fixed. bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Do not pull the engine Fuses and Circuit Breakers Fuses of the same amperage can be compartment fuse block lever, since temporarily borrowed from another it is intended only for service The wiring circuits in the vehicle are fuse location, if a fuse goes out. purposes. If pulled, vehicle protected from short circuits by a Replace the fuse as soon as possible. malfunction may occur. combination of fuses and circuit VEHICLE CARE 275

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

To remove the fuse block cover, press the clips on the cover and lift it straight up. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F3 DC DC transformer 1 F1 Antilock brake system F4 – F2 Starter 1 276 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F5 DC DC transformer 2 F23 Parking/Trailer lamps F39 Transmission control F6 Amplifier 1 F24 Right trailer module/Battery 1 F7 Front blower stoplamp/Turnlamp F40 Left rear electrical center/Ignition F8 Starter 3 F25 Steering column lock – F41 Instrument cluster F9 – F26 F42 Heating, ventilation, F10 – F27 Left trailer stoplamp/ Turnlamp and air conditioning F11 – F28 – F43 Head-Up display F12 Front wiper F29 – F44 Electronic brake F13 Starter 2 control module F30 Washer pump electric brake booster/ F14 LED/Automatic – Run/Crank headlamp leveling F31 – F45 – F15 Rear wiper 1 F32 F46 – F16 – F33 Fog lamps F47 – F17 – F34 Horn – F48 Rear wiper 2 F18 Automatic headlamp F35 leveling module F36 Headlamp F49 Interior rearview – mirror/Trailer F19 – high-beam left F50 Fuel system control F20 – F37 Headlamp high-beam – right module F21 – F38 Automatic headlamp F51 Heated steering wheel F22 Electronic brake leveling motor F52 Air conditioning control module VEHICLE CARE 277

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage F53 – F67 Engine control K7 Engine control F54 Coolant pump module powertrain 3 module – F55 – F68 K8 Air conditioning – – F56 – F69 K9 – F57 Engine control F70 K10 Starter 2 module/Ignition F71 – Instrument Panel Fuse F58 Transmission control F72 – Block module/Ignition F73 – F59 Engine control F74 – module battery F75 – F60 – F76 – F61 O2 sensor 1/ Aeroshutter F77 – F62 Engine control module – odd Relays Usage F63 O2 sensor 2 K1 Starter 1 F64 Engine control K2 Run/Crank module – even K3 Starter 3 F65 Engine control K4 LED/Automatic module powertrain 1 The instrument panel fuse block is in headlamps the center console between the driver F66 Engine control K5 – and passenger seats. To access the module powertrain 2 K6 Coolant pump 278 VEHICLE CARE fuses, open the fuse panel door, Fuses Usage or remove the panel from the passenger side by pulling it out. F2 Diagnostic link/ Central gateway To reinstall the door, push the door module back into its original location. F3 Electric steering The vehicle may not be equipped with column lock all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. F4 – F5 Logistics F6 Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning F7 Body control module 3 F8 – F9 Right front heated seat F10 Airbag F11 – F12 Amplifier 2 F13 Body control module 7

Fuses Usage F14 Left front heated seat F1 Body control module 6 F15 Instrument panel switch bank VEHICLE CARE 279

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Circuit Usage F16 Sunroof F28 Heating, ventilation, Breakers – F17 Body control and air conditioning F40 module 1 display F41 – F18 Instrument cluster F29 Radio F42 Auxiliary power F19 – F30 Steering wheel outlet/Lighter adjustment controls F20 Rear seat Rear Compartment Fuse entertainment F31 Electronic brake control module Block F21 Body control electric brake module 4 booster F22 Infotainment/USB F32 DC AC inverter data/Aux jack F33 Driver power seat F23 Body control module 2 F34 Passenger power seat F24 USB charger/ Wireless charging F35 Battery IEC 1 feed F25 Park aid/electronic F36 Electric power transmission range steering system F37 Rear seat F26 Communications entertainment/USB integration module charge/Wireless The rear compartment fuse block is in charging module F27 Video the cargo area, on the driver side of F38 Body control the vehicle behind the lower trim module 8 F39 – 280 VEHICLE CARE panel. To open, turn the latch with a Fuses Usage flat-bladed tool and pull the trim panel from the edges to fold it down. F3 Driver seat belt motor The label for this fuse block is in the F4 Rear blower spare tire area, on the foam under the F5 Rear drive control cargo floor. F6 Passenger seat belt The vehicle may not be equipped with motor all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. F7 Right window F8 Rear window defogger F9 Left window F10 – F11 Trailer reverse F12 – F13 – F14 – F15 – F16 – F17 Camera/Spare F18 Trailer module F19 Ventilated seats Fuses Usage F20 – F1 – F21 Trailer connector F2 Trailer battery 1 VEHICLE CARE 281

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F22 – F38 Window module F54 External object F23 – F39 Rear closure calculating/Side blind zone alert F24 Passenger window F40 Memory seat module F55 – switch F41 Automatic occupancy F25 – sensor F56 Universal garage door opener/Rain sensor F26 Trailer brake F42 Trailer battery 2 F57 Theft deterrent F27 Driver ventilated seat/ F43 – Lumbar F44 – Circuit Usage F28 Passive entry/Passive F45 Liftgate motor Breakers start – F46 Rear heated seats CB1 F29 – – F47 – CB2 F30 Canister vent F48 Glass break sensor CB3 Rear auxiliary power F31 – outlet F49 – F32 Heated mirror F50 – Relays Usage F33 – F51 – K1 – F34 Liftgate module F52 Active dampening K2 – F35 Fuel system control system module module F53 Rear parking aid F36 Passenger ventilated module/Video/USB/ seat/Lumbar Spare F37 – 282 VEHICLE CARE

Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that have Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as been damaged by impacts high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The with potholes, curbs, etc. leading tire manufacturer. See the resulting crash could cause . Improperly repaired tires warranty manual for information serious injury. Check all can cause a crash. Only regarding the tire warranty and tires frequently to the dealer or an authorized where to get service. For maintain the tire service center should additional information refer to the recommended pressure. repair, replace, dismount, tire manufacturer. Tire pressure should be and mount the tires. checked when the tires are cold. . Do not spin the tires in { Warning excess of 56 km/h . Overinflated tires are more (35 mph) on slippery . Poorly maintained and likely to be cut, punctured, improperly used tires are surfaces such as snow, or broken by a sudden mud, ice, etc. Excessive dangerous. — impact such as when spinning may cause the . Overloading the tires can hitting a pothole. Keep tires to explode. cause overheating as a tires at the recommended result of too much flexing. pressure. See Tire Pressure for High-Speed There could be a blowout . Worn or old tires can Operation 0 290 for inflation and a serious crash. See cause a crash. If the tread pressure adjustment for Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. is badly worn, high-speed driving. (Continued) replace them. (Continued) VEHICLE CARE 283 All-Season Tires roads. Consider installing winter tires Summer Tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on This vehicle may come with all-season ice or snow covered roads is expected. This vehicle may come with 235/ tires. These tires are designed to See your dealer for details regarding 65R18 or 235/55R20 high performance provide good overall performance on winter tire availability and proper tire summer tires. These tires have a most road surfaces and weather selection. Also, see Buying New Tires special tread and compound that are conditions. Original equipment tires 0 297. optimized for maximum dry and wet designed to GM's specific tire road performance. This special tread performance criteria have a TPC With winter tires, there may be and compound will have decreased specification code molded onto the decreased dry road traction, increased performance in cold climates, and on sidewall. Original equipment road noise, and shorter tread life. ice and snow. It is recommended that all-season tires can be identified by After changing to winter tires, be alert winter tires be installed on the vehicle the last two characters of this TPC for changes in vehicle handling and if frequent driving at temperatures code, which will be “MS.” braking. below approximately 5 °C (40 °F) or on Consider installing winter tires on the If using winter tires: ice or snow covered roads is expected. See Winter Tires 0 283. vehicle if frequent driving on snow or . Use tires of the same brand and ice-covered roads is expected. tread type on all four wheel All-season tires provide adequate positions. Caution performance for most winter driving . conditions, but they may not offer the Use only radial ply tires of the High performance summer tires same level of traction or performance same size, load range, and speed have rubber compounds that lose as winter tires on snow or ice-covered rating as the original equipment flexibility and may develop surface roads. See Winter Tires 0 283. tires. cracks in the tread area at Winter tires with the same speed temperatures below −7 °C (20 °F). Winter Tires rating as the original equipment tires Always store high performance may not be available for H, V, W, Y, summer tires indoors and at This vehicle was not originally and ZR speed rated tires. If winter temperatures above −7 °C (20 °F) equipped with winter tires. Winter tires with a lower speed rating are when not in use. If the tires have tires are designed for increased chosen, never exceed the tire's (Continued) traction on snow and ice-covered maximum speed capability. 284 VEHICLE CARE molded onto the sidewall. GM's Caution (Continued) TPC specifications meet or exceed been subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or all federal safety guidelines. less, let them warm up in a heated (3) DOT (Department of space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for Transportation) : The 24 hours or more before being Department of Transportation installed or driving a vehicle on (DOT) code indicates that the tire which they are installed. Do not is in compliance with the U.S. apply heat or blow heated air Department of Transportation directly on the tires. Always inspect Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. tires before use. See Tire Inspection 0 295. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last four digits of the TIN (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a indicate the tire manufactured Tire Sidewall Labeling combination of letters and date. The first two digits represent Useful information about a tire is numbers used to define a the week (01–52) and the last two molded into its sidewall. The particular tire's width, height, digits, the year. For example, the examples show a typical passenger aspect ratio, construction type, third week of the year 2010 would vehicle tire and a compact spare and service description. See the have a four-digit DOT date tire sidewall. “Tire Size” illustration later in this of 0310. section. (4) Tire Identification Number (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers Criteria Specification) : Original following the DOT (Department of equipment tires designed to GM's Transportation) code are the Tire specific tire performance criteria Identification Number (TIN). The have a TPC specification code TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the VEHICLE CARE 285 tire was manufactured. The TIN is (3) Tire Identification Number molded onto both sides of the tire, (TIN) : The letters and numbers although only one side may have following the DOT (Department of the date of manufacture. Transportation) code are the Tire (5) Tire Ply Material : The type Identification Number (TIN). The of cord and number of plies in the TIN shows the manufacturer and sidewall and under the tread. plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is (6) Uniform Tire Quality molded onto both sides of the tire, Grading (UTQG) : Tire although only one side may have manufacturers are required to the date of manufacture. grade tires based on three Compact Spare Tire Example performance factors: treadwear, (4) Maximum Cold Inflation traction, and temperature (1) Tire Ply Material : The type Load Limit : Maximum load that resistance. For more information of cord and number of plies in the can be carried and the maximum see Uniform Tire Quality Grading sidewall and under the tread. pressure needed to support that load. 0 299. (2) Temporary Use Only : The (7) Maximum Cold Inflation compact spare tire or temporary (5) Tire Inflation : The temporary Load Limit : Maximum load that use tire should not be driven at use tire or compact spare tire can be carried and the maximum speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). should be inflated to 420 kPa pressure needed to support The compact spare tire is for (60 psi). For more information on that load. emergency use when a regular tire pressure and inflation see Tire road tire has lost air and gone flat. Pressure 0 289. If the vehicle has a compact spare 0 (6) Tire Size : A combination of tire, see Compact Spare Tire 315 letters and numbers define a tire's and 0 width, height, aspect ratio, If a Tire Goes Flat 302. construction type, and service 286 VEHICLE CARE description. The letter “T” as the (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : (5) Diameter : Diameter of first character in the tire size The United States version of a the wheel in inches. means the tire is for temporary metric tire sizing system. The (6) Service Description : These “ ” use only. letter P as the first character in characters represent the load (7) TPC Spec (Tire Performance the tire size means a passenger index and speed rating of the tire. Criteria Specification) : Original vehicle tire engineered to The load index represents the load equipment tires designed to GM's standards set by the U.S. Tire and carrying capacity a tire is certified specific tire performance criteria Rim Association. to carry. The speed rating is the have a TPC specification code (2) Tire Width : The three-digit maximum speed a tire is certified molded onto the sidewall. GM's number indicates the tire section to carry a load. TPC specifications meet or exceed width in millimeters from sidewall all federal safety guidelines. to sidewall. Tire Terminology and Definitions Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit number that indicates the tire Air Pressure : The amount of air Tire Size height-to-width measurements. inside the tire pressing outward For example, if the tire size aspect The example shows a typical on each square inch of the tire. ratio is 60, as shown in item (3) of passenger vehicle tire size. Air pressure is expressed in kPa the illustration, it would mean (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per that the tire's sidewall is square inch). 60 percent as high as it is wide. Accessory Weight : The combined (4) Construction Code : A letter weight of optional accessories. code is used to indicate the type Some examples of optional of ply construction in the tire. The accessories are automatic letter “R” means radial ply transmission, power windows, construction; the letter “D” means power seats, and air conditioning. diagonal or bias ply construction. VEHICLE CARE 287 Aspect Ratio : The relationship of maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and Intended Outboard Sidewall : a tire's height to its width. coolant, but without passengers The side of an asymmetrical tire Belt : A rubber coated layer of and cargo. that must always face outward cords between the plies and the DOT Markings : A code molded when mounted on a vehicle. tread. Cords may be made from into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit steel or other reinforcing signifying that the tire is in for air pressure. materials. compliance with the U.S. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Bead : The tire bead contains steel Department of Transportation tire used on light duty trucks and wires wrapped by steel cords that (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety some multipurpose passenger hold the tire onto the rim. Standards. The DOT code includes vehicles. the Tire Identification Number Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in (TIN), an alphanumeric designator Load Index : An assigned number which the plies are laid at which can also identify the tire ranging from 1 to 279 that alternate angles less than manufacturer, production plant, corresponds to the load carrying 90 degrees to the centerline of the brand, and date of production. capacity of a tire. tread. GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure : Cold Tire Pressure : The amount Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits The maximum air pressure to of air pressure in a tire, measured 0 170. which a cold tire can be inflated. in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds The maximum air pressure is per square inch) before a tire has GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. built up heat from driving. See Rating for the front axle. See 0 Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. Maximum Load Rating : The load Tire Pressure 289. rating for a tire at the maximum Curb Weight : The weight of a GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight permissible inflation pressure for Rating for the rear axle. See motor vehicle with standard and 0 that tire. optional equipment including the Vehicle Load Limits 170. 288 VEHICLE CARE Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire Traction : The friction between Weight : The sum of curb weight, used on passenger and some the tire and the road surface. The accessory weight, vehicle capacity light duty trucks and amount of grip provided. weight, and production options multipurpose vehicles. Tread : The portion of a tire that weight. Recommended Inflation comes into contact with the road. Normal Occupant Weight : The Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer's Treadwear Indicators : Narrow number of occupants a vehicle is recommended tire inflation bands, sometimes called wear designed to seat multiplied by pressure as shown on the tire 0 bars, that show across the tread of 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load placard. See Tire Pressure 289 a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) Limits 0 170. and 0 of tread remains. See When It Is Occupant Distribution : Vehicle Load Limits 170. Time for New Tires 0 297. Designated seating positions. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Outward Facing Sidewall : The in which the ply cords that extend Grading Standards) : A tire side of an asymmetrical tire that to the beads are laid at 90 degrees information system that provides has a particular side that faces to the centerline of the tread. consumers with ratings for a tire's outward when mounted on a Rim : A metal support for a tire traction, temperature, and vehicle. The side of the tire that and upon which the tire beads are treadwear. Ratings are determined contains a whitewall, bears white seated. by tire manufacturers using lettering, or bears manufacturer, Sidewall : The portion of a tire government testing procedures. brand, and/or model name between the tread and the bead. The ratings are molded into the molding that is higher or deeper sidewall of the tire. See Uniform than the same moldings on the Speed Rating : An alphanumeric Tire Quality Grading 0 299. other sidewall of the tire. code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate. VEHICLE CARE 289 Vehicle Capacity Weight : The The Tire and Loading Information number of designated seating { Warning label on the vehicle indicates the positions multiplied by Neither tire underinflation nor original equipment tires and the 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargo correct cold tire inflation 0 overinflation is good. load. See Vehicle Load Limits 170. Underinflated tires, or tires that pressures. The recommended Vehicle Maximum Load on the do not have enough air, can pressure is the minimum air Tire : Load on an individual tire result in: pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum load carrying due to curb weight, accessory . Tire overloading and weight, occupant weight, and capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits overheating, which could 0 170. cargo weight. lead to a blowout. Vehicle Placard : A label How the vehicle is loaded affects . Premature or vehicle handling and ride comfort. permanently attached to a vehicle irregular wear. showing the vehicle capacity Never load the vehicle with more weight and the original equipment . Poor handling. weight than it was designed to carry. tire size and recommended . Reduced fuel economy. inflation pressure. See “Tire and Overinflated tires, or tires that When to Check Loading Information Label” under have too much air, can result in: Check the pressure of the tires Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. . Unusual wear. once a month or more. Do not Tire Pressure forget the compact spare, if the . Poor handling. vehicle has one. The cold compact Tires need the correct amount of . Rough ride. spare tire pressure should be at air pressure to operate effectively. 420 kPa (60 psi). See Compact . Needless damage from Spare Tire 0 315. road hazards. 290 VEHICLE CARE How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with the Warning (Continued) Use a good quality pocket-type tire gauge. gauge to check tire pressure. Put the valve caps back on the operation. When speed limits and Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to keep out dirt and road conditions allow the vehicle to determined by looking at the tire. moisture and prevent leaks. Use be driven at high speeds, make sure Check the tire inflation pressure only valve caps designed for the the tires are rated for high-speed when the tires are cold, meaning vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors operation, are in excellent the vehicle has not been driven for could be damaged and would not condition, and are set to the correct at least three hours or no more be covered by the vehicle cold tire inflation pressure for the than 1.6 km (1 mi). warranty. vehicle load. Remove the valve cap from the Vehicles with 235/65R18 or 235/55R20 tire valve stem. Press the tire Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation size tires require inflation pressure gauge firmly onto the valve to get adjustment when driving the vehicle a pressure measurement. If the at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or cold tire inflation pressure { Warning higher. Set the cold inflation pressure matches the recommended to the maximum inflation pressure pressure on the Tire and Loading Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h shown on the tire sidewall, or 280 kPa Information label, no further (100 mph) or higher, puts additional (41 psi), whichever is lower. Return strain on tires. Sustained adjustment is necessary. If the the tires to the recommended cold tire high-speed driving causes excessive inflation pressure is low, add air inflation pressure when high-speed heat buildup and can cause sudden driving has ended. See Vehicle Load until the recommended pressure is tire failure. This could cause a Limits 0 170 and reached. If the inflation pressure crash, and you or others could be Tire Pressure 0 289. is high, press on the metal stem in killed. Some high-speed rated tires the center of the tire valve to The maximum load and inflation require inflation pressure pressure is molded on the tire release air. adjustment for high-speed sidewall, in small letters, near the rim (Continued) VEHICLE CARE 291 flange. It will read something like this: that illuminates a low tire pressure approximately one minute and then Maximum load 690 kg (1,521 lbs) telltale when one or more of your tires remain continuously illuminated. This 300 kPa (44 psi) Max. Press. is significantly under-inflated. sequence will continue upon Accordingly, when the low tire subsequent vehicle start-ups as long Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale illuminates, you as the malfunction exists. System should stop and check your tires as When the malfunction indicator is soon as possible, and inflate them to illuminated, the system may not be The Tire Pressure Monitor System the proper pressure. Driving on a able to detect or signal low tire (TPMS) uses radio and sensor significantly under-inflated tire causes pressure as intended. TPMS technology to check tire pressure the tire to overheat and can lead to malfunctions may occur for a variety levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the tire failure. Under-inflation also of reasons, including the installation air pressure in your tires and transmit reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread of replacement or alternate tires or tire pressure readings to a receiver life, and may affect the vehicle's wheels on the vehicle that prevent the located in the vehicle. handling and stopping ability. TPMS from functioning properly. Each tire, including the spare (if Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction provided), should be checked monthly substitute for proper , telltale after replacing one or more when cold and inflated to the and it is the driver's responsibility to tires or wheels on your vehicle to inflation pressure recommended by maintain correct tire pressure, even if ensure that the replacement or the vehicle manufacturer on the under-inflation has not reached the alternate tires and wheels allow the vehicle placard or tire inflation level to trigger illumination of the TPMS to continue to function pressure label. (If your vehicle has TPMS low tire pressure telltale. properly. tires of a different size than the size Your vehicle has also been equipped See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation indicated on the vehicle placard or tire 0 292. inflation pressure label, you should with a TPMS malfunction indicator to determine the proper tire inflation indicate when the system is not See Radio Frequency Statement 0 358. pressure for those tires.) operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined As an added safety feature, your with the low tire pressure telltale. vehicle has been equipped with a tire When the system detects a pressure monitoring system (TPMS) malfunction, the telltale will flash for 292 VEHICLE CARE Tire Pressure Monitor A message to check the pressure in a The TPMS can warn about a low tire specific tire displays in the Driver pressure condition but it does not Operation Information Center (DIC). The low tire replace normal tire maintenance. See This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure pressure warning light and the DIC Tire Inspection 0 295, Tire Rotation Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is warning message come on at each 0 296 and designed to warn the driver when a ignition cycle until the tires are Tires 0 282. low tire pressure condition exists. inflated to the correct inflation TPMS sensors are mounted onto each pressure. Using the DIC, tire pressure Caution tire and wheel assembly, excluding the levels can be viewed. For additional spare tire and wheel assembly. The information and details about the DIC Tire sealant materials are not all TPMS sensors monitor the air operation and displays see Driver the same. A non-approved tire 0 pressure in the tires and transmit the Information Center (DIC) 124. sealant could damage the TPMS tire pressure readings to a receiver The low tire pressure warning light sensors. TPMS sensor damage located in the vehicle. may come on in cool weather when caused by using an incorrect tire the vehicle is first started, and then sealant is not covered by the turn off as the vehicle is driven. This vehicle warranty. Always use only could be an early indicator that the air the GM approved tire sealant pressure is getting low and needs to available through your dealer or be inflated to the proper pressure. included in the vehicle. A Tire and Loading Information label, attached to your vehicle, shows the Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits use When a low tire pressure condition is size of the original equipment tires detected, the TPMS illuminates the a GM approved liquid tire sealant. and the correct inflation pressure for Using non-approved tire sealants low tire pressure warning light on the the tires when they are cold. See instrument cluster. If the warning 0 could damage the TPMS sensors. See Vehicle Load Limits 170, for an Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 0 304 light comes on, stop as soon as example of the Tire and Loading possible and inflate the tires to the for information regarding the inflator Information label and its location. kit materials and instructions. recommended pressure shown on the Also see Tire Pressure 0 289. Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. VEHICLE CARE 293 TPMS Malfunction Light and light and the DIC message should dealer for service if the TPMS Message go off after successfully malfunction light and DIC message completing the sensor matching come on and stay on. The TPMS will not function properly if process. See "TPMS Sensor one or more of the TPMS sensors are Matching Process" later in this Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) missing or inoperable. When the section. This feature provides visual and system detects a malfunction, the low audible alerts outside the vehicle to tire pressure warning light flashes for . One or more TPMS sensors are help when inflating an underinflated about one minute and then stays on missing or damaged. The tire to the recommended cold tire for the remainder of the ignition cycle. malfunction light and the DIC pressure. A DIC warning message also displays. message should go off when the The malfunction light and DIC TPMS sensors are installed and When the low tire pressure warning warning message come on at each the sensor matching process is light comes on: ignition cycle until the problem is performed successfully. See your dealer for service. 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level corrected. Some of the conditions that place. can cause these to come on are: . Replacement tires or wheels do 2. Set the parking brake firmly. . One of the road tires has been not match the original equipment replaced with the spare tire. The tires or wheels. Tires and wheels 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). spare tire does not have a TPMS other than those recommended 4. Add air to the tire that is sensor. The malfunction light and could prevent the TPMS from underinflated. The turn signal DIC message should go off after functioning properly. See Buying lamp will flash. the road tire is replaced and the New Tires 0 297. When the recommended sensor matching process is . Operating electronic devices or performed successfully. See “TPMS pressure is reached, the horn being near facilities using radio sounds once and the turn signal Sensor Matching Process” later in wave frequencies similar to the this section. lamp will stop flashing and TPMS could cause the TPMS briefly turn solid. . The TPMS sensor matching sensors to malfunction. process was not done or not If the TPMS is not functioning completed successfully after properly it cannot detect or signal a rotating the tires. The malfunction low tire pressure condition. See your 294 VEHICLE CARE Repeat these steps for all If the turn signal lamp does not flash If the tire fill alert does not operate underinflated tires that have within 15 seconds after starting to due to TPMS interference, move the illuminated the low tire pressure inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or warning light. not been activated or is not working. forward and try again. If the tire fill If the hazard warning flashers are on, alert feature is not working, use a tire { Warning the tire fill alert visual feedback will pressure gauge. not work properly. TPMS Sensor Matching Process Overinflating a tire could cause the tire to rupture and you or others The TPMS will not activate the tire fill Each TPMS sensor has a unique could be injured. Do not exceed the alert properly under the following identification code. The identification conditions: maximum pressure listed on the code needs to be matched to a new tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall . There is interference from an tire/wheel position after rotating the Labeling 0 284 and external device or transmitter. vehicle’s tires or replacing one or more Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. of the TPMS sensors. The TPMS . The air pressure from the inflation sensor matching process should also device is not sufficient to inflate be performed after replacing a spare If the tire is overinflated by more than the tire. tire with a road tire containing the 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound . There is a malfunction in TPMS sensor. The malfunction light multiple times and the turn signal the TPMS. and the DIC message should go off at lamp will continue to flash for several the next ignition cycle. The sensors . There is a malfunction in the horn seconds after filling stops. To release are matched to the tire/wheel or turn signal lamps. and correct the pressure, while the positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, turn signal lamp is still flashing, . The identification code of the in the following order: driver side briefly press the center of the valve TPMS sensor is not registered to front tire, passenger side front tire, stem. When the recommended the system. passenger side rear tire, and driver pressure is reached, the horn . The battery of the TPMS sensor side rear. See your dealer for service or sounds once. is low. to purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation Tool at VEHICLE CARE 295 www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or 5. Press and hold SEL in the center active. The TIRE LEARNING call 1-800-GM TOOLS of the five-way DIC control. ACTIVE message on the DIC (1-800-468-6657). The horn sounds twice to signal display screen goes off. There are two minutes to match the the receiver is in relearn mode 11. Turn the vehicle off. first tire/wheel position, and and the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE 12. Set all four tires to the five minutes overall to match all four message displays on the DIC recommended air pressure level tire/wheel positions. If it takes longer, screen. as indicated on the Tire and the matching process stops and must 6. Start with the driver side Loading Information label. be restarted. front tire. The TPMS sensor matching process is: 7. Place the relearn tool against the Tire Inspection 1. Set the parking brake. tire sidewall, near the valve stem. We recommend that the tires, 2. Place the vehicle in Service Then press the button to activate including the spare tire, if the the TPMS sensor. A horn chirp Mode. See Ignition Positions vehicle has one, be inspected for 0 174. confirms that the sensor identification code has been signs of wear or damage at least 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure info matched to this tire and wheel once a month. display option is turned on. The position. Replace the tire if: info displays on the DIC can be turned on and off through the 8. Proceed to the passenger side . The indicators at three or more front tire, and repeat Step 7. Options menu. See Driver places around the tire can Information Center (DIC) 0 124. 9. Proceed to the passenger side be seen. rear tire, and repeat Step 7. 4. Use the five-way DIC control on . There is cord or fabric showing the right side of the steering 10. Proceed to the driver side rear through the tire's rubber. wheel to scroll to the Tire tire, and repeat Step 7. The horn Pressure screen under the DIC sounds two times to indicate the . The tread or sidewall is info page. See Driver Information sensor identification code has cracked, cut, or snagged deep Center (DIC) 0 124. been matched to the driver side enough to show cord or fabric. rear tire, and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer 296 VEHICLE CARE . The tire has a bump, bulge, Check that all wheel nuts are or split. properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities and . The tire has a puncture, cut, 0 or other damage that cannot Specifications 346, and “ be repaired well because of the Removing the and ” size or location of the damage. Installing the Spare Tire under Tire Changing 0 310. Tire Rotation { Warning Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on Maintenance Schedule 0 332. the parts to which it is fastened, Use this rotation pattern when can make wheel nuts become Tires are rotated to achieve a rotating the tires. more uniform wear for all tires. loose after time. The wheel The first rotation is the most Do not include the compact spare could come off and cause a important. tire in the tire rotation. crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from Anytime unusual wear is noticed, Adjust the front and rear tires to the recommended inflation places where the wheel attaches rotate the tires as soon as to the vehicle. In an emergency, possible, check for proper tire pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after the tires a cloth or a paper towel can be inflation pressure, and check for used; however, use a scraper or damaged tires or wheels. If the have been rotated. See Tire Pressure 0 289 and wire brush later to remove all unusual wear continues after the 0 rust or dirt. rotation, check the wheel Vehicle Load Limits 170. alignment. See When It Is Time for Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Lightly coat the inner diameter of New Tires 0 297 and System. See Tire Pressure Monitor the wheel hub opening with wheel Wheel Replacement 0 301. Operation 0 292. bearing grease after a wheel VEHICLE CARE 297 change or tire rotation to prevent tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or away from direct sunlight to slow corrosion or rust buildup. Do not less of tread remaining. See Tire aging. This area should be free of Inspection 0 295 and grease, gasoline, or other substances get grease on the wheel mounting 0 surface or on the wheel nuts or Tire Rotation 296. that can deteriorate rubber. bolts. The rubber in tires ages over time. Parking for an extended period can This also applies to the spare tire, cause flat spots on the tires that may When It Is Time for New if the vehicle has one, even if it is result in vibrations while driving. never used. Multiple factors including When storing a vehicle for at least a Tires temperatures, loading conditions, and month, remove the tires or raise the Factors such as maintenance, inflation pressure maintenance affect vehicle to reduce the weight from the temperatures, driving speeds, vehicle how fast aging takes place. GM tires. loading, and road conditions affect the recommends that tires, including the wear rate of the tires. spare if equipped, be replaced after six Buying New Tires years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire GM has developed and matched manufacture date which is the last specific tires for the vehicle. The four digits of the DOT Tire original equipment tires installed Identification Number (TIN) which is were designed to meet General molded into one side of the tire Motors Tire Performance Criteria sidewall. The first two digits represent Specification (TPC Spec) system the week (01–52) and the last two rating. When replacement tires are digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2010 would have a needed, GM strongly recommends four-digit DOT date of 0310. buying tires with the same TPC Spec rating. Vehicle Storage GM's exclusive TPC Spec system Tires age when stored normally considers over a dozen critical Treadwear indicators are one way to mounted on a parked vehicle. Park a tell when it is time for new tires. specifications that impact the vehicle that will be stored for at least overall performance of the vehicle, Treadwear indicators appear when the a month in a cool, dry, clean area 298 VEHICLE CARE including brake system Winter tires with the same speed performance, ride and handling, rating as the original equipment Warning (Continued) traction control, and tire pressure tires may not be available for H, V, in a crash or other vehicle monitoring performance. GM's W, Y and ZR speed rated tires. damage. Use the same size, load TPC Spec number is molded onto Never exceed the winter tires’ range, and type of tires as the the tire's sidewall near the tire maximum speed capability when original tires. size. If the tires have an all-season using winter tires with a lower tread design, the TPC Spec speed rating. number will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall { Warning { Warning Labeling 0 284. Tires could explode during Using bias-ply tires on the GM recommends replacing worn improper service. Attempting to vehicle may cause the wheel rim tires in complete sets of four. mount or dismount a tire could flanges to develop cracks after Uniform tread depth on all tires cause injury or death. Only your many miles of driving. A tire will help to maintain the dealer or authorized tire service and/or wheel could fail suddenly performance of the vehicle. center should mount or and cause a crash. Use only Braking and handling performance dismount the tires. radial-ply tires with the wheels may be adversely affected if all the on the vehicle. tires are not replaced at the same time. If proper rotation and If the vehicle tires must be maintenance have been done, all { Warning replaced with a tire that does not four tires should wear out at Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make about the same time. See Tire tread patterns, or types on the sure they are the same size, load Rotation 0 296. However, if it is same axle may cause loss of range, speed rating, and necessary to replace only one axle control of the vehicle, resulting construction (radial) as the set of worn tires, place the new original tires. tires on the rear axle. (Continued) VEHICLE CARE 299 Vehicles that have a tire pressure United States. The grades are monitoring system could give an { Warning molded on the sidewalls of most inaccurate low-pressure warning if If different sized wheels are used, passenger car tires. The Uniform non-TPC Spec rated tires are there may not be an acceptable Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if system does not apply to deep System 0 291. tires not recommended for those tread, winter tires, compact spare The Tire and Loading Information wheels are selected. This increases tires, tires with nominal rim label indicates the original the chance of a crash and serious diameters of 10 to 12 inches equipment tires on the vehicle. injury. Only use GM specific wheel (25 to 30 cm), or to some See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. and tire systems developed for the limited-production tires. vehicle, and have them properly While the tires available on installed by a GM certified Different Size Tires and General Motors passenger cars technician. Wheels and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they must 0 If wheels or tires are installed that are See Buying New Tires 297 and also conform to federal safety a different size than the original Accessories and Modifications 0 249. equipment wheels and tires, vehicle requirements and additional performance, including its braking, General Motors Tire Performance Uniform Tire Quality Criteria (TPC) standards. ride and handling characteristics, Grading stability, and resistance to rollover Quality grades can be found where may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates applicable on the tire sidewall electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the brakes, rollover airbags, traction between tread shoulder and control, electronic stability control, United States National Highway maximum section width. For or All-Wheel Drive, the performance Traffic Safety Administration example: of these systems can also be affected. (NHTSA), which grades tires by treadwear, traction, and temperature performance. This applies only to vehicles sold in the 300 VEHICLE CARE Treadwear 200 Traction AA Traction can cause the material of the tire Temperature A The traction grades, from highest to degenerate and reduce tire life, All Passenger Car Tires Must to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. and excessive temperature can Conform to Federal Safety Those grades represent the tire's lead to sudden tire failure. The Requirements In Addition To ability to stop on wet pavement as grade C corresponds to a level of These Grades. measured under controlled performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Treadwear conditions on specified government test surfaces of Federal Motor Safety Standard The treadwear grade is a asphalt and concrete. A tire No. 109. Grades B and A represent comparative rating based on the marked C may have poor traction higher levels of performance on wear rate of the tire when tested performance. Warning: The the laboratory test wheel than the under controlled conditions on a traction grade assigned to this tire minimum required by law. specified government test course. is based on straight-ahead braking Warning: The temperature grade For example, a tire graded traction tests, and does not for this tire is established for a tire 150 would wear one and one-half include acceleration, cornering, that is properly inflated and not (1½) times as well on the hydroplaning, or peak traction overloaded. Excessive speed, government course as a tire characteristics. underinflation, or excessive graded 100. The relative loading, either separately or in performance of tires depends Temperature combination, can cause heat upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A (the buildup and possible tire failure. their use, however, and may highest), B, and C, representing depart significantly from the norm the tire's resistance to the Wheel Alignment and Tire due to variations in driving habits, generation of heat and its ability Balance service practices and differences to dissipate heat when tested The tires and wheels were aligned and in road characteristics and under controlled conditions on a balanced at the factory to provide the climate. specified indoor laboratory test longest tire life and best overall wheel. Sustained high temperature performance. Adjustments to wheel VEHICLE CARE 301 alignment and tire balancing are not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Used Replacement Wheels necessary on a regular basis. Consider nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System an alignment check if there is unusual (TPMS) sensors with new GM original tire wear or the vehicle is significantly equipment parts. { Warning pulling to one side or the other. Some Replacing a wheel with a used one slight pull to the left or right, { Warning is dangerous. How it has been used depending on the crown of the road or how far it has been driven may and/or other road surface variations Using the wrong replacement be unknown. It could fail suddenly such as troughs or ruts, is normal. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts and cause a crash. When replacing If the vehicle is vibrating when driving can be dangerous. It could affect on a smooth road, the tires and wheels, use a new GM original the braking and handling of the equipment wheel. wheels may need to be rebalanced. vehicle. Tires can lose air, and See your dealer for proper diagnosis. cause loss of control, causing a crash. Always use the correct wheel, Tire Chains Wheel Replacement wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for Replace any wheel that is bent, replacement. { Warning cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the If the vehicle has 235/55R20 size wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts tires, do not use tire chains. There should be replaced. If the wheel leaks Caution is not enough clearance. Tire chains air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels used on a vehicle without the The wrong wheel can also cause can be repaired. See your dealer if any proper amount of clearance can problems with bearing life, brake of these conditions exist. cause damage to the brakes, cooling, speedometer or odometer suspension, or other vehicle parts. Your dealer will know the kind of calibration, headlamp aim, bumper The area damaged by the tire wheel that is needed. height, vehicle ground clearance, chains could cause loss of control Each new wheel should have the same and tire or tire chain clearance to and a crash. Use another type of load-carrying capacity, diameter, the body and chassis. width, offset, and be mounted the (Continued) same way as the one it replaces. 302 VEHICLE CARE wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) position, and then gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. traction device only if its front axle. Do not use chains on the manufacturer recommends it for tires of the rear axle. Tighten them A rear blowout, particularly on a the vehicle's tire size combination as tightly as possible with the ends curve, acts much like a skid and may and road conditions. Follow that securely fastened. Drive slowly and require the same correction as used in manufacturer's instructions. To follow the chain manufacturer's a skid. Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the avoid vehicle damage, drive slow instructions. If the chains contact vehicle. It may be very bumpy and and readjust or remove the traction the vehicle, stop and retighten noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off device if it contacts the vehicle. Do them. If the contact continues, slow the road, if possible. not spin the wheels. If traction down until it stops. Driving too fast devices are used, install them on or spinning the wheels with chains the front tires. on will damage the vehicle. { Warning Driving on a flat tire will cause If a Tire Goes Flat permanent damage to the tire. Caution Re-inflating a tire after it has been It is unusual for a tire to blow out driven on while severely while driving, especially if the tires are underinflated or flat may cause a If the vehicle is equipped with a tire 0 size other than 235/55R20, use tire maintained properly. See Tires 282. blowout and a serious crash. Never If air goes out of a tire, it is much chains only where legal and only attempt to re-inflate a tire that has more likely to leak out slowly. But if been driven on while severely when necessary. Use low profile there is ever a blowout, here are a few underinflated or flat. Have your chains that add no more than tips about what to expect and what 12 mm thickness to the tire tread to do: dealer or an authorized tire service and inner sidewall. Use chains that center repair or replace the flat tire are the proper size for the tires. If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates as soon as possible. Install them on the tires of the a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the (Continued) accelerator pedal and grip the steering VEHICLE CARE 303 the tire sealant and compressor kit, { Warning Warning (Continued) see Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 0 304. Lifting a vehicle and getting under death. Find a level place to change it to do maintenance or repairs is the tire. To help prevent the vehicle When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), dangerous without the appropriate from moving: use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of safety equipment and training. If a 1. Set the parking brake firmly. jack is provided with the vehicle, it wheel blocks (1), if equipped. is designed only for changing a flat 2. Put an automatic tire. If it is used for anything else, transmission in P (Park) or a you or others could be badly injured in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the 3. Turn off the engine and do vehicle, only use it for changing a not restart while the vehicle flat tire. is raised. 4. Do not allow passengers to If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire remain in the vehicle. and wheel damage by driving slowly 5. Place wheel blocks, 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) to a level place, well off the road, if equipped, on both sides of 2. Flat Tire if possible. Turn on the hazard the tire at the opposite corner The following information explains warning flashers. See Hazard Warning of the tire being changed. Flashers 0 143. how to repair or change a tire. This vehicle may come with a jack { Warning and spare tire or a tire sealant and compressor kit. To use the jacking Changing a tire can be dangerous. equipment to change a spare tire The vehicle can slip off the jack and safely, follow the instructions below. roll over or fall causing injury or Then see Tire Changing 0 310. To use (Continued) 304 VEHICLE CARE Tire Sealant and The tire sealant and compressor can Warning (Continued) be used to temporarily seal punctures Compressor Kit up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread area inflate the tire to its recommended of the tire. It can also be used to { Warning pressure. Do not exceed the inflate an underinflated tire. recommended pressure. Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area If the tire has been separated from the with poor ventilation is dangerous. wheel, has damaged sidewalls, or has a large puncture, the tire is too Engine exhaust may enter the severely damaged for the tire sealant vehicle. Engine exhaust contains { Warning and compressor kit to be effective. See carbon monoxide (CO) which Storing the tire sealant and Roadside Service 0 353. cannot be seen or smelled. It can compressor kit or other equipment cause unconsciousness and even Read and follow all of the tire sealant in the passenger compartment of and compressor kit instructions. death. Never run the engine in an the vehicle could cause injury. In a enclosed area that has no fresh air sudden stop or collision, loose The kit includes: ventilation. For more information, 0 equipment could strike someone. see Engine Exhaust 183. Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in its original location. { Warning If this vehicle has a tire sealant and Overinflating a tire could cause the compressor kit, there may not be a tire to rupture and you or others spare tire or tire changing equipment, could be injured. Be sure to read and on some vehicles there may not and follow the tire sealant and be a place to store a tire. compressor kit instructions and (Continued) 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve VEHICLE CARE 305 2. Sealant/Air Hose Check the tire sealant expiration date 1. Remove the tire sealant 3. Base of Sealant Canister on the tire sealant canister. The tire canister (4) and compressor from 4. Tire Sealant Canister sealant canister (4) should be replaced its storage location. See Storing 5. On/Off Button before its expiration date. the Tire Sealant and Compressor 0 6. Slot on Top of Compressor Replacement tire sealant canisters are Kit 310. 7. Pressure Deflation Button available at your local dealer. 2. Remove the air only hose (10) 8. Pressure Gauge There is only enough sealant to seal and the power plug (9) from the one tire. After usage, the tire sealant bottom of the compressor. canister must be replaced. 3. Place the compressor on the Using the Tire Sealant and ground near the flat tire. Compressor Kit to Temporarily Seal and Inflate a Punctured Tire When using the tire sealant and compressor kit during cold temperatures, warm the kit in a heated environment for five minutes. This will help to inflate the tire faster. 9. Power Plug If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 10. Air Only Hose and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on the hazard Tire Sealant warning flashers. See Hazard Warning 0 Read and follow the safe handling Flashers 143. 4. Attach the air only hose (10) to instructions on the label adhered to See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 302 for other the sealant canister inlet the tire sealant canister (4). important safety warnings. valve (1) by turning it clockwise until tight. Do not remove any objects that have penetrated the tire. 306 VEHICLE CARE 9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor. 10. Press the on/off button (5) to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit on. The compressor will inject sealant and air into the tire. The pressure gauge (8) will initially show a high pressure while the compressor pushes the 5. Slide the base of the tire sealant 7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) to sealant into the tire. Once the canister (3) into the slot on the the tire valve stem by turning it sealant is completely dispersed top of the compressor (6) to hold clockwise until tight. into the tire, the pressure will it upright. quickly drop and start to rise 8. Plug the power plug (9) into the again as the tire inflates with Make sure the tire valve stem is accessory power outlet in the air only. positioned close to the ground so vehicle. Unplug all items from the hose will reach it. other accessory power outlets. 11. Inflate the tire to the See Power Outlets 0 104. recommended inflation pressure 6. Remove the valve stem cap from using the pressure gauge (8). The the flat tire by turning it If the vehicle has an accessory recommended inflation pressure counterclockwise. power outlet, do not use the can be found on the Tire and cigarette lighter. Loading Information label. See 0 If the vehicle only has a cigarette Tire Pressure 289. lighter, use the cigarette lighter. The pressure gauge (8) may read Do not pinch the power plug higher than the actual tire cord in the door or window. pressure while the compressor is on. Turn the compressor off to VEHICLE CARE 307 get an accurate pressure reading. Be careful while handling the tire The compressor may be turned sealant and compressor kit as it on/off until the correct pressure could be warm after usage. is reached. 13. Unplug the power plug (9) from the accessory power outlet in the Caution vehicle. 20. If the flat tire was able to inflate 14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) If the recommended pressure to the recommended inflation counterclockwise to remove it cannot be reached after pressure, remove the maximum from the tire valve stem. approximately 25 minutes, the speed label from the sealant vehicle should not be driven farther. 15. Replace the tire valve stem cap. canister and place it in a highly The tire is too severely damaged 16. Remove the tire sealant visible location. and the tire sealant and compressor canister (4) from the slot on top Do not exceed the speed on this kit cannot inflate the tire. Remove of the compressor (6). label until the damaged tire is the power plug from the accessory 17. Turn the air only hose (10) repaired or replaced. power outlet and unscrew the counterclockwise to remove it inflating hose from the tire valve. 21. Return the equipment to its from the tire sealant canister original storage location in the See Roadside Service 0 353. inlet valve (1). vehicle. 18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) 22. Immediately drive the vehicle 12. Press the on/off button (5) to clockwise onto the sealant 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the turn the tire sealant and canister inlet valve (1) to prevent sealant in the tire. compressor kit off. sealant leakage. 23. Stop at a safe location and check The tire is not sealed and will 19. Return the air only hose (10) and the tire pressure. Refer to continue to leak air until the power plug (9) back to their Steps 1–10 under “Using the Tire vehicle is driven and the sealant original storage location. Sealant and Compressor Kit is distributed in the tire. without Sealant to Inflate a Tire – Therefore, Steps 13 21 must be (Not Punctured).” done immediately after Step 12. 308 VEHICLE CARE If the tire pressure has fallen 161 km (100 mi) of driving to more than 68 kPa (10 psi) below have the tire repaired or the recommended inflation replaced. pressure, stop driving the vehicle. The tire is too severely damaged Using the Tire Sealant and and the tire sealant cannot seal Compressor Kit without Sealant the tire. See Roadside Service to Inflate a Tire (Not Punctured) 0 353. The kit includes: If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 68 kPa (10 psi) from the recommended inflation pressure, inflate the tire to the recommended inflation 9. Power Plug pressure. 10. Air Only Hose 24. Wipe off any sealant from the If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire wheel, tire, or vehicle. and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on the hazard 25. Dispose of the used tire sealant warning flashers. See Hazard Warning canister (4) at a local dealer or in Flashers 0 143. accordance with local state codes 0 and practices. See If a Tire Goes Flat 302 for other important safety warnings. 26. Replace it with a new canister 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve available from your dealer. 1. Remove the compressor from its 2. Sealant/Air Hose storage location. See Storing the 27. After temporarily sealing a tire 3. Base of Sealant Canister Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit using the tire sealant and 4. Tire Sealant Canister 0 310. compressor kit, take the vehicle 5. On/Off Button to an authorized dealer within 2. Remove the air only hose (10) 6. Slot on Top of Compressor and the power plug (9) from the 7. Pressure Deflation Button bottom of the compressor. 8. Pressure Gauge VEHICLE CARE 309 3. Place the compressor on the 8. Press the on/off button (5) to ground near the flat tire. turn the tire sealant and Caution (Continued) compressor kit on. Make sure the tire valve stem is The tire is too severely damaged positioned close to the ground so The compressor will inflate the and the tire sealant and compressor the hose will reach it. tire with air only. kit cannot inflate the tire. Remove 4. Remove the valve stem cap from 9. Inflate the tire to the the power plug from the accessory the flat tire by turning it recommended inflation pressure power outlet and unscrew the counterclockwise. using the pressure gauge (8). The inflating hose from the tire valve. 0 5. Attach the air only hose (10) to recommended inflation pressure See Roadside Service 353. the tire valve stem by turning it can be found on the Tire and clockwise until tight. Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 289. 10. Press the on/off button (5) to 6. Plug the power plug (9) into the turn the tire sealant and accessory power outlet in the The pressure gauge (8) may read compressor kit off. vehicle. Unplug all items from higher than the actual tire pressure while the compressor is Be careful while handling the other accessory power outlets. compressor as it could be warm See Power Outlets 0 104. on. Turn the compressor off to get an accurate pressure reading. after usage. If the vehicle has an accessory The compressor may be turned 11. Unplug the power plug (9) from power outlet, do not use the on/off until the correct pressure the accessory power outlet in the cigarette lighter. is reached. vehicle. If the vehicle only has a cigarette 12. Turn the air only hose (10) lighter, use the cigarette lighter. Caution counterclockwise to remove it from the tire valve stem. Do not pinch the power plug If the recommended pressure cord in the door or window. cannot be reached after 13. Replace the tire valve stem cap. 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle approximately 25 minutes, the 14. Return the air only hose (10) and must be running while using the vehicle should not be driven farther. power plug (9) back to their air compressor. (Continued) original storage location. 310 VEHICLE CARE 15. Return the equipment to its 2. Remove the cargo management original storage location in the system divider. See Cargo vehicle. Management System 0 96. The tire sealant and compressor kit has accessory adapters located in a compartment on the bottom of its housing that can be used to inflate air mattresses, balls, etc. Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit The tire sealant and compressor kit is 4. Turn the retainer nut in a bag in the rear compartment counterclockwise to remove the storage area. tire sealant and compressor 1. Open the liftgate. kit bag. 3. Pull up on the handle to lift the 2. Remove the cargo management 5. Remove the tire sealant and load floor. Use the hook to hold system divider. See Cargo compressor kit from the bag. the load floor open. See Rear Management System 0 96. To store the tire sealant and Storage 0 93. 3. Lift the load floor. Use the hook compressor kit, reverse the steps. to hold the load floor open. See Rear Storage 0 93. Tire Changing Removing the Spare Tire and Tools To access the spare tire and tools: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 23. VEHICLE CARE 311

4. Turn the wing nut (4) 5. Remove the nut retaining the 2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to remove the spare tire. counterclockwise to loosen all jack (1), wheel wrench (2), and 6. Remove the spare tire and place the wheel nuts, but do not strap (3). Place the tool container it next to the tire being changed. remove them yet. near the tire being changed. 3. Place the jack near the flat tire. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Caution 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat Make sure that the jack lift head is 0 302. in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. 312 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning Caution Raising the vehicle with the jack Using a jack to raise the vehicle improperly positioned can damage without positioning it correctly the vehicle and even make the could damage your vehicle. When vehicle fall. To help avoid personal raising your vehicle on a jack, be injury and vehicle damage, be sure sure to position it correctly under to fit the jack lift head into the the frame and avoid contact with proper location before raising the the plastic molding. vehicle.

4. Position the jack lift head at the jack location nearest the flat tire. { Warning The jacking location is indicated by a half circle notch in the Lifting a vehicle and getting under metal flange. The jack must not it to do maintenance or repairs is be used in any other position. dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it { Warning is designed only for changing a flat Getting under a vehicle when it is tire. If it is used for anything else, lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the you or others could be badly injured vehicle slips off the jack, you could or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the 5. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise be badly injured or killed. Never get to raise the jack until the slot in vehicle, only use it for changing a under a vehicle when it is the jack lift head fits into the flat tire. supported only by a jack. metal flange located behind the cut out on the plastic molding. VEHICLE CARE 313 Do not raise the vehicle yet. 6. Put the compact spare tire { Warning near you. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on 7. Raise the vehicle by turning the the parts to which it is fastened, wheel wrench clockwise in the can make wheel nuts become jack. Raise the vehicle far enough loose after time. The wheel off the ground so there is enough could come off and cause a room for the spare tire to fit crash. When changing a wheel, under the wheel well. remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be 10. Remove any rust or dirt from the used; however, use a scraper or wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, wire brush later to remove all and spare wheel. rust or dirt. 11. Place the compact spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come 8. Remove all of the wheel nuts. loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash. 9. Remove the flat tire.

12. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub. 314 VEHICLE CARE 13. Lower the vehicle by turning the When reinstalling the wheel cover or jack handle counterclockwise. Caution (Continued) center cap on the full-size tire, tighten all six plastic caps hand snug with the and to the proper torque { Warning aid of the wheel wrench and tighten specification. See Capacities and them with the wheel wrench an 0 Wheel nuts that are improperly or Specifications 346 for the wheel additional one-quarter of a turn. incorrectly tightened can cause the nut torque specification. wheels to become loose or come off. Caution The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper Wheel covers will not fit on the torque specification after replacing. vehicle's compact spare. If you try Follow the torque specification to put a wheel cover on the supplied by the aftermarket compact spare, the cover or the manufacturer when using accessory spare could be damaged. locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0 346 for original Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and equipment wheel nut torque Tools specifications. { Warning

Caution 14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in Storing a jack, a tire, or other a crisscross sequence, as shown. equipment in the passenger Improperly tightened wheel nuts compartment of the vehicle could 15. Lower the jack all the way and can lead to brake pulsation and cause injury. In a sudden stop or remove the jack from under the collision, loose equipment could rotor damage. To avoid expensive vehicle. brake repairs, evenly tighten the strike someone. Store all these in wheel nuts in the proper sequence 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly the proper place. with the wheel wrench. (Continued) VEHICLE CARE 315 To store the flat or spare tire and through the loop and pull it until Compact Spare Tire tools: the strap is fastened securely to the tie-down. 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate { Warning 0 23. 2. Replace the tools as they were Driving with more than one stored in the rear storage compact spare tire at a time could compartment and put the result in loss of braking and compartment cover back on. handling. This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured. 3. Place the tire, lying flat, in the Use only one compact spare tire at rear storage compartment. a time.

If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when new; however, it can lose air over time. 5. Route the strap hook through the Check the inflation pressure regularly. wheel, as shown. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi). 6. Attach the strap to the other Stop as soon as possible and check cargo tie-down in the rear of the that the spare tire is correctly inflated vehicle. after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is designed for 7. Tighten the strap and secure it temporary use only. The vehicle will using the buckle. perform differently with the spare tire 4. Place the loop end of the strap The compact spare is for temporary installed and it is recommended that through the cargo tie-down. use only. Replace the compact spare the vehicle speed be limited to Place the hook end of the strap tire with a full-size tire as soon as 80 km/h (50 mph). To conserve the you can. tread of the spare tire, have the 316 VEHICLE CARE standard tire repaired or replaced as Jump Starting soon as convenient and return the Caution spare tire to the storage area. Tire chains will not fit the compact Jump Starting - North When using a compact spare tire, the spare. Using them can damage the America AWD (if equipped), ABS, and Traction vehicle and the chains. Do not use Control systems may engage until the tire chains on the compact spare. For more information about the spare tire is recognized by the vehicle, vehicle battery, see Battery - North especially on slippery roads. Adjust America 0 268. driving to reduce possible wheel slip. If the battery has run down, try to use another vehicle and some jumper Caution cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely. When the compact spare is installed, do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash { Warning with guide rails. The compact spare WARNING: Battery posts, can get caught on the rails which terminals, and related accessories can damage the tire, wheel, and contain lead and lead compounds, other parts of the vehicle. chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth Do not use the compact spare on defects or other reproductive harm. other vehicles. Batteries also contain other Do not mix the compact spare tire or chemicals known to the State of wheel with other wheels or tires. They California to cause cancer. WASH will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For wheel together. more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle. VEHICLE CARE 317 See California Proposition 65 Warning The jump start negative terminal (3) 0 248 and the back cover. and positive terminal (4) are on the battery of the vehicle providing the { Warning jump start. The positive jump start connection for Batteries can hurt you. They can be the discharged battery is under a dangerous because: cover. Remove the cover to expose the . They contain acid that can terminal. burn you. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must . They contain gas that can have a 12-volt battery with a explode or ignite. negative ground system. . They contain enough 3.6L V6 Shown, 2.0L L4 Similar electricity to burn you. Caution 1. Discharged Remote Battery If you do not follow these steps Positive Terminal If the other vehicle does not have a exactly, some or all of these things 2. Discharged Remote Battery 12-volt system with a negative can hurt you. Negative Ground Terminal ground, both vehicles can be 3. Good Battery Negative damaged. Only use a vehicle that Terminal has a 12-volt system with a negative ground for jump starting. Caution 4. Good Battery Positive Terminal Ignoring these steps could result in The jump start remote positive 2. Position the two vehicles so that costly damage to the vehicle that terminal (1) and the remote negative they are not touching. would not be covered by the vehicle ground terminal (2) for the discharged 3. Set the parking brake firmly and warranty. Trying to start the vehicle battery are on the driver side of the put the transmission in P (Park). by pushing or pulling it will not vehicle. See Shifting Into Park 0 180. work, and it could damage the vehicle. 318 VEHICLE CARE 6. Connect the other end of the red Caution { Warning positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the good If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can battery. plugged in during the jump starting cause battery gas to explode. People procedure, they could be damaged. have been hurt doing this, and 7. Connect one end of the black The repairs would not be covered some have been blinded. Use a negative (–) cable to the – by the vehicle warranty. Whenever flashlight if you need more light. negative ( ) terminal of the good battery. possible, turn off or unplug all Battery fluid contains acid that can 8. Connect the other end of the accessories on either vehicle when burn you. Do not get it on you. jump starting. black negative (–) cable to the If you accidentally get it in your remote negative (–) ground eyes or on your skin, flush the place terminal on the driver side shock 4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all with water and get medical help tower for the discharged battery. lights and accessories in both immediately. vehicles, except the hazard 9. Start the engine in the vehicle warning flashers if needed. with the good battery and run the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes. { Warning { Warning 10. Try to start the vehicle that had An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine parts the dead battery. If it will not when the engine is not running and can injure you badly. Keep your start after a few tries, it probably can injure you. Keep hands, hands away from moving parts needs service. clothing, and tools away from any once the engine is running. underhood electric fan. Caution 5. Connect one end of the red positive (+) cable to the remote If the jumper cables are connected positive (+) terminal on the or removed in the wrong order, discharged battery. electrical shorting may occur and (Continued) VEHICLE CARE 319

Caution (Continued) Towing the Vehicle Caution (Continued)

damage the vehicle. The repairs Caution the vehicle a short distance. Use would not be covered by the vehicle caution and low speeds. The warranty. Always connect and Incorrectly towing a disabled transmission must be remove the jumper cables in the vehicle may cause damage. The in (N) Neutral when moving the correct order, making sure that the damage would not be covered by vehicle. cables do not touch each other or the vehicle warranty. Do not lash or hook to suspension components. other metal. GM recommends a flatbed tow truck Use the proper straps around the to transport a disabled vehicle. Use Jumper Cable Removal tires to secure the vehicle. Do not ramps to help reduce approach angles, drag a locked wheel/tire. Use tire if necessary. A towed vehicle should Reverse the sequence exactly when skates or dollies under any locked have its drive wheels off the ground. removing the jumper cables. wheel/tire while loading the vehicle. Contact Roadside Service or a After starting the disabled vehicle and Do not use a sling type lift to tow professional towing service if the removing the jumper cables, allow it the vehicle. This could damage the disabled vehicle must be towed. to idle for several minutes. vehicle. If the vehicle is equipped with a tow eye, only use the tow eye to pull the vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from Caution a flat road surface. Do not use the tow eye to pull the vehicle from snow, Improper use of the tow eye can mud, or sand. damage the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from a flat road surface, or to move (Continued) 320 VEHICLE CARE Front Attachment Points Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle . If the vehicle is ready to be towed. with all four wheels on the ground. Just as preparing the vehicle for a Dolly towing is towing the vehicle long trip, make sure the vehicle is with two wheels on the ground and prepared to be towed. two wheels up on a device known as a dolly. Caution Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle Use of a shield mounted in front of towing: the vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the . Become familiar with the local transmission. The repairs would not laws that apply to recreational be covered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle towing. These laws may vary by region. If using a shield, only use one that attaches to the towing vehicle. . The towing capacity of the towing The vehicle is equipped with specific vehicle. Be sure to read the tow attachment points to be used by the vehicle manufacturer's towing provider. These holes may be recommendations. used to pull the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the flat bed tow . How far the vehicle will be towed. truck. Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can be Recreational Vehicle towed. Towing . The proper towing equipment. See your dealer or trailering Recreational vehicle towing means professional for additional advice towing the vehicle behind another and equipment recommendations. vehicle, such as behind a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing. VEHICLE CARE 321 Dinghy Towing must be towed, a dolly should be 4. Hold the brake pedal and press used. See the following information on the parking brake switch for dolly towing. 15 seconds until the service parking brake light flashes. Dolly Towing 5. While the service parking brake light is still flashing, remove your foot from the brake pedal and release the parking brake switch. 6. Immediately press and release the parking brake switch again while the service park brake light is still flashing. 7. Start the vehicle and drive onto Caution the dolly. 8. Place the vehicle in P (Park). If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground, the Driving onto a Dolly 9. Turn off the vehicle. components could be 1. Park the vehicle on level ground 10. Open the hood. damaged. The repairs would not be in front of the dolly and turn the 11. Exit the vehicle and secure the covered by the vehicle warranty. Do vehicle off. vehicle onto the dolly. not tow the vehicle with all four 2. Make sure the parking brake is wheels on the ground. 12. Disconnect the negative (–) released. terminal connector from the 3. Press and hold ENGINE START/ 12-volt battery. The vehicle is neither designed nor STOP with your foot off the 13. Close the hood of the vehicle. intended to be towed with all four brake for five seconds. wheels on the ground. If the vehicle 322 VEHICLE CARE Removing the Vehicle from a Dolly Towing the Vehicle from Caution 1. Make sure the vehicle is secured the Rear to the dolly. Towing the vehicle from the rear 2. Open the door and open the could damage it. Also, repairs would hood of the vehicle. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have the vehicle 3. Connect the negative (–) terminal connector from the towed from the rear. 12-volt battery. 4. Press and hold ENGINE START/ Do not tow the vehicle from the rear. STOP with your foot off the brake for five seconds. 5. Hold the brake pedal and press the parking brake switch for five seconds until the parking brake light flashes. 6. Turn the vehicle off. 7. Unsecure the vehicle and remove it from the dolly. 8. Do not drive in Service Mode with the parking brake set. VEHICLE CARE 323 Appearance Care If using an automatic car wash, follow Caution (Continued) the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper and rear window Exterior Care correct product usage, necessary wiper, if equipped, must be off. safety precautions, and appropriate Locks Remove any accessories that may be disposal of any vehicle care damaged or interfere with the car Locks are lubricated at the factory. product. wash equipment. Use a de-icing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the Rinse the vehicle well, before washing locks greased after using. See and after, to remove all cleaning Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Caution agents completely. If they are allowed 0 342. to dry on the surface, they could stain. Avoid using high-pressure washes Dry the finish with a soft, clean Washing the Vehicle closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the chamois or an all-cotton towel to To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash surface of the vehicle. Use of power avoid surface scratches and water it often and out of direct sunlight. washers exceeding 8 274 kPa spotting. (1,200 psi) can result in damage or Finish Care Caution removal of paint and decals. Application of aftermarket clearcoat Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, sealant/wax materials is not recommended. If painted surfaces are or abrasive cleaning agents as they Caution can damage the vehicle's paint, damaged, see your dealer to have the metal, or plastic parts. If damage Do not power wash any component damage assessed and repaired. Foreign occurs, it would not be covered by materials such as calcium chloride under the hood that has this e and other salts, ice melting agents, the vehicle warranty. Approved symbol. road oil and tar, tree sap, bird cleaning products can be obtained This could cause damage that droppings, chemicals from industrial from your dealer. Follow all chimneys, etc., can damage the manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle's finish if they remain on (Continued) painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as 324 VEHICLE CARE soon as possible. If necessary, use Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not non-abrasive cleaners that are marked Moldings intended for automotive use. safe for painted surfaces to remove . Use a nonabrasive wax on the foreign matter. Caution vehicle after washing to protect Occasional hand waxing or mild and extend the molding finish. polishing should be done to remove Failure to clean and protect the residue from the paint finish. See your bright metal moldings can result in Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, dealer for approved cleaning products. a hazy white finish or pitting. This Emblems, Decals, and Stripes damage would not be covered by Do not apply waxes or polishes to Use only lukewarm or cold water, a the vehicle warranty. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, soft cloth, and a car washing soap to simulated wood, or flat paint as clean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, damage can occur. The bright metal moldings on the decals, and stripes. Follow instructions vehicle are aluminum, chrome, under "Washing the Vehicle" Caution or stainless steel. To prevent damage previously in this section. always follow these cleaning Lamp covers are made of plastic, and Machine compounding or instructions: some have a UV protective coating. Do aggressive polishing on a basecoat/ . Be sure the molding is cool to the not clean or wipe them when dry. clearcoat paint finish may damage touch before applying any cleaning Do not use any of the following on it. Use only non-abrasive waxes and solution. lamp covers: polishes that are made for a . Use only approved cleaning . Abrasive or caustic agents. basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on solutions for aluminum, chrome, the vehicle. or stainless steel. Some cleaners . Washer fluids and other cleaning are highly acidic or contain agents in higher concentrations than suggested by the To keep the paint finish looking new, alkaline substances and can manufacturer. keep the vehicle garaged or covered damage the moldings. whenever possible. . Always dilute a concentrated . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other cleaner according to the harsh cleaners. manufacturer’s instructions. . Ice scrapers or other hard items. VEHICLE CARE 325 . Aftermarket appearance caps or Shutter System Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup covers while the lamps are of vehicle wash/wax treatments may illuminated, due to excessive heat cause wiper streaking. generated. Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be Caution caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice. Failure to clean lamps properly can cause damage to the lamp cover Weatherstrips that would not be covered by the Apply weatherstrip lubricant on vehicle warranty. weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry climates Caution The vehicle may have a shutter may require more frequent Using wax on low gloss black finish system designed to help increase fuel application. Black marks from rubber material on painted surfaces can be stripes can increase the gloss level economy. Keep the shutter system clean for proper operation. removed by rubbing with a clean and create a non-uniform finish. cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Clean low gloss stripes with soap Windshield and Wiper Blades Lubricants 0 342. and water only. Clean the outside of the windshield Tires with glass cleaner. Air Intakes Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to Clean rubber blades using a lint-free clean the tires. Clear debris from the air intakes, cloth or paper towel soaked with between the hood and windshield, windshield washer fluid or a mild when washing the vehicle. detergent. Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades. 326 VEHICLE CARE Inspect power steering for proper Caution Caution electrical connections, binding, cracks, chafing, etc. Using petroleum-based tire dressing To avoid surface damage on wheels products on the vehicle may and wheel trim, do not use strong Visually check constant velocity joint damage the paint finish and/or soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, boots and axle seals for leaks. tires. When applying a tire dressing, cleaners, or brushes. Use only GM Body Component Lubrication always wipe off any overspray from approved cleaners. Do not drive the all painted surfaces on the vehicle. vehicle through an automatic car Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood wash that uses silicon carbide tire/ hinges, liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinges, unless the wheel cleaning brushes. Damage Wheels and Wheel Trim components are plastic. Applying could occur and the repairs would Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap silicone grease on weatherstrips with a not be covered by the vehicle clean cloth will make them last and water to clean the wheels. After warranty. rinsing thoroughly with clean water, longer, seal better, and not stick or dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax squeak. may then be applied. Brake System Underbody Maintenance Visually inspect brake lines and hoses At least twice a year, spring and fall, Caution for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, use plain water to flush any corrosive cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake materials from the underbody. Take Chrome wheels and chrome wheel pads for wear and rotors for surface care to thoroughly clean any areas trim may be damaged if the vehicle condition. Inspect all other brake where mud and other debris can is not washed after driving on roads parts. collect. that have been sprayed with magnesium chloride or calcium Steering, Suspension, and Do not directly power wash the chloride. These are used on roads Chassis Components transfer case and/or front/rear axle for conditions such as dust and ice. Visually inspect steering, suspension, output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate Always wash the chrome with soap and chassis components for damaged, and water after exposure. loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least once a year. VEHICLE CARE 327 the fluid. Contaminated fluid will dark spots etched into the paint To prevent damage, do not clean the decrease the life of the transfer case surface. See “Finish Care” previously in interior using the following cleaners and/or axles and should be replaced. this section. or techniques: Sheet Metal Damage . Never use a razor or any other Interior Care sharp object to remove soil from If the vehicle is damaged and requires any interior surface. sheet metal repair or replacement, To prevent dirt particle abrasions, make sure the body repair shop regularly clean the vehicle's interior. . Never use a brush with stiff applies anti-corrosion material to Immediately remove any soils. bristles. parts repaired or replaced to restore Newspapers or dark garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s interior. . Never rub any surface aggressively corrosion protection. or with too much pressure. Use a soft bristle brush to remove Original manufacturer replacement . Do not use laundry detergents or parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the instrument cluster. Using a mild soap dishwashing soaps with protection while maintaining the degreasers. For liquid cleaners, use vehicle warranty. solution, immediately remove hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect approximately 20 drops per 3.8 L Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or (1 gal) of water. A concentrated permanent damage may result. soap solution will create streaks Quickly repair minor chips and and attract dirt. Do not use scratches with touch-up materials Use cleaners specifically designed for solutions that contain strong or available from your dealer to avoid the surfaces being cleaned to prevent caustic soap. corrosion. Larger areas of finish permanent damage. Apply all cleaners . Do not heavily saturate the damage can be corrected in your directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not upholstery when cleaning. dealer's body and paint shop. spray cleaners on any switches or controls. Remove cleaners quickly. . Do not use solvents or cleaners Chemical Paint Spotting Before using cleaners, read and follow containing solvents. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and all safety instructions on the label. attack painted vehicle surfaces While cleaning the interior, open the causing blotchy, ring-shaped doors and windows to get proper discolorations, and small, irregular ventilation. 328 VEHICLE CARE Interior Glass . When lightly soiled, wipe with a 3. Start on the outside edge of the sponge or soft, lint-free cloth soil and gently rub toward the To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth to dampened with water. Wipe droplets a clean area frequently to left behind with a clean dry cloth. . When heavily soiled, use warm prevent forcing the soil in to the If necessary, use a commercial glass soapy water. fabric. cleaner after cleaning with plain water. Fabric/Carpet/Suede 4. Continue gently rubbing the Caution Start by vacuuming the surface using soiled area until there is no a soft brush attachment. If a rotating longer any color transfer from To prevent scratching, never use vacuum brush attachment is being the soil to the cleaning cloth. abrasive cleaners on automotive used, only use it on the floor carpet. 5. If the soil is not completely glass. Abrasive cleaners or Before cleaning, gently remove as removed, use a mild soap aggressive cleaning may damage much of the soil as possible: solution followed only by plain the rear window defogger. . Gently blot liquids with a paper water. towel. Continue blotting until no If the soil is not completely removed, Cleaning the windshield with water more soil can be removed. it may be necessary to use a during the first three to six months of . For solid soils, remove as much as commercial upholstery cleaner or spot ownership will reduce tendency to fog. possible prior to vacuuming. lifter. Test a small hidden area for colorfastness before using a Speaker Covers To clean: commercial upholstery cleaner or spot Vacuum around a speaker cover 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free lifter. If ring formation occurs, clean gently, so that the speaker will not be colorfast cloth with water. the entire fabric or carpet. damaged. Clean spots with water and Microfiber cloth is recommended After cleaning, use a paper towel to mild soap. to prevent lint transfer to the blot excess moisture. fabric or carpet. Coated Moldings 2. Remove excess moisture by Coated moldings should be cleaned. gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth. VEHICLE CARE 329 Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Do not use cleaners that increase and Vehicle Information and Other Plastic Surfaces, Low gloss, especially on the instrument Radio Displays Gloss Paint Surfaces, and panel. Reflected glare can decrease Natural Open Pore Wood visibility through the windshield Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss under certain conditions. surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use Surfaces a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened Caution can scratch the surface. Then gently with water to remove dust and loose clean by rubbing with a microfiber dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, Use of air fresheners may cause cloth. Never use window cleaners or use a soft microfiber cloth dampened permanent damage to plastics and solvents. Periodically hand wash the with a mild soap solution. painted surfaces. If an air freshener microfiber cloth separately, using mild comes in contact with any plastic soap. Do not use bleach or fabric Caution softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry or painted surface in the vehicle, before next use. blot immediately and clean with a Soaking or saturating leather, soft cloth dampened with a mild especially perforated leather, as well Caution soap solution. Damage caused by as other interior surfaces, may air fresheners would not be covered cause permanent damage. Wipe Do not attach a device with a by the vehicle warranty. excess moisture from these surfaces suction cup to the display. This may after cleaning and allow them to cause damage and would not be dry naturally. Never use heat, Cargo Cover and covered by the vehicle warranty. steam, or spot removers. Do not use Convenience Net cleaners that contain silicone or If equipped, wash with warm water wax-based products. Cleaners and mild detergent. Do not use containing these solvents can chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water, permanently change the appearance and then dry completely. and feel of leather or soft trim, and are not recommended. Care of Seat Belts Keep belts clean and dry. 330 VEHICLE CARE . The original equipment floor mats { Warning were designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it Do not bleach or dye seat belt is recommended that GM certified webbing. It may severely weaken floor mats be purchased. Non-GM the webbing. In a crash, they might floor mats may not fit properly not be able to provide adequate and may interfere with the pedals. protection. Clean and rinse seat belt Always check that the floor mats webbing only with mild soap and do not interfere with the pedals. lukewarm water. Allow the webbing . Do not use a floor mat if the to dry. vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver Floor Mats side floor. 1. Pull up on the rear of the driver . Use the floor mat with the correct side floor mat to unlock each side up. Do not turn it over. retainer and remove. { Warning . Do not place anything on top of 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor If a floor mat is the wrong size or is the driver side floor mat. mat retainer openings over the not properly installed, it can carpet retainers and snapping . interfere with the pedals. Use only a single floor mat on the into position. driver side. Interference with the pedals can 3. Make sure the floor mat is cause unintended acceleration and/ . Do not place one floor mat on top properly secured in place. Verify or increased stopping distance of another. the floor mat does not interfere which can cause a crash and injury. Removing and Replacing the with the pedals. Make sure the floor mat does not Floor Mats interfere with the pedals. The driver side floor mat is held in place by two button-type retainers. Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 331 General Information additional maintenance items like Service and tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Maintenance Your vehicle is an important blades. investment. This section describes the required maintenance for the vehicle. Caution General Information Follow this schedule to help protect General Information ...... 331 against major repair expenses Damage caused by improper resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance can lead to costly Maintenance Schedule maintenance. It may also help to repairs and may not be covered by Maintenance Schedule ...... 332 maintain the value of the vehicle if it the vehicle warranty. Maintenance is sold. It is the responsibility of the intervals, checks, inspections, Special Application Services owner to have all required recommended fluids, and lubricants Special Application Services . . . . . 338 maintenance performed. are important to keep the vehicle in Additional Maintenance Your dealer has trained technicians good working condition. and Care who can perform required Additional Maintenance maintenance using genuine Do not have chemical flushes that and Care ...... 339 replacement parts. They have are not approved by GM performed up-to-date tools and equipment for on the vehicle. The use of flushes, Recommended Fluids, fast and accurate diagnostics. Many solvents, cleaners, or lubricants that Lubricants, and Parts dealers have extended evening and are not approved by GM could Recommended Fluids and Saturday hours, courtesy damage the vehicle, requiring Lubricants ...... 342 transportation, and online scheduling expensive repairs that are not Maintenance Replacement to assist with service needs. covered by the vehicle warranty. Parts ...... 343 Your dealer recognizes the importance Maintenance Records of providing competitively priced The Tire Rotation and Required Maintenance Records ...... 344 maintenance and repair services. With Services are the responsibility of the trained technicians, the dealer is the vehicle owner. It is recommended to place for routine maintenance such as have your dealer perform these oil changes and tire rotations and services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. 332 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Proper vehicle maintenance helps to . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Maintenance Schedule keep the vehicle in good working in hot weather. condition, improves fuel economy, and . Mainly driven in hilly or Owner Checks and Services reduces vehicle emissions. mountainous terrain. At Each Fuel Stop Because of the way people use . Frequently towing a trailer. vehicles, maintenance needs vary. Check the engine oil level. See Engine There may need to be more frequent . Used for high speed or competitive Oil 0 255. driving. checks and services. The Additional Once a Month Required Services - Normal are for . Used for taxi, police, or delivery . Check the tire inflation pressures. vehicles that: service. See Tire Pressure 0 289. . Carry passengers and cargo within Refer to the information in the . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire recommended limits on the Tire Maintenance Schedule Additional Inspection 0 295. and Loading Information label. See Required Services - Severe chart. 0 Vehicle Load Limits 170. . Check the windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid 0 266. . Are driven on reasonable road { Warning surfaces within legal driving limits. Engine Oil Change . Use the recommended fuel. See Performing maintenance work can When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Recommended Fuel (3.6L V6 Engine) be dangerous and can cause serious SOON message displays, have the 0 230 or injury. Perform maintenance work engine oil and filter changed within Recommended Fuel (2.0L L4 Engine) only if the required information, the next 1 000 km (600 mi). If driven 0 230. proper tools, and equipment are available. If they are not, see your under the best conditions, the engine Refer to the information in the oil life system may not indicate the dealer to have a trained technician Maintenance Schedule Additional need for vehicle service for up to a do the work. See Doing Your Own Required Services - Normal chart. year. The engine oil and filter must be Service Work 0 249. The Additional Required Services - changed at least once a year and the Severe are for vehicles that are: oil life system must be reset. Your trained dealer technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 333 is reset accidentally, service the Tire Rotation and Required . Check tire inflation pressures. See vehicle within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) Services Every 12 000 km Tire Pressure 0 289. since the last service. Reset the oil life (7,500 mi) . Inspect tire wear. See Tire system when the oil is changed. See Inspection 0 295. Engine Oil Life System 0 257. Rotate the tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform the following . Visually check for fluid leaks. Engine Air Filter Change services. See Tire Rotation 0 296. . Inspect brake system. See Exterior When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL . Check engine oil level and oil Care 0 323. CHANGE message displays, the engine life percentage. If needed, change . Visually inspect steering, air filter should be replaced at the engine oil and filter, and reset oil suspension, and chassis next engine oil change. When the life system. See Engine Oil 0 255 components for damage, including REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER SOON and cracks or tears in the rubber boots, message displays, the engine air filter Engine Oil Life System 0 257. should be replaced at the earliest loose or missing parts, or signs of . If equipped with the engine air convenience. Reset the engine air wear at least once a year. See filter life system, check the air 0 filter life system after the engine air Exterior Care 323. filter life percentage. If necessary, filter is replaced. See Engine Air Filter . Inspect power steering for proper replace the engine air filter and Life System 0 259. electrical connections, binding, reset the engine air filter life cracks, chafing, etc. Air Conditioning Desiccant system. See Engine Air Filter Life (Replace Every Seven Years) System 0 259. If the vehicle is not . Visually inspect halfshafts and equipped with the engine air filter driveshafts for excessive wear, The air conditioning system requires life system, inspect the engine air lubricant leaks, and/or damage maintenance every seven years. This cleaner filter. See Engine Air including: tube dents or cracks, service requires replacement of the Cleaner/Filter 0 259. constant velocity joint or universal desiccant to help the longevity and joint looseness, cracked or missing . Check engine coolant level. See efficient operation of the air boots, loose or missing boot Cooling System 0 260. conditioning system. This service can clamps, center bearing excessive be complex. See your dealer. . Check windshield washer fluid looseness, loose or missing level. See Washer Fluid 0 266. fasteners, and axle seal leaks. 334 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE . Check restraint system . Check tire sealant expiration date, components. See Safety System if equipped. See Tire Sealant and Check 0 60. Compressor Kit 0 304. . Visually inspect fuel system for . Inspect sunroof track and seal, damage or leaks. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 40. . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for loose or damaged parts. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care 0 323. . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch Check 0 269. . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 269. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. If the hold open ability is low, service the gas strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 271. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 335

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required Services - 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi

Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check engine air @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air @ @ @ filter life system, replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) Replace spark plugs, if equipped with 2.0L engine. @ @ Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. Replace spark plugs, if equipped with 3.6L engine. @ Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) 336 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule fluid will decrease the life of the Additional Required Services - transfer case and/or axles and should Normal be replaced. (1) Or every two years, whichever (5) Or every five years, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger comes first. See Cooling System 0 260. compartment air filter replacement (6) Or every 10 years, whichever may be needed if driving in areas with comes first. Inspect for fraying, heavy traffic, poor air quality, high excessive cracking, or damage; replace, dust levels, or environmental if needed. allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed (7) Replace brake fluid every five if there is reduced airflow, window years. See Brake Fluid 0 267. fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can (8) Or every 12 months, whichever help determine when to replace the comes first. See Wiper Blade filter. Replacement 0 270. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor (9) Or every 10 years, whichever lines and hoses for proper attachment, comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 271. connection, routing, and condition. (10) Replace air conditioning (3) Or every four years, whichever desiccant every seven years. comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 259. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 337

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required Services - 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi

Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check engine air @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air @ @ @ filter life system, replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @ Replace spark plugs, if equipped with 2.0L engine. @ @ Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. Replace spark plugs, if equipped with 3.6L engine. @ Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (4) @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) 338 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule fluid will decrease the life of the Special Application Additional Required Services - transfer case and/or axles and should Severe be replaced. Services (1) Or every two years, whichever (5) Or every five years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles comes first. More frequent passenger comes first. See Cooling System 0 260. Only: Lubricate chassis compartment air filter replacement (6) Or every 10 years, whichever components every oil change. may be needed if driving in areas with comes first. Inspect for fraying, . Have underbody flushing service heavy traffic, poor air quality, high excessive cracking, or damage; replace, performed. See "Underbody dust levels, or environmental if needed. Maintenance" in Exterior Care allergens. Passenger compartment air 0 323. filter replacement may also be needed (7) Replace brake fluid every five if there is reduced airflow, window years. See Brake Fluid 0 267. fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can (8) Or every 12 months, whichever help determine when to replace the comes first. See Wiper Blade filter. Replacement 0 270. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor (9) Or every 10 years, whichever lines and hoses for proper attachment, comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 271. connection, routing, and condition. (10) Replace air conditioning (3) Or every four years, whichever desiccant every seven years. comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 259. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 339 Additional Maintenance . To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment to and Care battery with full cranking power. inspect the brakes and recommend quality parts engineered for the Your vehicle is an important . Trained dealer technicians have vehicle. investment and caring for it properly the diagnostic equipment to test may help to avoid future costly the battery and ensure that the Fluids repairs. To maintain vehicle connections and cables are Proper fluid levels and approved fluids performance, additional maintenance corrosion-free. protect the vehicle’s systems and services may be required. Belts components. See Recommended Fluids It is recommended that your dealer 0 . Belts may need replacing if they and Lubricants 342 for GM approved perform these services — their trained squeak or show signs of cracking fluids. dealer technicians know your vehicle or splitting. . Engine oil and windshield washer best. Your dealer can also perform a fluid levels should be checked at thorough assessment with a . Trained dealer technicians have every fuel fill. multi-point inspection to recommend access to tools and equipment to when your vehicle may need inspect the belts and recommend . Instrument cluster lights may attention. adjustment or replacement when come on to indicate that fluids necessary. may be low and need to be filled. The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to Brakes Hoses look for that may indicate services are Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial Hoses transport fluids and should be required. to safe driving. regularly inspected to ensure that Battery . Signs of brake wear may include there are no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer The 12-volt battery supplies power to chirping, grinding, or squealing can inspect the hoses and advise if start the engine and operate any noises, or difficulty stopping. replacement is needed. additional electrical accessories. 340 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Lamps leaking, blown seals, or damage, protect the vehicle’s interior and and can advise when service is exterior, see Interior Care 0 327 and Properly working headlamps, 0 taillamps, and brake lamps are needed. Exterior Care 323. important to see and be seen on Tires Wheel Alignment the road. Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel alignment is critical for . Signs that the headlamps need rotated, and balanced. Maintaining ensuring that the tires deliver optimal attention include dimming, failure the tires can save money and fuel, and wear and performance. to light, cracking, or damage. The can reduce the risk of tire failure. . brake lamps need to be checked Signs that the alignment may need . periodically to ensure that they Signs that the tires need to be to be adjusted include pulling, light when braking. replaced include three or more improper vehicle handling, visible treadwear indicators; cord or unusual tire wear. . With a multi-point inspection, or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required your dealer can check the lamps rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread and note any concerns. equipment to ensure proper wheel or sidewall; or a bulge or split in alignment. Shocks and Struts the tire. . Windshield Shocks and struts help aid in control Trained dealer technicians can for a smoother ride. inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the best tires. Your dealer can also provide viewing, keep the windshield clean . Signs of wear may include steering tire/wheel balancing services to and clear. wheel vibration, bounce/sway ensure smooth vehicle operation . while braking, longer stopping Signs of damage include scratches, at all speeds. Your dealer sells and cracks, and chips. distance, or uneven tire wear. services name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can . As part of the multi-point Vehicle Care inspection, trained dealer inspect the windshield and technicians can visually inspect To help keep the vehicle looking like recommend proper replacement if the shocks and struts for signs of new, vehicle care products are needed. available from your dealer. For information on how to clean and SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 341 Wiper Blades Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in good condition to provide a clear view. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping across the windshield, and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can check the wiper blades and replace them when needed. 342 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 260. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 255. Fuel Additive Fuel System Treatment PLUS (Part No. 88865595). Hood and Door Hinges, Key Lock Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Cylinder Canada 10953474). Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in Canada 19353127). Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint, Hood Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674) or Latch Assembly, Secondary Latch, lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or equivalent. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 343 Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23321606 A3212C Engine Oil Filter 2.0L L4 Engine 55495105 PF66 3.6L V6 Engine 12693541 UPF63R Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185 Spark Plugs 2.0L L4 Engine 55504354 41–103–IP 3.6L V6 Engine 12646780 41-130 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 23372088 — Passenger Side – 50 cm (19.7 in) 23360287 — Rear – 30 cm (11.8 in) 84215609 — 344 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading TECHNICAL DATA 345 Vehicle Identification Specifications” under Capacities and Technical Data Specifications 0 346 for the vehicle's Vehicle Identification engine code. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Number (VIN) ...... 345 There may be a large barcode on the Service Parts Identification ...... 345 certification label on the center pillar Vehicle Data that you can scan for the following information: Capacities and Specifications . . . . 346 Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 348 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) This legal identifier is in the front . Model designation corner of the instrument panel, on the . Paint information driver side of the vehicle. It can be . seen through the windshield from Production options outside. The Vehicle Identification If there is not a large barcode on this Number (VIN) also appears on the label, then you will find this same Vehicle Certification and Service Parts information on a label under the load labels and certificates of title and floor, inside the cargo storage registration. shelf unit. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine 346 TECHNICAL DATA Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 342 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 2.0L L4 Engine 9.0 L 9.5 qt 3.6L V6 Engine 10.6 L 11.2 qt 3.6L V6 Engine with Heavy Duty Cooling System 10.5 L 11.1 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.0L L4 Engine 5.0 L 5.3 qt 3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank Front-Wheel Drive 73.4 L 19.4 gal All-Wheel Drive 82.1 L 21.7 gal Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft TECHNICAL DATA 347

Capacities Application Metric English All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 2.0L L4 Engine (LSY) 4 Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in) 3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–0.035 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. 348 TECHNICAL DATA Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.0L L4 Engine

3.6L V6 Engine CUSTOMER INFORMATION 349 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Information Customer General Motors ...... 360 Information Vehicle Data Recording and Customer Satisfaction Privacy Procedure Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 360 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Cybersecurity ...... 360 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 349 Event Data Recorders ...... 361 Cadillac. Normally, any concerns with Customer Assistance Offices . . . . 351 OnStar ...... 362 the sales transaction or the operation Customer Assistance for Text Infotainment System ...... 362 of the vehicle will be resolved by your Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 351 dealer's sales or service departments. Online Owner Center ...... 352 Sometimes, however, despite the best GM Mobility Reimbursement intentions of all concerned, Program ...... 352 misunderstandings can occur. If your Roadside Service ...... 353 concern has not been resolved to your Scheduling Service satisfaction, the following steps Appointments ...... 354 should be taken: Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 355 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Collision Damage Repair ...... 356 with a member of dealership Publication Ordering management. Normally, concerns can Information ...... 358 be quickly resolved at that level. If the Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . 358 matter has already been reviewed with the sales, service or parts manager, Reporting Safety Defects contact the owner of your dealership Reporting Safety Defects to the or the general manager. United States Government . . . . . 359 STEP TWO : If after contacting a Reporting Safety Defects to the member of dealership management, it Canadian Government ...... 359 appears your concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without 350 CUSTOMER INFORMATION further help, in the U.S., call the vehicle. However, if you continue to BBB Auto Line Program Cadillac Customer Assistance Center remain unsatisfied after following the BBB National Programs, Inc. at 1-800–458–8006. In Canada, call procedure outlined in Steps One and 3033 Wilson Boulevard the Canadian Cadillac Customer Care Two, you can file with the Better Suite 600 Centre at 1-888-446-2000. Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Arlington, VA 22201 We encourage you to call the toll-free Program to enforce your rights. Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 number in order to give your inquiry The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/ prompt attention. Have the following out-of-court program administered by programs-services/ information available to give the BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle dispute-handling-and-resolution/ Customer Assistance representative: automotive disputes regarding vehicle bbb-auto-line . Vehicle Identification repairs or the interpretation of the This program is available in all Number (VIN). This is available New Vehicle Limited Warranty. 50 states and the District of Columbia. from the vehicle registration or Although you may be required to Eligibility is limited by vehicle age, title, or the plate at the top left of resort to this informal dispute mileage, and other factors. General the instrument panel and visible resolution program prior to filing a Motors reserves the right to change through the windshield. court action, use of the program is eligibility limitations and/or free of charge and your case will . Dealership name and location. discontinue its participation in this generally be heard within 40 days. program. . Vehicle delivery date and present If you do not agree with the decision — mileage. given in your case, you may reject it STEP THREE Canadian Owners : and proceed with any other venue for In the event that you do not feel your When contacting Cadillac, remember relief available to you. concerns have been addressed after that your concern will likely be following the procedure outlined in resolved at a dealer's facility. That is You may contact the BBB Auto Line Steps One and Two, General Motors of why we suggest following Step One Program using the toll-free telephone Canada Company wants you to be first. number or write them at the following aware of its participation in a address: STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both no-charge mediation/arbitration General Motors and your dealer are program. General Motors of Canada committed to making sure you are Company has committed to binding completely satisfied with the new arbitration of owner disputes involving CUSTOMER INFORMATION 351 factory-related vehicle service claims. Customer Assistance Canada The program provides for the review General Motors of Canada Company of the facts involved by an impartial Offices Cadillac Customer Care Centre, Mail third party arbiter, and may include Cadillac encourages customers to call Code: CA1-163-005 an informal hearing before the arbiter. the toll-free number for assistance. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive The program is designed so that the However, if a customer wishes to Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 entire dispute settlement process, write or e-mail Cadillac, the letter www.gm.ca from the time you file your complaint should be addressed to: to the final decision, should be 1-888-446-2000 (English/French) completed in about 70 days. We United States and Puerto Rico Cadillac Roadside Service: believe our impartial program offers Cadillac Customer Assistance Center 1-800-882-1112 advantages over courts in most Cadillac Motor Car Division Overseas jurisdictions because it is informal, P.O. Box 33169 quick, and free of charge. Detroit, MI 48232-5169 Contact the local General Motors For further information concerning www.Cadillac.com Business Unit. eligibility in the Canadian Motor 1-800-458-8006 Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), 1-800-833-2622 (For Text Telephone Customer Assistance for call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call devices (TTYs)) Text Telephone (TTY) the Cadillac Customer Care Centre, Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400 Users 1-888-446-2000, or write to: From U.S. Virgin Islands: General Motors Cadillac Customer To assist customers who are deaf, Care Centre 1-800-496-9994 hard of hearing, or speech-impaired General Motors of Canada Company and who use Text Telephones (TTYs), Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Cadillac has TTY equipment available 1908 Colonel Sam Drive at its Customer Assistance Center. Any Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 TTY user can communicate with Cadillac by dialing: 1-800-833-2622. The inquiry should be accompanied TTY users in Canada can dial by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-263-3830. Number (VIN). 352 CUSTOMER INFORMATION Online Owner Center J : View active recalls or search by GM Mobility Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Reimbursement Program Online Owner Experience (U.S.) See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) my.cadillac.com 0 345. The Cadillac online owner experience H : Compare and shop for Cadillac allows access to videos, articles, and and OnStar plans and services. View vehicle health specific to your Cadillac GM Card and SiriusXM information (if as well as your OnStar Account equipped). information all in one place. F : Chat with online help Membership Benefits representatives. This program is available to qualified E : Download owner’s manuals and See my.cadillac.com to register your applicants for cost reimbursement, up view vehicle-specific how-to videos. vehicle. to certain limits, of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment G : View maintenance schedules, Cadillac Owner Centre (Canada) required for the vehicle, such as hand alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic mycadillac.ca controls or a wheelchair/ lift Information. Schedule service for the vehicle. appointments. Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre at mycadillac.ca (English) or To learn about the GM Mobility I : View printable dealer-recorded my.cadillac.ca (French) to access program, see www.gmmobility.com or service records and self-recorded similar benefits to the U.S. site. call the GM Mobility Assistance service records. Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call D : Select a dealer and view 1-800-833-9935. locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours. General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca or r : Track your vehicle’s warranty call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) information. for details. TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. CUSTOMER INFORMATION 353 Roadside Service Coverage . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the vehicle if you are Services are provided for the duration U.S.: 1-800-224-1400. locked out. A remote unlock may of the vehicle’s powertrain warranty. Canada: 1-800-882-1112. be available if you have OnStar. In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle For security reasons, the driver Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. is covered. In Canada, a person driving must present identification before Only): 1-888-889-2438. the vehicle without permission from this service is given. the owner is not covered. Service is available 24 hours a day, . Emergency Tow from a Public 365 days a year. Roadside Service is not a part of the Road or Highway: Tow to the Calling for Service New Vehicle Limited Warranty. nearest Cadillac dealer for General Motors North America and warranty service, or if the vehicle When calling Roadside Service, have Cadillac reserve the right to make any was in a crash and cannot be the following information ready: changes or discontinue the Roadside driven. Assistance is not given . Your name, home address, and Service program at any time without when the vehicle is stuck in the home telephone number notification. sand, mud, or snow. . Telephone number of your General Motors North America and . Flat Tire Change: Service to location Cadillac reserve the right to limit change a flat tire with a spare tire. services or payment to an owner or The spare tire, if equipped, must . Location of the vehicle driver if they decide the claims are be in good condition and properly . Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of inflated. It is your responsibility plate number of the vehicle claim is made many times. for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the . Odometer reading, Vehicle Cadillac Owner Privileges™ Identification Number (VIN), and warranty. delivery date of the vehicle . Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Battery Jump Start: Service to Delivery of enough fuel for the jump start a dead battery. . Description of the problem vehicle to get to the nearest service station. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Service: If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure, incidental expenses may be 354 CUSTOMER INFORMATION reimbursed during the Powertrain Services Not Included in repair orders are required. Once warranty period. Items considered Roadside Service authorization has been received, are hotel, meals, and rental car or the Roadside Service advisor will a vehicle being delivered back to . Impound towing caused by help you make arrangements and the customer, up to 500 miles. violation of any laws explain how to receive payment. . Legal fines Items considered are hotel, meals, Cadillac Technician Roadside and rental car or a vehicle being . Mounting, dismounting, Service (U.S. Only) delivered back to the customer, up or changing of snow tires, chains, to 800 km. Cadillac's exceptional Roadside Service or other traction devices is more than an auto club or towing . Alternative Service: If assistance Service is not provided if a vehicle is service. It provides every Cadillac cannot be provided right away, the in an area that is not accessible to the owner in the United States with the Roadside Service advisor may give service vehicle or is not a regularly advantage of contacting a Cadillac you permission to get local traveled or maintained public road, advisor and, where available, a emergency road service. You will which includes ice and winter roads. Cadillac trained dealer technician who receive payment, up to $100, after Off-road use is not covered. can provide on-site service. sending the original receipt to A dealer technician will travel to your Services Specific to Roadside Service. Mechanical location within a 30-mile radius of a Canadian-Purchased Vehicles failures may be covered, however participating Cadillac dealership. any cost for parts and labor for . Fuel delivery: Reimbursement is If beyond this radius, we will arrange repairs not covered by the up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel delivery to have your car towed to the nearest warranty are the owner may be restricted. Propane and Cadillac dealership. Each technician responsibility. other fuels are not provided travels with a specially equipped through this service. service vehicle complete with the Scheduling Service necessary Cadillac parts and tools . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Appointments required to handle most roadside registration is required. repairs. When the vehicle requires warranty . Trip Interruption Benefits and service, contact your dealer and Service: Pre-authorization, original request an appointment. By detailed receipts, and a copy of the scheduling a service appointment and CUSTOMER INFORMATION 355 advising the service consultant of powertrain, and/or hybrid-specific Public Transportation or Fuel your transportation needs, your dealer warranties in both the U.S. and Reimbursement can help minimize your Canada. If overnight warranty repairs are inconvenience. Several Courtesy Transportation needed, and public transportation is If the vehicle cannot be scheduled options are available to assist in used, the expense must be supported into the service department reducing inconvenience when by original receipts and within the immediately, keep driving it until it warranty repairs are required. maximum amount allowed by GM. can be scheduled for service, unless, Courtesy Transportation is not a part If U.S. customers arrange their own of course, the problem is safety of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. transportation, limited reimbursement related. If it is, please call your A separate manual entitled “Limited for reasonable fuel expenses may be dealership, let them know this, and Warranty and Owner Assistance available. Claim amounts should ask for instructions. Information” furnished with each new reflect actual costs and be supported If your dealer requests you to bring vehicle provides detailed warranty by original receipts. See your dealer the vehicle for service, you are urged coverage information. for information. to do so as early in the work day as Courtesy Rental Vehicle possible to allow for same-day repair. Transportation Options For an overnight warranty repair, the Warranty service can generally be dealer may provide an available completed while you wait. However, Courtesy Transportation courtesy rental vehicle or provide for if you are unable to do so, your dealer Program reimbursement of a rental vehicle. may offer the following transportation Reimbursement is limited and must To enhance your ownership options: experience, we and our participating be supported by original receipts as dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service well as a signed and completed rental agreement and meet state/provincial, Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip program for vehicles with the local, and rental vehicle provider shuttle service within reasonable time requirements. Requirements vary and Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty and distance parameters of your Coverage period in Canada), extended may include minimum age dealer's area. requirements, insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, 356 CUSTOMER INFORMATION levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, the vehicle resale value, and safety by the GM New Vehicle Limited or rental usage beyond the completion performance can be compromised in Warranty, and any related failures are of the repair are also your subsequent collisions. not covered by that warranty. responsibility. Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also It may not be possible to provide a available. These are made by like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle. Additional Program Information and construction methods as the parts As a result, these parts may fit poorly, All program options, such as shuttle with which the vehicle was originally exhibit premature durability/corrosion service, may not be available at every built. Genuine GM Collision parts are problems, and may not perform dealer. Contact your dealer for specific the best choice to ensure that the properly in subsequent collisions. availability. vehicle's designed appearance, Aftermarket parts are not covered by durability, and safety are preserved. the GM New Vehicle Limited General Motors reserves the right to The use of Genuine GM parts can help Warranty, and any vehicle failure unilaterally modify, change, maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited related to such parts is not covered by or discontinue Courtesy Warranty. that warranty. Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim Recycled original equipment parts Repair Facility eligibility pursuant to the terms and may also be used for repair. These conditions described herein at its sole parts are typically removed from GM also recommends that you choose discretion. vehicles that were total losses in prior a collision repair facility that meets crashes. In most cases, the parts being your needs before you ever need recycled are from undamaged sections collision repairs. Your dealer may have Collision Damage Repair of the vehicle. A recycled original a collision repair center with If the vehicle is involved in a collision equipment GM part may be an GM-trained technicians and and it is damaged, have the damage acceptable choice to maintain the state-of-the-art equipment, or be able repaired by a qualified technician vehicle's originally designed to recommend a collision repair center using the proper equipment and appearance and safety performance; that has GM-trained technicians and quality replacement parts. Poorly however, the history of these parts is comparable equipment. performed collision repairs diminish not known. Such parts are not covered CUSTOMER INFORMATION 357 Insuring the Vehicle the lease carefully, as you may be . Vehicle Identification charged at the end of the lease for Number (VIN) Protect your investment in the GM poor quality repairs. vehicle with comprehensive and . Insurance company and policy collision insurance coverage. There are If a Crash Occurs number significant differences in the quality of If there has been an injury, call . General description of the damage coverage afforded by various to the other vehicle insurance policy terms. Many emergency services for help. Do not insurance policies provide reduced leave the scene of a crash until all Choose a reputable repair facility that protection to the GM vehicle by matters have been taken care of. Move uses quality replacement parts. See limiting compensation for damage the vehicle only if its position puts “Collision Parts” earlier in this section. repairs by using aftermarket collision you in danger, or you are instructed to move it by a police officer. If the airbag has inflated, see What parts. Some insurance companies will Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? not specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information 0 66. When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved in recommend that you ensure that the the crash. Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see Roadside original equipment collision parts. Service 0 353. In the event that the vehicle requires If such insurance coverage is not Gather the following information: damage repairs, GM recommends that available from your current insurance you take an active role in its repair. carrier, consider switching to another . Driver name, address, and If you have a pre-determined repair insurance carrier. telephone number facility of choice, take the vehicle If the vehicle is leased, the leasing . Driver license number there, or have it towed there. Specify company may require you to have to the facility that any required insurance that ensures repairs with . Owner name, address, and replacement collision parts be original Genuine GM Original Equipment telephone number equipment parts, either new Genuine Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Genuine . Vehicle license plate number GM parts or recycled original GM Manufacturer replacement parts. Read parts. Remember, recycled parts will . Vehicle make, model, and not be covered by the GM vehicle model year warranty. 358 CUSTOMER INFORMATION Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Publication Ordering Current and Past Models but you must live with the repair. Service manuals and customer Depending on your policy limits, your Information literature are available for many insurance company may initially value Service Manuals current and past model year GM the repair using aftermarket parts. vehicles. Discuss this with the repair Service manuals have the diagnosis professional, and insist on Genuine and repair information on the engine, To order, call 1-800-551-4123 GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. leased, you may be obligated to have electrical system, steering system, eastern time body, etc. the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM For credit card orders only (VISA, parts, even if your insurance coverage Customer Literature MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, does not pay the full cost. Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Owner’s manuals are written If another party's insurance company specifically for owners and are To order by mail, write to: is paying for the repairs, you are not intended to provide basic operational Helm, Incorporated obligated to accept a repair valuation information about the vehicle. The based on that insurance company's Attention: Customer Service owner’s manual includes the 47911 Halyard Drive collision policy repair limits, as you Maintenance Schedule for all models. have no contractual limits with that Plymouth, MI 48170 company. In such cases, you can have Customer literature publications Make checks payable in U.S. funds. control of the repair and parts choices available for purchase include owner’s as long as the cost stays within manuals, warranty manuals, Radio Frequency reasonable limits. infotainment manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an owner’s manual, Statement warranty manual, infotainment This vehicle has systems that operate manual, if applicable, and zip lock bag on a radio frequency that complies or pouch. with Part 15/Part 18 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, Science and Economic Development (ISED) Canada's RSP-100 / ICES-GEN. CUSTOMER INFORMATION 359 Operation is subject to the following Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call two conditions: the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free 1. The device may not cause Defects at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: harmful interference. 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Reporting Safety Defects 2. The device must accept any www.safercar.gov; or write to: interference received, including to the United States Administrator, NHTSA interference that may cause Government 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. undesired operation of the Washington, D.C. 20590 device. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a You can also obtain other Changes or modifications to any of crash or could cause injury or these systems by other than an information about motor vehicle authorized service facility could void death, you should immediately safety from http://www.safercar.gov. authorization to use this equipment. inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Reporting Safety Defects (NHTSA) in addition to notifying to the Canadian General Motors. Government If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an If you live in Canada, and you investigation, and if it finds that a believe that the vehicle has a safety defect exists in a group of safety defect, notify Transport vehicles, it may order a recall and Canada immediately, and notify remedy campaign. However, General Motors of Canada NHTSA cannot become involved Company. Call Transport Canada in individual problems between at 1-800-333-0510; go to: you, your dealer, or General www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) Motors. www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) or write to: 360 CUSTOMER INFORMATION Transport Canada In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0805 or Vehicle Data Recording Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate 01-800-212-234-5522. Defect Investigations and Recalls In other Central America and and Privacy Division Caribbean Countries, call The vehicle has a number of 80 Noel Street 52-555-901-2369. computers that record information Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 about the vehicle’s performance and how it is driven or used. For example, Reporting Safety Defects the vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and to General Motors transmission performance, to monitor In addition to notifying NHTSA (or the conditions for airbag deployment Transport Canada) in a situation like and deploy them in a crash, and, this, notify General Motors. if equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the In the U.S., call 1-800-458-8006, vehicle. These modules may store data or write: to help the dealer technician service Cadillac Customer Assistance Center the vehicle or to help GM improve Cadillac Motor Car Division safety or features. Some modules may P.O. Box 33169 also store data about how the vehicle Detroit, MI 48232-5169 is operated, such as rate of fuel In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000, consumption or average speed. These or write: modules may retain personal preferences, such as radio presets, seat Canadian Cadillac Customer Care positions, and temperature settings. Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 General Motors of Canada Company Cybersecurity 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 GM collects information about the use of your vehicle including operational and safety related information. We CUSTOMER INFORMATION 361 collect this information to provide, data or the safe operation of your These data can help provide a better evaluate, improve, and troubleshoot vehicle, please stop operating your understanding of the circumstances in our products and services and to vehicle and contact your dealer. which crashes and injuries occur. develop new products and services. Note The protection of vehicle electronics Event Data Recorders systems and customer data from EDR data are recorded by your vehicle unauthorized outside electronic access This vehicle is equipped with an event only if a non-trivial crash situation or control is important to GM. GM data recorder (EDR). The main occurs; no data are recorded by the maintains appropriate security purpose of an EDR is to record, in EDR under normal driving conditions standards, practices, guidelines and certain crash or near crash-like and no personal data (e.g., name, controls aimed at defending the situations, such as an air bag gender, age, and crash location) are vehicle and the vehicle service deployment or hitting a road obstacle, recorded. However, other parties, such ecosystem against unauthorized data that will assist in understanding as law enforcement, could combine electronic access, detecting possible how a vehicle’s systems performed. the EDR data with the type of malicious activity in related networks, The EDR is designed to record data personally identifying data routinely and responding to suspected related to and safety acquired during a crash investigation. cybersecurity incidents in a timely, systems for a short period of time, To read data recorded by an EDR, coordinated and effective manner. typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR special equipment is required, and Security incidents could impact your in this vehicle is designed to record access to the vehicle or the EDR is safety or compromise your private such data as: needed. In addition to the vehicle data. To minimize security risks, . How various systems in your manufacturer, other parties, such as please do not connect your vehicle vehicle were operating; law enforcement, that have the special electronic systems to unauthorized equipment, can read the information . Whether or not the driver and devices or connect your vehicle to any if they have access to the vehicle or passenger safety belts were unknown or untrusted networks (such the EDR. buckled/fastened; as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar GM will not access these data or share . How far (if at all) the driver was technology). In the event you suspect it with others except: with the consent depressing the accelerator and/or any security incident impacting your of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle brake pedal; and, is leased, with the consent of the . How fast the vehicle was traveling. lessee; in response to an official 362 CUSTOMER INFORMATION request by police or similar Infotainment System government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through the If the vehicle is equipped with a discovery process; or, as required by navigation system as part of the law. Data that GM collects or receives infotainment system, use of the may also be used for GM research system may result in the storage needs or may be made available to of destinations, addresses, telephone others for research purposes, where a numbers, and other trip information. need is shown and the data is not tied See the infotainment manual for to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for deletion instructions. OnStar If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 365. ONSTAR 363 OnStar Overview Software Terms for more details OnStar including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OnStar Overview www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Overview ...... 363 The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the status OnStar Services light is: Emergency ...... 364 Security ...... 364 . Solid Green: System is ready. = . Flashing Green: On a call. OnStar Additional Information Voice Command Button OnStar Additional Q Blue OnStar Button . Red: Indicates a problem. Information ...... 365 Q > Red Emergency Button . Off: System is off. Press twice to speak with an OnStar Advisor. This vehicle may be equipped with a comprehensive, in-vehicle system that Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR can connect to an OnStar Advisor for (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor. Connections, and Diagnostics Services. Functionality of the Voice Command OnStar services may require a paid button may vary by vehicle and service plan and data plan. OnStar region. requires the vehicle battery and electrical system, cellular service, and Press = to: GPS satellite signals to be available . Open the OnStar app on the and operating. OnStar acts as a link to infotainment display. See the existing emergency service providers. infotainment manual for OnStar may collect information about information on how to use the you and your vehicle, including OnStar app. location information. See OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and 364 ONSTAR Or OnStar Services Security . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn If equipped, OnStar provides these Navigation voice commands. Emergency services: . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi Emergency Services require an active . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, hotspot name or SSID and safety and security plan. With OnStar Advisors can use GPS to password, if equipped. Automatic Crash Response, built-in pinpoint the vehicle and help Press Q to connect to an Advisor to: sensors can automatically alert a authorities quickly recover it. specially trained OnStar Advisor who . With Remote Ignition Block, . Verify account information or is immediately connected in to the update contact information. if equipped, OnStar can block the vehicle to help. engine from being restarted. . Get driving directions. Press > for a priority connection to . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, . Receive a Diagnostic check of the an OnStar Advisor who can contact if equipped, OnStar can work with vehicle's key operating systems. emergency service providers, direct law enforcement to gradually slow . Receive Roadside Service. them to your exact location, and relay the vehicle down. important information. . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, Theft Alarm Notification if equipped. With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Advisors are available If equipped, if the doors are locked Press > to get a priority connection 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to and the vehicle alarm sounds, a to an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: provide a central point of contact, notification by text, e-mail, or phone assistance, and information during a call will be sent. If the vehicle is . Get help for an emergency. crisis. stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work . Be a Good Samaritan or respond with authorities to recover the vehicle. With Roadside Service, Advisors can to an AMBER Alert. locate a nearby service provider to . Get assistance in severe weather help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or other crisis situations and find or an empty gas tank. evacuation routes. ONSTAR 365 OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent OnStar or connected services cannot Owners work unless the vehicle is in a place Information where OnStar has an agreement with Press Q and follow the prompts to a wireless service provider for service In- Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as in that area. The wireless service Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update provider must also have coverage, information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar or network capacity, reception, and connected service options. technology compatible with OnStar or . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q How OnStar Service Works connected services. Service involving to set up an account. location information about the vehicle . After change in ownership and at Automatic Crash Response, cannot work unless GPS signals are 90 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, available, unobstructed, and Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote compatible with the OnStar hardware. Transferring Service Services, and Roadside Service are OnStar or connected services may not available on most vehicles. Not all work if the OnStar equipment is not Press Q to request account transfer OnStar services are available properly installed or it has not been eligibility information. The Advisor everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly maintained. If equipment or can cancel or change account more information, a full description of software is added, connected, information. OnStar services, system limitations, or modified, OnStar or connected Selling/Transferring the Vehicle and OnStar User Terms, Privacy services may not work. Other Statement, and Software Terms: problems beyond the control of Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) OnStar — such as hills, tall buildings, immediately to terminate your OnStar . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). tunnels, weather, electrical system or connected services if the vehicle is design and architecture of the vehicle, disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). damage to the vehicle in a crash, lease ends. . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). or wireless phone network congestion or jamming — may prevent service. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 358. . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. 366 ONSTAR Services for People with mode is on, phone calls can be made Potential Issues or received with OnStar using the Disabilities OnStar cannot perform Remote Door infotainment display. Advisors provide services to help with Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistance physical disabilities and medical OnStar Personal Identification after the vehicle has been off conditions. Number (PIN) continuously for 10 days without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has not Press Q to help: A PIN is needed to access some been started for 10 days, OnStar can OnStar services. The PIN will need to . Locate a gas station with an contact Roadside Service or a be changed the first time when attendant to pump gas. locksmith to help gain access to the speaking with an Advisor. To change vehicle. . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar meets accessibility needs. Advisor by pressing Q or calling Global Positioning System (GPS) . Provide directions to the closest 1-888-4ONSTAR. . Obstruction of the GPS can occur hospital or pharmacy in urgent Warranty in a large city with tall buildings; situations. in parking garages; around OnStar equipment may be warranted airports; in tunnels and TTY Users as part of the vehicle warranty. underpasses; or in an area with OnStar has the ability to communicate Languages very dense trees. If GPS signals are to deaf, hard-of-hearing, not available, the OnStar system or speech-impaired customers while in The vehicle can be programmed to should still operate to call OnStar. the vehicle. The available respond in multiple languages. Press However, OnStar could have dealer-installed TTY system can Q and ask for an Advisor. Advisors difficulty identifying the exact provide in-vehicle access to all OnStar are available in English, Spanish, and location. services, except Virtual Advisor and French. Available languages may vary . In emergency situations, OnStar OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation. by country. can use the last stored GPS If equipped, TTY mode can be turned location to send to emergency on or off by touching Settings, then responders. Apps, and then Phone. When TTY ONSTAR 367 A temporary loss of GPS can cause function properly. These systems may personal information. Such collection loss of the ability to send a not operate if the battery is is described in the OnStar privacy Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. statement or separately disclosed at Advisor may give a verbal route or the time of installation. These updates may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment or changes may also cause a system to vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated into automatically communicate with GM servers to collect information about Cellular and GPS Antennas the electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not add any electrical vehicle system status, identify Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical whether updates or changes are OnStar to send remote signals to the Equipment 0 246. Added electrical available, or deliver updates or vehicle. Do not place items over or equipment may interfere with the changes. An active OnStar agreement near the antenna to prevent blocking operation of the OnStar system and constitutes consent to these software cellular and GPS signal reception. cause it to not operate. updates or changes and agreement that either OnStar or GM may Unable to Connect to OnStar Vehicle Software Updates remotely deliver them to the vehicle. Message OnStar or GM may remotely deliver Privacy If there is limited cellular coverage or software updates or changes to the the cellular network has reached vehicle without further notice or The complete OnStar Privacy maximum capacity, this message may consent. These updates or changes Statement may be found at come on. Press Q to try the call again may enhance or maintain safety, www.onstar.com (U.S.), or try again after driving a few miles security, or the operation of the or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We into another cellular area. vehicle or the vehicle systems. recommend that you review it. If you Software updates or changes may have any questions, call Vehicle and Power Issues affect or erase data or settings that 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or Q OnStar services require a vehicle are stored in the vehicle, such as press to speak with an Advisor. electrical system, wireless service, and saved navigation destinations or Users of wireless communications are GPS satellite technologies to be pre-set radio stations. Neither OnStar cautioned that the privacy of any available and operating for features to nor GM is responsible for any affected information sent via wireless cellular or erased data or settings. These communications cannot be assured. updates or changes may also collect 368 ONSTAR Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. OnStar - Software Acknowledgements To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http:// opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information. *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is solely responsible for provisions of related OSS compliance. CONNECTED SERVICES 369 Connected Services Connected Services Cancel Route 1. Press =. System responds: Navigation “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System Navigation ...... 369 Navigation requires a specific OnStar responds: “Do you want to cancel Connections ...... 370 or connected service plan. directions?” Diagnostics ...... 371 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions or have them sent to the 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, vehicle’s navigation screen, request completed, thank you, if equipped. goodbye.” Turn-by-Turn Navigation Route Preview = 1. Press Q to connect to an 1. Press . System responds: “ ” Advisor. OnStar ready, then a tone. “ ” 2. Request directions to be 2. Say Route preview. System downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the next three maneuvers. 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. Repeat Using Voice Commands During a 1. Press =. System responds: Planned Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds Functionality of the Voice Command with the last direction given, button, if equipped, may vary by then responds with “OnStar vehicle and region. For some vehicles, ready,” then a tone. press = to open the OnStar app on the infotainment display. For other vehicles press = as follows. 370 CONNECTED SERVICES Get My Destination For coverage maps, see 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot = www.onstar.com (U.S.) or information, press = to open 1. Press . System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada). “OnStar ready,” then a tone. the OnStar app on the Ensuring Security infotainment display, then select 2. Say “Get my destination.” System Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some vehicles, responds with the address and . Change the default passwords for touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Settings on distance to the destination, then the Wi-Fi hotspot and myCadillac the screen. responds with “OnStar ready,” mobile app. Make these passwords then a tone. different from each other and use 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display a combination of letters and the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), Send Destination to Vehicle numbers to increase the security. password, and on some vehicles, the connection type (no Internet Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s . Change the default name of the navigation screen, if equipped. connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and SSID (Service Set Identifier). This signal quality (poor, good, Press Q, then ask the Advisor to is your network’s name that is excellent). visible to other wireless devices. download directions to the vehicle’s 3. To change the SSID or password, navigation system, if equipped. After Choose a unique name and avoid press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR the call ends, the navigation screen family names or vehicle will provide prompts to begin driving descriptions. to connect with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the SSID and directions. Routes that are sent to the Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) navigation screen can only be password can be changed in the canceled through the navigation The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. system. hotspot that provides access to the After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Internet and web content at 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot will connect See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or speed. Up to seven mobile devices can www.onstar.ca (Canada). automatically to your mobile devices. be connected. A data plan is required. Manage data usage by turning Wi-Fi Use the in-vehicle controls only when on or off on your mobile device, by Connections it is safe to do so. using the myCadillac mobile app, The following services help with or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. staying connected. CONNECTED SERVICES 371 On some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be . Locate a dealer and schedule Diagnostics managed from the Wi-Fi service. Hotspot menu. By monitoring and reporting on the . Request Roadside Service. vehicle’s key systems, OnStar MyCadillac Mobile App (If Available) . Set a parking reminder with pin Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, Download the myCadillac mobile app drop, take a photo, make a note, provides a way to keep up on to compatible Apple and Android and set a timer. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. See www.onstar.com for details smartphones. Cadillac users can . Connect with Cadillac on social and system limitations. Features access the following services from a media. smartphone: are subject to change. For updates Features are subject to change. For on feature capabilities, see . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, myCadillac mobile app information my.cadillac.com. Message and if factory-equipped. and compatibility, see my.cadillac.com. data rates may apply. . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped An active OnStar or connected service with automatic locks. plan may be required. A compatible . Activate the horn and lamps. device, factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data . ’ Check the vehicle s fuel level, oil rates apply. See www.onstar.com for life, or tire pressure, details and system limitations. if factory-equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System. Remote Services . Send destinations to the vehicle. Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. the doors or sound the horn and flash market only). the lamps. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot Marketplace on/off, manage settings, and OnStar Advisors can provide offers monitor data consumption, from restaurants and retailers on your if equipped. route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. 372 INDEX Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Accessories and Modifications . . . . . 249 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 63 Accessory Power ...... 180 Airbags Active Fuel Management ...... 182 Adding Equipment to the Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 198 Vehicle ...... 71 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 246 Passenger Status Indicator ...... 114 Additional Information Readiness Light ...... 114 OnStar ...... 365 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Additional Maintenance Vehicles ...... 71 and Care ...... 339 System Check ...... 61 Adjustments Alarm Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 45 Vehicle Security ...... 30 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 259 Alert Air Conditioning ...... 148, 154 Lane Change ...... 226 Air Filter Rear Pedestrian ...... 216 Life System ...... 259 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 226 Air Filter, Passenger All-Season Tires ...... 283 Compartment ...... 156 All-Wheel Drive ...... 190, 269 Air Vents ...... 156 Light ...... 119 Airbag System Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 190 Check ...... 72 Warning Light ...... 118 How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . .65 Appearance Care Passenger Sensing System ...... 67 Exterior ...... 323 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . .65 Interior ...... 327 What Will You See after an Armrest Airbag Inflates? ...... 66 Rear Seat ...... 52 When Should an Airbag Armrest Storage ...... 93 Inflate? ...... 64 Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . 217 INDEX 373 Assistance Systems for Parking Brakes (cont'd) Cargo and Backing ...... 208 Fluid ...... 267 Cover ...... 95 Auto Stop Braking ...... 161 Management System ...... 96 Stop/Start System ...... 177 Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . 220 Tie-Downs ...... 96 Automatic Braking System Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 Dimming Mirrors ...... 35 Front Pedestrian (FPB) ...... 221 Center Console Storage ...... 94 Door Locks ...... 22 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 174 Chains, Tire ...... 301 Emergency Braking (AEB) ...... 220 Bulb Replacement Charging Headlamp System ...... 142 Halogen Bulbs ...... 273 Wireless ...... 105 Transmission ...... 184 Headlamp Aiming ...... 272 Charging System Light ...... 115 Transmission Fluid ...... 258 Headlamps ...... 273 Check Automatic Transmission Buying New Tires ...... 297 Engine Light (Malfunction Manual Mode ...... 188 C Indicator) ...... 115 Child Restraints B Calibration ...... 104 Infants and Young Children ...... 75 Battery California Lower Anchors and Tethers for Exterior Lighting Battery Perchlorate Materials Children ...... 80 Saver ...... 146 Requirements ...... 249 Older Children ...... 73 Power Protection ...... 146 California Proposition Securing ...... 86, 88 Battery - North America ...... 268, 316 65 Warning ...... 248, 268, 316, Systems ...... 77 Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 270 Back Cover Circuit Breakers ...... 274 Brake Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Cleaning Electric Boost ...... 190 Capacities and Specifications ...... 346 Exterior Care ...... 323 Parking, Electric ...... 191 Carbon Monoxide Interior Care ...... 327 System Warning Light ...... 117 Engine Exhaust ...... 183 Climate Control Systems Brakes ...... 266 Liftgate ...... 23 Dual Automatic ...... 148 Antilock ...... 190 Winter Driving ...... 168 Rear ...... 154 Assist ...... 192 Clock ...... 104 374 INDEX Cluster, Instrument ...... 108 Courtesy Transportation Diagnostics Collision Damage Repair ...... 356 Program ...... 355 Connected Services ...... 371 Compact Spare Tire ...... 315 Cover Distracted Driving ...... 159 Compartments Cargo ...... 95 Dome Lamps ...... 144 Storage ...... 92 Cruise Control ...... 196 Door Compass ...... 104 Light ...... 124 Ajar Light ...... 124 Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant ...... 304 Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 198 Delayed Locking ...... 21 Connected Services Cupholders ...... 92 Locks ...... 19 Connections ...... 370 Customer Assistance ...... 351 Power Locks ...... 21 Diagnostics ...... 371 Offices ...... 351 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 348 Navigation ...... 369 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 351 Drive Systems Connections Customer Information All-Wheel Drive ...... 190, 269 Connected Services ...... 370 Publications Ordering Driver Assistance Systems ...... 207 Control Information ...... 358 Driver Information Traction and Electronic Customer Satisfaction Center (DIC) ...... 124 Stability ...... 193 Procedure ...... 349 Driver Mode Control ...... 195 Control of a Vehicle ...... 160 Cybersecurity ...... 360 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 121 Convenience Net ...... 97 D Driving Convex Mirrors ...... 33 Assistance Systems ...... 217 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 356 Coolant Better Fuel Economy ...... 159 Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 112 Characteristics and Data Collection Engine Temperature Warning Towing Tips ...... 234 Infotainment System ...... 362 Light ...... 121 Defensive ...... 160 OnStar ...... 362 Cooling ...... 148, 154 Drunk ...... 160 Data Recorders, Event ...... 361 Cooling System ...... 260 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 168 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . 142 Cornering Lamps ...... 144 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 170 Defensive Driving ...... 160 Courtesy Lamps ...... 144 Loss of Control ...... 162 Delayed Locking ...... 21 Off-Road ...... 163 INDEX 375 Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) F Off-Road Recovery ...... 162 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . 112 Filter, Vehicle Load Limits ...... 170 Coolant Temperature Engine Air Cleaner ...... 259 Wet Roads ...... 167 Warning Light ...... 121 Flash-to-Pass ...... 142 Winter ...... 168 Cooling System ...... 260 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 143 Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing ...... 348 Flat Tire ...... 302 Control System ...... 148 Exhaust ...... 183 Changing ...... 310 E Heater ...... 178 Floor Mats ...... 330 Oil Life System ...... 257 Electric Brake Boost ...... 190 Fluid Oil Pressure Light ...... 122 Electric Parking Brake ...... 191 Automatic Transmission ...... 258 Overheating ...... 264 Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 118 Brakes ...... 267 Power Messages ...... 131 Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . 246 Washer ...... 266 Running While Parked ...... 183 Electrical System Folding Mirrors ...... 34 Starting ...... 176 Engine Compartment Fuse Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 259 Block ...... 274 System ...... 217 Entry Lighting ...... 145 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 274 Frequency Statement Equipment, Towing ...... 241 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 277 Radio ...... 358 Event Data Recorders ...... 361 Overload ...... 273 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Exit Lighting ...... 145 Rear Compartment Fuse System ...... 221 Extended Parking ...... 183 Block ...... 279 Front Seats Extender, Seat Belt ...... 60 Emergency Adjustment ...... 44 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 140 OnStar ...... 364 Heated and Ventilated ...... 49 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 142 Engine Fuel Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . 146 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 259 Additives ...... 231 Check Light (Malfunction Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . 159 Indicator) ...... 115 Filling a Portable Fuel Compartment Overview ...... 252 Container ...... 233 Filling the Tank ...... 231 376 INDEX Fuel (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd) Heated Foreign Countries ...... 231 Warning Lights and Rear Seats ...... 53 Gauge ...... 112 Indicators ...... 107 Steering Wheel ...... 100 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 123 Gear Shifting Light ...... 119 Heated and Ventilated Front Management, Active ...... 182 General Information Seats ...... 49 Prohibited Fuels ...... 231 Service and Maintenance ...... 331 Heated Mirrors ...... 35 Recommended ...... 230 Towing ...... 234 Heater Top Tier ...... 230 Vehicle Care ...... 248 Engine ...... 178 Fuses Glove Box ...... 92 Heating ...... 148, 154 Engine Compartment Fuse GM Mobility Reimbursement High-Beam On Light ...... 123 Block ...... 274 Program ...... 352 High-Speed Operation ...... 290 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 274 H Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 168 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 277 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 193 Halogen Bulbs ...... 273 Rear Compartment Fuse Hood ...... 250 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 143 Block ...... 279 Horn ...... 100 Head Restraints ...... 43 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . 54 G Head-up Display ...... 127 HVAC ...... 148, 154 Garage Door Opener ...... 137 Headlamps Programming ...... 137 Aiming ...... 272 I Gas Strut(s) ...... 271 Automatic ...... 142 Ignition Positions ...... 174 Gauges Bulb Replacement ...... 273 Immobilizer ...... 32 Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . 112 Daytime Running Indicator Fuel ...... 112 Lamps (DRL) ...... 142 Pedestrian Ahead ...... 120 Odometer ...... 111 Flash-to-Pass ...... 142 Vehicle Ahead ...... 119 Speedometer ...... 111 High-Beam On Light ...... 123 Infants and Young Children, Tachometer ...... 111 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 142 Restraints ...... 75 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 Information Publication Ordering ...... 358 INDEX 377 Infotainment ...... 147 Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Infotainment System ...... 362 Reading ...... 145 Driver Mode Control ...... 121 Instrument Cluster ...... 108 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 226 Electric Parking Brake ...... 118 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 5 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 228 Engine Coolant Temperature Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 35 Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 119 Warning ...... 121 Introduction ...... 2 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 56 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 122 J LATCH System Flash-to-Pass ...... 142 Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 86 Gear Shifting ...... 119 Jump Starting - North America . . . . 316 LATCH, Lower Anchors and High-Beam On ...... 123 K Tethers for Children ...... 80 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 142 Keyless Entry LED Lighting ...... 273 Lane Keep Assist ...... 119 Remote (RKE) System ...... 10 Liftgate ...... 23 Low Fuel Warning ...... 123 Keys ...... 9 Lighting Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 L Entry ...... 145 Security ...... 123 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 284 Exit ...... 145 Service Electric Parking Brake . . . 118 Lamps Illumination Control ...... 144 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 120 Cornering ...... 144 LED ...... 273 Tire Pressure ...... 122 Courtesy ...... 144 Lights Traction Control System Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 142 Airbag Readiness ...... 114 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 121 Dome ...... 144 All-Wheel Drive ...... 119 Traction Off ...... 120 Exterior Controls ...... 140 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Lock Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . 142 Warning ...... 118 Steering Column ...... 31 Exterior Lighting Battery Brake System Warning ...... 117 Locks Saver ...... 146 Charging System ...... 115 Automatic Door ...... 22 Malfunction Indicator (Check Check Engine (Malfunction Delayed Locking ...... 21 Engine) ...... 115 Indicator) ...... 115 Door ...... 19 On Reminder ...... 123 Cruise Control ...... 124 Lockout Protection ...... 22 Door Ajar ...... 124 Power Door ...... 21 378 INDEX Locks (cont'd) Mirrors (cont'd) Oil (cont'd) Safety ...... 22 Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . .35 Pressure Light ...... 122 Loss of Control ...... 162 Convex ...... 33 Older Children, Restraints ...... 73 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 123 Folding ...... 34 Online Owner Center ...... 352 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Heated ...... 35 OnStar ...... 362 Children (LATCH System) ...... 80 Manual Rearview ...... 35 OnStar Additional Information . . . . 365 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 45 Power ...... 33 OnStar Emergency ...... 364 Front Seats ...... 45 Tilt in Reverse ...... 35 OnStar Overview ...... 363 M Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 35 OnStar Security ...... 364 Mode ...... 195 Outlets Maintenance Driver Control ...... 195 Power ...... 104 Records ...... 344 Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . 291 Overheating, Engine ...... 264 Maintenance and Care Overview Additional ...... 339 N Instrument Panel ...... 5 Maintenance Schedule ...... 332 Navigation Recommended Fluids and Connected Services ...... 369 P Lubricants ...... 342 Net, Convenience ...... 97 Park Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 115 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 174 Shifting Out of ...... 180 Manual Mode ...... 188 Night Vision System ...... 223 Park Assist ...... 208 Memory Seats ...... 46 O Parking Messages Brake and P (Park) Odometer ...... 111 Engine Power ...... 131 Mechanism Check ...... 269 Trip ...... 111 Vehicle ...... 130 Extended ...... 183 Off-Road ...... 163 Vehicle Speed ...... 131 Over Things That Burn ...... 182 Driving ...... 163 Mirror Parking or Backing Recovery ...... 162 Rear Camera ...... 35 Assistance Systems ...... 208 Oil Mirrors Passenger Airbag Status Engine ...... 255 Automatic Dimming ...... 35 Indicator ...... 114 Engine Oil Life System ...... 257 INDEX 379 Passenger Compartment Air R Replacement Parts Filter ...... 156 Radio Frequency Statement ...... 358 Airbags ...... 72 Passenger Sensing System ...... 67 Reading Lamps ...... 145 Maintenance ...... 343 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 120 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 35 Replacing Airbag System ...... 72 Perchlorate Materials Rear Climate Control System ...... 154 Replacing LATCH System Parts Requirements, California ...... 249 Rear Pedestrian Alert ...... 216 after a Crash ...... 86 Personalization Rear Seat Armrest ...... 52 Replacing Seat Belt System Vehicle ...... 131 Rear Seats ...... 50 Parts after a Crash ...... 61 Power Heated ...... 53 Reporting Safety Defects Door Locks ...... 21 Rear Storage ...... 93 Canadian Government ...... 359 Mirrors ...... 33 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 208 General Motors ...... 360 Outlets ...... 104 Rear Window Washer/Wiper ...... 103 U.S. Government ...... 359 Protection, Battery ...... 146 Rearview Mirrors ...... 35 Restraints Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 180 Automatic Dimming ...... 35 Where to Put ...... 79 Windows ...... 38 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 45 Retained Accessory Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 59 Recommended Power (RAP) ...... 180 Privacy Fuel ...... 230 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 35 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 360 Recommended Fluids and Roads Program Lubricants ...... 342 Driving, Wet ...... 167 Courtesy Transportation ...... 355 Records Roadside Service ...... 353 Prohibited Fuels ...... 231 Maintenance ...... 344 Roof Proposition Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 320 Sunroof ...... 40 65 Warning, Reimbursement Program, GM Roof Rack System ...... 98 California ...... 248, 268, 316, Mobility ...... 352 Rotation, Tires ...... 296 Back Cover Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 348 Publication Ordering System ...... 10 Running the Vehicle While Information ...... 358 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 17 Parked ...... 183 380 INDEX S Security Speedometer ...... 111 Safety Defects Reporting Light ...... 123 StabiliTrak Canadian Government ...... 359 OnStar ...... 364 OFF Light ...... 120 General Motors ...... 360 Vehicle ...... 30 Start Assist, Hill ...... 193 U.S. Government ...... 359 Vehicle Alarm ...... 30 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 17 Safety Locks ...... 22 Service ...... 156 Starter Switch Check ...... 269 Safety System Check ...... 60 Accessories and Starting the Engine ...... 176 Scheduling Appointments ...... 354 Modifications ...... 249 Steering ...... 161 Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 304 Doing Your Own Work ...... 249 Heated Wheel ...... 100 Seat Belts ...... 53 Maintenance Records ...... 344 Wheel Adjustment ...... 100 Care ...... 60 Maintenance, General Wheel Controls ...... 100 Extender ...... 60 Information ...... 331 Steering Column Lock ...... 31 How to Wear Seat Belts Parts Identification ...... 345 Stop/Start System ...... 177 Properly ...... 54 Scheduling Appointments ...... 354 Storage Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 56 Service Electric Parking Brake Rear ...... 93 Reminders ...... 113 Light ...... 118 Storage Areas Replacing after a Crash ...... 61 Services Armrest ...... 93 Use During Pregnancy ...... 59 Special Application ...... 338 Cargo Cover ...... 95 Seats Servicing the Airbag ...... 71 Cargo Management System ...... 96 Adjustment, Front ...... 44 Shifting Center Console ...... 94 Head Restraints ...... 43 Into Park ...... 180 Convenience Net ...... 97 Heated and Ventilated Front ...... 49 Out of Park ...... 180 Glove Box ...... 92 Heated, Rear ...... 53 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 226 Roof Rack System ...... 98 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 45 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . 143 Sunglasses ...... 93 Memory ...... 46 Spare Tire Storage Compartments ...... 92 Rear ...... 50 Compact ...... 315 Storing the Tire Sealant and Reclining Seatbacks ...... 45 Special Application Services ...... 338 Compressor Kit ...... 310 Securing Child Restraints ...... 86, 88 Specifications and Capacities ...... 346 INDEX 381 Struts Tires (cont'd) Towing (cont'd) Gas ...... 271 Compact Spare ...... 315 Recreational Vehicle ...... 320 Stuck Vehicle ...... 170 Designations ...... 286 Trailer ...... 237 Summer Tires ...... 283 Different Size ...... 299 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 244 Sun Visors ...... 40 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 302 Vehicle ...... 319 Sunglass Storage ...... 93 Inspection ...... 295 Traction Sunroof ...... 40 Pressure ...... 289, 290 Control System Symbols ...... 3 Pressure Light ...... 122 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light ...... 121 System Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 292 Off Light ...... 120 Engine Air Filter Life ...... 259 Pressure Monitor System ...... 291 Traction Control/Electronic Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . 217 Rotation ...... 296 Stability Control ...... 193 Infotainment ...... 147, 362 Sealant and Compressor Kit . . . . . 304 Trailer Night Vision ...... 223 Sealant and Compressor Kit, Sway Control (TSC) ...... 244 Roof Rack ...... 98 Storing ...... 310 Towing ...... 237 Systems Sidewall Labeling ...... 284 Transmission Driver Assistance ...... 207 Terminology and Definitions . . . . 286 Automatic ...... 184 T Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . 299 Fluid, Automatic ...... 258 Wheel Alignment and Tire Transportation Program, Tachometer ...... 111 Balance ...... 300 Courtesy ...... 355 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 351 Wheel Replacement ...... 301 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 32 When It Is Time for New Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . 143 Immobilizer ...... 32 Tires ...... 297 Time ...... 104 U Winter ...... 283 Tires ...... 282 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 299 Top Tier Fuel ...... 230 All-Season ...... 283 Universal Remote System ...... 137 Towing Buying New Tires ...... 297 Operation ...... 139 Driving Characteristics ...... 234 Chains ...... 301 Programming ...... 137 Equipment ...... 241 Changing ...... 310 Using This Manual ...... 2 General Information ...... 234 382 INDEX V Warning (cont'd) Vehicle Caution and Danger ...... 2 Alarm System ...... 30 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Canadian Owners ...... 2 Indicators ...... 107 Control ...... 160 Warnings Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . 345 Hazard Flashers ...... 143 Load Limits ...... 170 Washer Fluid ...... 266 Messages ...... 130 Wheels Personalization ...... 131 Alignment and . . . . . 300 Remote Start ...... 17 Different Size ...... 299 Security ...... 30 Replacement ...... 301 Speed Messages ...... 131 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . 297 Towing ...... 319 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 79 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Windows ...... 38 Vehicle Care Power ...... 38 Storing the Tire Sealant and Windshield Compressor Kit ...... 310 Replacement ...... 271 Tire Pressure ...... 289 Wiper/Washer ...... 101 Vehicle Data Recording and Winter Privacy ...... 360 Driving ...... 168 Vehicle Security Winter Tires ...... 283 Steering Column Lock ...... 31 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 270 Ventilation, Air ...... 156 Wipers Visors ...... 40 Rear Washer ...... 103 Wireless Charging ...... 105 W Warning Brake System Light ...... 117 20_CAD_XT5_COV_en_US_84290261B_2019OCT29.ai 1 10/15/2019 8:45:13 AM

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K